Skip to main content

Full text of "A view of West Florida, embracing its geography, topography, &c. : with an appendix, treating of its antiquities, land titles, and canals, and containing a map, exhibiting a chart of the coast, a plan of Pensacola, and the entrance of the harbour"

See other formats


:\N*' 


m.: 


['(i  .i" 


^S^if. 


Wm 


ETfe^ 


','&'' 


•  ■r'-l'i'v  Th  5? 


f> 


ii 


^•?i^ 


\'v':.i-i).'iJi-4^  ^ .  i ;:'  -. 


UNIVERSITY  OF   PITTSBURGH 


JDarlington  JVLemorial  -Library 


p  r.i  V       -f  !t  e-       Vu<^   '^  '        ■■^'  -   -.:         '"  'w^-f-O 


X 


^ 


\J 


..^* 


-«»*  ^ 

^^\^ 


<^ 


1%^" 


A  VIEW 


OP 

WEST   FLORIDA, 

EMBRACING   ITS 

GEOGRAPHY,  TOPOGRAPHY,  ^c, 

WITH 

AX  APPEXniX, 

TREATIITG   OF  ITS 

ANTIQUITIES;  LAND  TITLES,  AND  CANALS. 

AND    CONTAINING 

A  MAP, 

BXHIBITIKS 

A  CHART  OF  THE  COAST,  A  PLAN  OF  PENSACOLA, 

AISTO 

THE  ENTRANCE  OF  THE  HARBOUR. 


BY  JOHN  LEE  WILLIAMS. 


PHILADELPHIA  • 
PRINTED  FOR  H.  S.  TANNER  AND  THE  AUTHOR. 

I,  B.  BAII.ET,    FRIirT£R. 

1837. 


EASTERN  DISTRICT  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  to  wit  : 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  That  on  the  ninth  day  of  March, 

(L.  S.)     in  the  fifty-first  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  A.  D.  1827,  H.  S.  Taxner  and  John  Lee  Williams,  of  the 
said  District,  have  deposited  in  this  Office  the  Title  of  a  Book,  the  right  whereof 
they  claim  as  Proprietors,  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 

*'A  View  of  West  Florida,  embracing  its  GeogTaphy,  Topography,  &c.  with 
**  an  Appendix,  treating  of  its  Antiquities,  Land  Titles,  and  Canals.  And  con- 
"taining  a  Map,  exhibiting  a  Chart  of  the  Coast,  a  Plan  of  Pensacola,  and  the 
*' entrance  of  the  Harbour.     By  John  Lee  Williams." 

In  conformity  to  the  Act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  intituled,  "An 
Act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  chai*ts, 
and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during  the  times  therein 
mentioned."  And  also  to  the  Act,  entitled,  "An  Act  supplementally  to  an  Act, 
entitled,  'An  Act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of 
maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during 
the  times  therein  mentioned,'  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  arts  of 
designing,  engraving,  and  etching,  historical  and  other  prints." 

»,.  D.  CALDWELL,  Clerk  of  the 

"^  Eastern  District  of  Permsylvania. 


PEEFACE. 

The  following  pages  are  the  result  of  the  occasional  employ- 
ment of  the  writer,  while  engaged  in  other  pursuits,  during  a 
residence  of  seven  years  in  Florida.  His  attention  was  first 
attracted  to  the  subject,  by  remarking  the  singular  deficiency  of 
the  maps  of  West  Florida,  in  his  frequent  excursions  through 
the  country.  Having  been  appointed  one  of  the  commissioners 
for  locating  the  new  seat  of  government  of  Florida,  the  author, 
for  his  own  satisfaction,  made  a  minute  survey  of  the  coast,  from 
St.  Andrew's  bay  to  the  Suwannee,  as  well  as  of  the  interior  of 
the  country  in  which  Tallahassee  is  situated.  In  consequence 
of  the  information  thus  acquired,  he  conceived  the  idea  of  pre- 
paring a  new  map  of  that  part  of  Florida  which  had  come  under 
his  immediate  notice ;  and  of  accompanying  it  with  a  memoir, 
or  essay,  containing  such  information  in  relation  to  the  country, 
as  would  seem  to  be  called  for  at  the  present  moment. 

In  appearing  before  the  public  as  an  author  for  the  first  time, 
he  throws  himself  upon  the  candour  of  those  who  are  in  search 
of  useful  and  accurate  information,  without  being  too  fastidious 
as  to  the  manner  in  which  it  is  conveyed  ;  for  they  will  find  no 
attempt  to  amuse  by  highly  wrought  diction,  or  the  ingenious 
inventions  of  the  imagination  :  his  object  has  been  to  ofier 
something  useful  to  practical  men. 

Although  Florida  is  rapidly  increasing  in  population,  there 
are  several  causes  which  must  tend  to  retard  its  progress  in  some 
parts,  for  several  years  to  come  :  these  are,  principally,  the  un- 
settled land  claims,  and  the  large  grants  possessed  by  individu- 
als, which  are  withheld  from  sale  for  the  purpose  of  speculation. 


IV  PREFACE. 

The  general  excellence  of  the  climate,  and  its  adaptation  to  the 
culture  of  some  of  the  most  valuable  of  the  southern  staples, 
must  give  it  decided  advantages  over  any  part  of  the  southern 
seaboard.  The  sugar  cane,  the  silk  worm,  the  grape,  and  the 
olive,  will  no  doubt  at  some  future  day  render  it  one  of  the  most 
important  portions  of  America.  The  fine  harbours  of  Florida  will 
secure  to  it  important  commercial  advantages ;  and  no  portion 
of  the  Union  possesses  such  singular  facilities  for  the  construc- 
tion of  canals.  Should  the  ship  channel  across  the  peninsula 
be  eflFected,  and  in  the  practicability  of  which  the  author  is  very 
sanguine,  a  most  important  revolution  in  commerce  will  be  the 
result. 

The  author  has  had  it  in  contemplation  to  prepare  a  similar 
map  and  memoir  of  East  Florida,  should  the  success  of  the  pre- 
sent attempt  be  such  as  to  afford  him  encouragement :  his  ex- 
pectations, however,  are  not  high,  and  it  is  therefore  impossible 
that  his  disappointment  can  be  great.  Should  such  a  work  be 
undertaken,  the  natural  as  well  as  the  civil  history  of  Florida 
will  appear  in  a  more  systematic  form. 

The  Appendix  to  this  little  volume  is  somewhat  more  copious 
than  was  at  first  intended  ;  but  it  contains  some  interesting  docu- 
ments, which  the  author  felt  unwilling  to  omit. 

Phiiadeiphia,  March  5th,  182?. 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 


The  title  of  West  Florida  has,  at  different  periods,  been  ap- 
plied to  territories  very  different  in  location  as  well  as  in  extent. 
At  one  time,  the  river  Mississippi  was  the  western  boundary, 
and  for  a  long  period  of  time,  the  Appalachicola  river  was  the  east- 
ern limit.  In  1821,  GeneralJackson,  then  Governor  of  Florida, 
by  an  ordinance,  since  confirmed  by  several  Acts  of  Congress, 
fixed  the  limits  of  West  Florida,  from  the  bay  and  river  Perdido 
on  the  west,  to  the  river  Suwannee  on  the  east ;  and  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  south,  to  the  thirty -first  degree  of  north 
latitude  on  the  north,  until  intersected  by  the  Chattahoche  river  j 
then  down  the  Chattahoche  river  to  its  junction  with  the  Flint 
river;  thence  eastwardly  on  a  direct  line  towards  the  head  of  St. 
Mary's  river,  until  it  intersected  the  river  Suwannee.  The 
tract  of  country  thus  designated,  is  situate  between  28°  10'  and 
31°  N.  lat,  and  between  6°  and  10°  20' W.  long,  from  Wash- 
ington. It  is  about  276  miles  long,  from  east  to  west ;  and  from 
forty  to  ninety  in  width,  from  north  to  south.  It  contains  about 
16,500  square  miles,  and  10,560,000  acres  of  land,  with  a  popula- 
tion of  from  eight  to  nine  thousand  inhabitants. 

The  face  of  the  country  is,  generally,  rolling,  but  there  are 
neither  mountains  nor  hills  of  any  considerable  magnitude.  It  is 
intersected  from  north  to  south  by  numerous  rivers,  many  of 
which  are  navigable  quite  through  the  territory.  A  large  portion 
of  the  country  is  covered  with  forests,  the  trees  usually  at  a 
considerable  distance  apart,  without  underbrush :  while  the  sur- 
B  ,, 


§  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORLVA, 

face  of  the  ground  presents  a  carpet  of  verdant  grass  and  flowers 
most  of  the  year.  The  horders  of  the  water-courses,  however, 
as  well  as  the  hammocks,  are  covered  with  thick  woods  of  hard 
timber,  tangled  with  innumerable  vines.  An  abundance  of  lakes 
and  ponds  diversify  the  interior ;  while  the  seacoast  is  indented 
with  bays,  bayous,  and  lagoons,  abounding  with  fish  of  all  kinds, 
and  affording  every  facility  for  internal  as  well  as  foreign  com- 
merce. Although  the  largest  portion  o-f  the  country  is  covered 
with  pine  barrens,  and  much  of  it  extremely  poor,  yet  there  is 
also  much  upland,  interval,  and  hammock  land,  of  the  most  ex- 
eellent  quality  ;  peculiarly  well  calculated  to  produce  sugar,  rice, 
cotton,  tobacco,  indigo,  corn,  small  grains,  vines,  and  fruits ; 
and  all  the  timbers  necessary  for  ship-building  are  found  here 
in  abundance.  The  pine  barrens  afford  excellent  grazing  for  cat- 
tle, and  they  are  abundantly  stocked  with  wild  game.  The  cli- 
mate is  healthy  and  the  seasons  mild. 

The  southern  coast  of  West  Florida,  from  Perdido  bay  to 
Cape  St.  Blass,  a  distance  of  140  miles,  is  formed  of  pure  white 
sand,  principally  silicious,  but  mixed  with  calcareous  particles  of 
ibroken  sea  shells.  From  Cape  St.  Blass  to  the  Appalache  river, 
a  distance  of  sixty  milest,  the  coast  is  composed  of  a  yellowish 
IbroAvn  sand,  alternating  with  white  cliffs  and  sometimes  with 
salt  marshes.  From  the  Appalache  to  the  Suwannee  river,  a  dis- 
tance of  eighty  miles,  a  calcareous  rock  forms  the  seacoast,  gene- 
jally  covered  with  grass  and  rushes  for  several  miles  into  the  sea. 
These  different  formations  of  the  coast  are  occasioned  by  various 
causes.  The  limestone  which  forms  the  liase  of  the  country, 
from  the  Chactawhatchee  river  in  the  interior,  to  the  seacoast  oi 
Appalache  bay,  is,  every  where,  very  productive  of  grass ;  this 
hdty  is  also  sheltered  from  storms  by  the  circular  form  of  the 
eoast;  and  the  Tortugas  slioals  throw  the  currents  of  the  gulf  so 
far  out  to  sea,  that  they  scarcely  strike  tlie  western  coast  of  Flo- 
rida until  they  reach  Cape  St.  Blass;  from  thence  westward,  the 
coast  receives  the  full  force  of  both  storms  and  currents,  and  ex- 
hibits a  beach  of  sand;,  white  as  snow,  and.  almost  as  hard  a^ 
rock.- 

Between  the  Perdido  bay  and  the  Escambia  river,  the  soil  is 
alluviaL  The  substratum  is  a  clay  of  various  colours — ^white.  yel- 


VIEW  Of  WEST  FLORIDA.  / 

low,  red,  and  blue.  Strata  of  dark  iron  sandstone  pervade  it  m 
many  places;  and  is  often  thrown  up  in  small  hills,  especially  in 
the  low  grounds  near  the  water-courses.  This  clayey  substratum 
is  generally  covered  with  a  fine,  white,  silieious  sand,  which  ia 
its  native  state,  produces  little  more  than  pine  forests  and  grass ; 
except  where  the  tide  or  the  streams  have  thrown  upon  it  fossil 
or  vegetable  remains ;  these  form  hammocks  and  intervals,  rich 
in  vegetable  productions.  The  peninsula,  extending  between 
Pensacola  bay  and  St.  Rosa  sound,  has  not  even  clay  beneath 
the  sand:  peat  is  sometimes  found  there  in  extensive  beds,  with 
abundance  of  cypress  and  cedar  stumps,  standing  far  beneath 
the  sand.  A  stratum  of  sandstone,  three  or  four  feet  in  thickness, 
is  forming,  some  twenty  miles  from  the  west  end  of  the  penin- 
sula, but  it  is  yet  too  tender  for  building. 

North  of  the  Chactawhatchee  bay,  a  high  ridge  of  sand  divides 
the  water-courses,  which  fall  southwardly  into  the  bay,  and 
northwardly  into  Shoal  river,  a  branch  of  Yellow  Water.  Near 
the  east  end  of  the  bay,  this  ridge  subsides  in  a  succession  of 
knolls,  which  give  rise  to  the  springs  of  Alaqua  river  and  Uchee 
creek,  A  pleasant  country  of  rich  land  extends  from  this  to  the 
Chactawhatchee  river,  based  on  soapstone  and  limestone  forma- 
tions. 

The  soapstone  is  found  in  strata,  from  five  to  eight  feet  thick, 
and  extends  to  the  Shoal  river.  The  limestone  has  been  dis- 
covered west  of  the  Chactawhatchee,  only  in  the  Uchee  valley, 
where  it  is  abundant.  On  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Chactawhatchee, 
the  limestone  is  found  less  compact  than  on  the  western  ;  it  seems 
a  congeries  of  shells,  some  of  them  entire,  cemented  together 
by  a  tough  aluminous  matter.  Buhrstone  of  an  excellent  quality 
is  found  in  large  masses  near  the  Alabama  line.  Millstones  are  made 
here  of  a  better  quality  than  can  be  procured  from  abroad.  This 
stone  extends  as  far  eastward  as  the  Flint  river,  and  northward 
for  a  hundred  miles  or  more.  The  structure  is  nearly  compact; 
the  cavities  are  very  small;  it  appears  like  a  mass  of  fine  escal- 
lop shells;  is  evidently  calcareous ;  and  rings  like  marble.  The 
colour  is  from  a  light  gray  to  a  brown,  the  break  conchoidal,  and 
has  an  earthy  appearance.  Ponds  and  sink  holes  are  numerous 
between    tlie    Chactawhatchee   and    Chapola   rivers,    and   large 


8  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

springs,  forming  navigable  streams,  often  burst  from  this  forma- 
tion ;  the  waters,  though  perfectly  transparent,  are  highly  im- 
pregnated with  lime,  and  are  not  generally  considered  healthy. 

Proceeding  towards  the  Chapola  river,  the  limestone  acquires  a 
firmer  texture,  the  clayey  concrete  disappears,  and  the  mass  ap- 
proaches nearer  the  surface  ;  it  is  seen  as  far  south  as  the  Econ- 
fina  river,  seven  miles  above  the  head  of  St.  Andrew's  bay. 
Near  the  Chapola  river,  this  formation  often  rises  above  the 
earth,  in  tabular  platforms  ;  they  are  usually  covered  with  grass, 
but  not  with  trees.  At  other  places,  broken  fragments  lie  in 
large  piles,  interspersed  with  dogwood,  chicasa  plumb,  hydran- 
gia  shrubs,  and  vines.  Under  these  piles  of  rock,  caves  have 
usually  been  discovered. 

East  of  the  Appalachicola  river,  there  are  few  indications  of 
stone,  until  we  approach  Leon  county.  Here  a  ridge  appears 
above  the  earth,  from  four  to  six  miles  from  the  coast,  and  paral- 
lei  with  it ;  it  dips  a  few  degrees  to  the  SSW.,  and  is  probably 
the  edge  of  that  stratum  which  forms  the  coast :  the  navigation 
of  all  the  streams  between  St.  Marks  and  Suwannee  is  impeded 
by  it.  This  rock  resembles  chalk,  generally  of  an  ash  colour  ; 
some  of  it,  however,  is  quite  white,  and  is  used  for  chalk.  A 
kind  of  imperfect  flint  is  imbedded  in  it,  in  form  of  a  shelly 
nucleus.  It  becomes  hard  on  exposure  to  the  air.  The  flint  is  of 
a  light  gray  colour,  full  of  holes,  which  are  filled  with  the  cal- 
careous matter  :  it  breaks  with  a  conchoidal  fracture ;  gives  fire 
freely  with  steel ;  is  quite  opaque,  but  void  of  the  greasy  feel 
which  is  peculiar  to  pure  flint.  On  points  of  the  coast,  where 
the  waves  have  washed  the  calcareous  matter  away,  these  flinty 
nuclei  form  extensive  and  very  rugged  reefs.  The  fort  of  St. 
Marks  is  built  of  this  limestone.  Grass  grows  spontaneously  on 
this  rock,  v/hether  covered  with  salt  or  fresh  water,  even  to  the 
depth  of  twenty  feet.  Oysters  grow  in  great  masses  to  the  rock, 
and  they  are  very  hard  to  separate  from  it. 

Through  the  centre  of  Gadsden  and  Leon  counties,  ridges  of 
clay  extend,  and  form  the  base  of  an  excellent  soil.  The  upper 
stralum  is  red  and  very  pure,  and  has  an  unctuous  feel;  but  very 
small  sandstones,  of  the  size  of  a  buck-shot  or  bullet,  pervade  the 
whole  mass  :  this  stratum  is  usually  fourteen  feet,  more  or  less, 


VIEW   OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  9 

ill  thickness.  Under  this,  a  white  clay,  similar  in  quality,  extends 
from  twenty  to  thirty  feet,  which  resposes  on  a  rotten  limestone; 
somewhat  different,  however,  from  that  found  in  the  western 
part  of  Jackson  county.  The  shells  which  compose  it  are  more 
perfect,  and  the  cement  is  a  calcareous,  instead  of  aluminous 
matter.  It  is  found  to  make  excellent  lime.  The  springs  and 
streams  in  this  part  of  the  country  are  very  pure  ;  they  rise  and 
run  over  the  aluminous  formations,  but  they  all  at  length  sink 
beneath  the  limestone  rock,  where,  having  united  their  currents 
and  become  highly  impregnated  with  lime,  they  rise  at  once 
navigable  rivers  ;  such  are  the  St.  Marks,  the  Wakulla,  and 
Oscilla  rivers,  which  from  these  springs  pass  over  the  chalky 
formation  to  the  sea. 

CLIMATE. 

This  term,  originally  expressing  temperament  of  situation,  has 
by  common  use  become  an  indication  of  situation,  as  it  respects 
health  or  sickness.  In  this  sense.  West  Florida  is  peculiarly 
blessed.  Her  climate  is  temperate,  both  from  its  latitude  and 
from  exposure  to  the  mild  sea  breezes  of  the  Southern  gulf 

A  rolling  country  is  more  favourable  to  a  free  circulation  of 
air  than  a  level  plain ;  and  a  sandy  soil,  covered  with  forests, 
although  not  the  most  profitable  to  cultivate,  is  eminently  pro- 
ductive of  health.  On  the  contrary,  the  estuaries  of  large  rivers, 
and  rich  bottom  lands,  densely  covered  with  timber,  although 
ricli  in  natural  productions,  are  usually  unfavourable  to  health, 
especially  when  first  opened  to  the  influence  of  the  sun.  A  high 
state  of  cultivation  usually  corrects  both.  Ponds  of  stagnant 
water  are  usually  fruitful  sources  of  disease,  and  some  of  these 
exist  in  this  country.  Many  of  these  ponds,  however,  are  merely 
expansions  of  the  subterraneous  rivers,  which  pervade  the  lime- 
stone region.  Extensive  marshes  are,  also,  usually  unhealthy 
in  a  warm  climate;  and  these  line  our  seacoast,  from  the  St. 
Marks  eastward,  to  the  Suwannee  ;  how  far  the  sea  breezes  may 
correct  the  evil,  time  will  discover. 

From  these  observations,  it  appears  certain,  that  the  advan- 
tages of  a  pure  atmosphere,  and  at  the  same  time  a  very  rich 


10  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

soil,  cannot  be  expected  to  meet  in  the  same  place.  If  this  coun- 
try be  diversified  with  both  these  blessings,  in  different  situa- 
tions, it  is  all  we  can  reasonably  expect.  Residences  on  the  low 
alluvial  bottoms,  and  near  the  marshes,  have  usually,  in  autumn, 
been  attended  with  agues  and  bilious  fevers  ;  except  these,  I 
have  heard  of  no  diseases  peculiarly  incident  to  the  climate. 
Pensacola  has  twice  been  visited  with  yellow  fever.  The  last 
time  that  dreadful  disorder  occurred,  was  in  the  year  1822. 
The  season  had  been  unusually  hot,  there  was  no  efficient  police, 
the^  town  was  filthy  in  the  extreme,  and  overrun  with  strangers. 
A  cargo  of  spoiled  codfish  arrived  from  Havana,  and  was  distri- 
buted among  the  little  huckster-shops  along  the  bay.  From  this 
moment,  the  pestilence  spread  like  wildfire,  sweeping  whole 
families,  and  almost  whole  streets,  in  one  general  destruction, 
which  ended  only  in  a  total  desertion  of  the  inhabitants.  We 
have  every  reason  to  believe,  that  a  vigilant  police  will  always 
prevent  the  recurrence  of  a  similar  calamity. 

Our  climate  has  proved  peculiarly  salutary  in  pulmonary  com- 
plaints. Many  of  our  most  useful  citizens  came  here,  merely  for 
the  recovery  of  constitutions  which  were  rapidly  declining ;  and 
they  are  now  enjoying  perfect  health.  We  are  taught  by  expe- 
rience, that  intemperance  will  produce  disease  in  every  climate ; 
but  with  habits  of  cleanliness,  moderate  industry,  and  temper- 
ance, any  person  may  enjoy  as  perfect  health  in  West  Florida, 
as  in  any  part  of  the  universe.  Sea-bathing  is  one  of  the  greatest 
luxuries  of  our  climate  ;  and  this,  more  than  any  other  prescrip- 
tion, has  tended  to  recover  invalids  from  most  disorder::).  This, 
with  other  gentle  exercise,  and  a  prudent  diet,  has  uniformly 
proved  successful,  in  the  most  inveterate  diseases.  The  yellow 
fever  has  yielded  to  it,  and  by  it  this  dreadful  disorder  has  often 
been  prevented. 

BAYS. 

Perdido  bay,  which   divides  Florida  from  Alabama  on  tlie 

.  west,  is  a  pleasant  sheet  of  water,  about  thirty  miles  in  length, 

and  from  two  to  six  miles  in  breadth.     The  bar,  at  its  junction 

with  the  gulf,  is  shoal  and  constantly  shifting,  and  has  from  five 

to  seven  feet  water. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  11 

Pensacola  bay  is  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  miles  long,  and 
from  four  to  seven  miles  wide.  About  eleven  miles  from  its 
junction  with  the  gulf,  it  divides  into  three  parts ;  the  north-west 
bay  is  called  Escambia,  which  is  about  ten  miles  long,  and  from 
four  to  six  wide.  It  receives  the  Escambia  river  at  the  north- 
west end,  which  enters  among  several  low  islands.  The  north 
branch  is  called  Yellow  Water  bay ;  it  is  about  the  same  length, 
and  from  three  to  four  miles  wide.  It  receives  a  river  of  the 
same  name,  from  the  east,  through  several  channels.  Black 
Water  bay  is  attached  to  its  north-west  corner.  This  is  a  small 
bay,  seven  miles  long  and  two  wide,  and  is  full  of  islands  ;  it 
receives  from  the  north,  Cold  Water  river,  Black  Water  and  Cedar 
creeks.  The  eastern  bay  is  called  East  river  bay,  it  extends  six 
or  seven  miles  into  the  country,  where  it  ends  in  a  small  river. 
St.  Rosa  sound  is  connected  with  Pensacola  bay,  on  the  south- 
west. The  latter  joins  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  between  the  fort  oi' 
Barrancas  and  St.  Rosa  island,  where  it  is  at  least  three-fourths- 
of  a  mile  wide.  It  has,  at  the  lowest  tides,  twentj'^-one  feet,  and 
usually  twenty-three  feet  water  on  the  bar.  This  is  by  far  the 
best  harbour  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  or  indeed  south  of  the 
Chesapeake  bay.  The  following  Report  of  Commodores  Bain- 
bridge  and  Warrington,  and  Captain  Biddle,  will  show  the  opin- 
ion of  those  gentlemen  on  the  subject. 

''The  bay  of  Pensacola  is  extensive  and  capacious,  easy  of 
access  from  the  sea,  and  affording  secure  anchorage  for  any  num- 
ber of  vessels  of  the  largest  class.  The  depth  of  water  on  the 
bar,  as  laid  down  by  Major  Kearney,  of  the  Topographical  En- 
gineei^,  is  twenty-one  feet.  From  the  report  to  us  of  Lieutenant 
Pinkham  of  the  John  Adams,  whom  we  directed  to  sound,  and 
from  all  the  information  we  have  been  able  to  collect,  at  least 
this  depth  of  water,  we  believe,  will  always  be  found  on  the  bar, 
even  after  a  long  continuance  of  nortlierly  winds.  These  norther- 
ly winds  sensibly  affect  the  waters  on  this  part  of  the  coast ;  they, 
however,  seldom  continue  long.  The  ordinary  tides  do  not  rise 
moi'e  than  three  feet,  but  these  tides  run  with  considerable  ra- 
pidity, thus  affording  facilities  to  vessels  working  in  or  out  of 
the  harbour,  against  an  unfavourable  wind. 

'^  The  position  which  we  have  selected,  as,  in  our  judgment. 


n 

12  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

combining  the  greatest  advantages  for  a  Navy  Yard,  is  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Barrancas,  and  to  the  northward  and  eastward  of 
Tartar  point.  Here  we  found  the  necessary  depth  of  water 
nearest  the  shore  ;  an  important  consideration  in  respect  to  the 
expense  to  be  incurred  in  carrying  out  the  wharves  required  for 
naval  purposes.  Here  too  the  works  erected  for  the  defence  of 
of  the  Navy  Yard,  would  give  additional  security  to  the  harbour, 
while  its  vicinity  to  the  Barrancas  would  admit  of  assistance  to 
it,  in  case  of  need,  from  the  troops  stationed  there.  Here,  we 
are,  in  our  opinion,  susceptible  of  complete  defence,  at  a  less 
expense  than  elsewhere  in  the  bay.  The  position  is  wholly  pro- 
tected by  Tartar  point,  against  the  swell  of  the  sea,  which 
strong  south-westerly  winds  set  over  the  bar.  It  is  favourably 
situated  for  rendering  assistance  to  vessels  approaching  the  har- 
bour. Its  healthiness  is  not  surpassed  by  any  other  part  of  the 
bay;  and  fresh  water  is  here  abundant,  and  of  a  wholesome 
quality." 

The  post  of  Barrancas  was  established  in  1669,  by  the 
Spaniards,  under  Andre  de  la  Riola  ;  and  the  present  fort  was 
built  by  Don  Bernardo  de  Galvez,  about  1784.  It  is  situate  on 
the  north  shore,  on  a  high  shell  bank.  It  completely  commands 
the  entrance  of  the  harbour.  West  of  the  fort,  a  light-house  was 
erected  in  1824.  It  is  thirty  feet  high,  and  may  be  distinctly 
seen  at  fifteen  miles  distance.  The  ruins  of  old  Fort  Arunado, 
are  situate  on  the  north  side  of  St.  Rosa  island,  about  two 
miles  from  the  west  end,  and  two  and  a  half  from  Barrancas, 
nearly  opposite  Tartar  point,  where  the  naval  depot  is  now  es- 
tablished. 

Large  vessels,  coming  from  the  eastward,  should  keep  in  seven 
fathoms  water,  imtil  the  light-house  bears  N.  by  W. ,  in  that 
course  run  to  three  and  a  half  fathoms  on  the  bar,  then  steer  the 
same  course  till  the  west  end  of  St.  Rosa  island  bears  E.  by 
S.  and  the  light-house  N.  one  half  W.  ;  then  steer  direct  for 
the  light,  until  within  the  island,  then  hawl  up  and  run  into  the 
bay.  The  same  should  be  the  course  of  large  vessels  coming 
from  tlie  west,  except  tliat  they  may  safely  run  in  five  fathoms. 
Vessels  drawing  less  than  fourteen  feet,  may  bring  the  light  to 
bear  N.    three-fourths  W..    and  then  steer  for   it   till   within. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  13 

half  a  mile;  thence  E,  by  N.  till  sheltered  by  St.  Rosa.  The 
ebb  tide  sets  south-west,  and  the  flood  north-east.  The  ebb  sets 
directly  on  to  the  Caycos  shoal,  and  the  flood  across  the  Middle 
ground. 

The  following  extract  from  the  Report  of  F.  Laval,  Commis- 
sioner of  Marine,  &c.  to  His  Catholic  Majesty,  in  1719,  will 
show  that  a  century  has  made  no  material  difference  in  the  en- 
trance of  Pensacola  bay: 

"  The  Admiral  (Champmeslin)  was  on  board  of  the  Hercules,  of 
sixty-four  guns,  but  then  mounted  only  fifty-six,  and  drew  about 
twenty-one  feet  water;  he  was  advised  that  there  was  only  twenty- 
two  feet  on  the  bar;  he  therefore  despaired  of  entering  the  harbour; 
but  an  old  Canadian,  named  Grimau,  a  man  of  experience,  and 
well  acquainted  with  the  channel,  alleged  that  he  could  take  her 
in,  and  actually  succeeded.  He  ran  along  a  good  musket-shot 
from  the  ledges,  (breakers,)  till  he  brought  the  Fort  of  Pen- 
sacola, (Barrancas,)  N.  and  S,  one-fourth  E.,  and  ran  that 
course  till  he  was  W.  one-fourth  S.  from  the  old  fort  on  St. 
Rosa ;  he  then  bore  away  a  little  to  the  west  land,  keeping  mid- 
way betwixt  that  and  the  island,  to  avoid  a  bank  on  the  latter, 
which  ran  out  to  some  distance  WNW.  from  the  point.  The 
Hercules  was  followed  by  the  Mars,  pierced  for  sixty,  but  carry- 
ing only  fifty-four  guns.  The  Triton,  pierced  for  fifty-four,  but 
carrying  only  fifty.  Two  frigates,  one  of  thirty-six,  the  other 
twenty  guns.  They  all  anchored  in  water  from  twenty-five  to 
thirty-six  feet,  in  good  holding  ground  of  soft  mud." 

The  Grand  Lagoon  extends  from  the  entrance  of  Pensacola 
bay,  below  the  Barrancas,  eight  miles  westward,  and  within  three- 
fourths  of  a  mile  of  the  Perdido  bay,  and  with  which  it  might 
be  connected  by  a  trifling  labour.  It  is  open  to  the  gulf  near 
the  west  end;  the  passage  has  usually  six  feet  water  on  the  bar; 
near  the  Barrancas  it  is  more  shoal,  the  sea  having  lately  broken 
over  and  thrown  considerable  sand  on  the  bar. 

The  Big  bayou  enters  the  bay  one  and  a  half  miles  above  Tar- 
tar point. 

Three  miles  farther  north-east.  Bayou  Chico  enters;  on  the  north 
bank  of  which.  Camp  Clinch  is  beautifullv  situated,  one  and  a  half 
C 


14  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

miles  north  of  the  bay,  of  which  there  is  a  fine  prospect.     This- 
bayou  is  a  pleasant,  healthy,  and  safe  harbour  for  small  craft. 

Bayou  Texar  enters  from  the  north,  one  mile  above  the  city  oi 
Pensacola;  it  is  a  handsome  sheet  of  water,  one-fourth  of  a  mile 
wide,  and  four  miles  in  length. 

The  Bayou  Mulatto  enters  the  east  side  of  Escambia  bay. 

St.  Rosa  sound  connects  the  bays  of  Pensacola  and  Chactaw- 
hatchee.  This  is  a  charming  sheet  of  water,  about  forty  miles  long, 
and  from  one  and  a  half  to  two  and  a  half  miles  wide.  A  narrow- 
peninsula  divides  the  Pensacola  bay  from  the  sound,  for  thirty 
miles.  Vessels  drawing  five  feet  water  may  pass  through  the  sound 
and  thence  to  sea,  through  the  west  end  of  Chactawhatchee  bay, 
and  the  pass  L'Este.  The  navigation  is  perfectly  safe,  and 
no  difficulty  occurs,  except  at  the  narrows,  near  the  east  end  of 
the  sound,  where  there  are  two  places  that  the  channel  is  narrow 
and  crooked. 

The  Chactawhatchee  bay  is  at  least  forty  miles  long,  and  from 
seven  to  fifteen  wide.  It  receives  the  Chactawhatchee  river 
through  many  mouths,  at  the  east  end  ;  while  on  the  north  side 
there  enters  Cedar  creek,  the  Alaqua  river.  Rock  creek,  Boggy 
creek  and  Twin  creek.  This  bay  is  much  affected  by  storms;  and 
many  shoals  running  far  into  it,  the  navigation  is  considered 
somewhat  dangerous.  It  has  two  outlets.  The  pass  L'Este 
communicates  with  the  sea,  seven  miles  south-east  from  the  west 
end  of  the  bay,  and  at  the  west  end  by  St.  Rosa  sound.  When  a 
heavy  swell  of  the  sea  meets  the  ebb  tide  on  the  pass  L'Este, 
the  breakers  render  it  impassable.  The  British  established  a  very 
profitable  fishery  here.  It  might  still  be  improved  to  great, 
advantage. 

St.  Andrew's  bay  has,  hitherto,  been  little  known,  but  it  must 
hereafter  become  a  place  of  importance.  It  is  easy  of  access,  has 
eighteen  feet  water  on  the  bar,  good  anchorage,  and  is  perfectly 
sheltered  from  every  wind.  It  is  divided  into  several  arms, 
which  stretch  over  a  wide  extent  of  country ;  the  north  and  east 
arms  extend  to  the  neighbourhood  of  the  rich  settlements  of  Chi- 
pola,  the  principal  trade  of  which,  at  this  time,  passes  through 
this  bay.  Three  islands  lie  off  the  mouth  of  this  harbour.  Sand 
island,  Hummock  island,  and  Crooked  island.     The  principal 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  15 

channel  is  between  Sand  and  Hummock  islands,  it  being  the 
nearest;  betwixt  Hummock  and  Crooked  islands  the  channel  is 
equally  good. 

The  main  body  of  the  bay  extends  northward  for  about  twelve 
miles,  and  thus  far  averages  about  five  miles  in  breadth.  Five 
miles  from  the  entrance,  a  large  arm,  near  a  mile  in  width,  runs 
to  the  west,  parallel  with  the  coast  for  twenty  miles.  Ten  miles 
from  the  entrance,  another  branch  extends  westwardly  thirty 
miles;  this  branch  is  in  some  places  ten  miles  wide,  and  approaches 
very  near  the  Chipola  inundation.  The  Wetappo,  a  navigable 
creek,  which  enters  the  north-east  end,  rises  near  the  very  bank 
of  this  sheet  of  water.  Five  miles  north-west  of  East  bay,  the 
Wapaluxy  bay  branches  off  to  the  west,  in  a  circular  form,  which 
the  name  indicates.  This  bay  is  from  seven  to  ten  miles  in 
diameter.  A  navigable  creek  enters  the  west  side  of  Wapaluxy, 
from  which,  to  the  lake  branch  of  Chactawhatchee  river,  is  only 
four  miles  and  a  half.  Seven  miles  farther  up  the  north  branch, 
vessels  may  carry  eighteen  feet  water,  to  Little  Oyster  point. 
From  thence  to  the  head  of  the  bay,  a  distance  of  eight  miles,  the 
water  gradually  shoals  to  seven  feet. 

St.  Joseph's  bay  presents  an  entrance,  from  the  north-west,  six 
miles  wide,  but  most  of  this  distance  is  occupied  by  a  middle 
ground.  One  channel  is  close  under  the  north  point  of  the  pe- 
ninsula, where  there  is  seventeen  feet  water.  The  main  channel 
commences  near  Cape  False,  and  passes  about  two  miles  from  the 
main  land,  and  has  twenty-eight  feet  water.  The  bay  is  generally 
from  seven  to  eight  miles  wide,  but  grows  narrower,  and  shoal, 
towards  the  south-east  end.  It  is  twenty  miles  in  length,  and 
easy  of  access.  On  the  land  side  it  is  unapproachable,  being 
insulated  among  lakes,  lagoons,  and  marshes.  The  southern  point 
of  the  peninsula,  which  forms  St.  Joseph's,  is  the  Cape  St.  Blass. 
The  north  end  is  blown  up  into  sharp  sand  hills,  except,  that 
inside  of  the  point  there  is  a  forest  of  high  pines,  which  may  be 
seen  at  a  great  distance. 

The  Appalachicola  bay  is  formed  by  the  islands  of  St.  Vincent 
and  St.  George,opposite  to  the  mouth  of  the  Appalachicola  river.  It 
is  from  four  to  eight  miles  wide,  and  twelve  in  length.  Vessels 
drawing  twelve  feet  water  can  enter  the  bay,  and  with  eight  feet 


16  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

can  approach  Murder  point,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river.  This  river 
being  the  largest  in  West  Florida,  and  the  outlet  of  an  extensive 
and  fertile  country,  it  will,  at  some  future  time,  render  this  bay 
a  place  of  extensive  business,  unless  the  produce  of  the  country 
should  be  directed  into  some  other  channel. 

This  bay  is  connected  with  the  gulf,  on  the  north-west,  by  the 
Indian  pass,  which  is  rapidly  filling  up:  little  more  than  four 
feet  water  is  now  found  on  the  bar. 

The  main  channel  is  betwixt  St.  Vincent  and  St.  George 
islands;  here  the  channel  is  about  a  mile  wide,  and  easy  of  access. 
A  small  sand  bar  lies  outside  of  the  entrance,  which  is  called  Flag 
island:  the  channel  is  near  the  east  side  of  it.  From  the  north- 
east corner  of  St.  Vincent's,  an  extensive  oyster  bar  runs,  in  a 
circular  form,  round  the  entrance  of  the  bay,  almost  to  St. 
George's  island.  St  George  sound,  between  the  island  and  the 
main,  is  a  pleasant  inland  passage,  but  is  obstructed  about  midway 
by  an  oyster  bar,  which  extends  from  north  to  south,  quite  across 
the  channel;  at  low  tides  the  water  is  not  more  than  four  feet 
deep  on  this  bar.  East  of  Cat  point,  in  this  sound,  there  are 
extensive  bars,  covered  with  large  and  excellent  flavoured  oysters. 

The  Ocklockney  bay  is  twelve  miles  long,  and  two  broad. 
The  Ocklockney  river  enters  the  west  end,  where  a  large  branch 
passes  off  to  the  west,  called  Crooked  river,  which,  after  running 
about  twenty  miles,  enters  New  river  near  its  junction  with  the 
sound,  directly  north  of  the  west  end  of  Dog  island.  The  entrance 
of  this  bay  is  obstructed  by  sand  bars  and  oyster  shoals.  No  more 
than  four  feet  water  can  be  depended  on  at  low  tide. 

The  Appalache  bay  is  that  circular  indentation  which  sweeps 
round  from  the  South  cape  to  Histahatchee  bay.  This  on  one 
side,  and  the  peninsula  on  the  other,  affords  a  partial  shelter  from 
the  eastern  and  south-western  storms,  and  although  it  is  quite 
exposed  to  the  south,  and  the  shore  also  quite  shoal  and  composed 
of  rock,  yet  it  has  the  credit  of  a  safe  navigation.  There  is  really 
no  good  harbour  in  it  for  large  vessels.  It  is  wholly  surrounded 
by  green  marshes,  interspersed  with  keys,  which  are  covered 
with  live  oaks,  cedars,  and  palm  trees.  The  port  of  St.  Marks 
is  much  frequented  since  the  establishment  of  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment at  Tallahassee :  seven  feet  water  can  usually  be  depended  on 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  17 

in  passing  up  the  river  to  the  fort.  A  great  number  of  oyster 
bars  render  the  navigation  of  the  river  narrow,  crooked,  and 
difficult. 

Histahatchee,  or  Deadman's  bay  is  small,  but  offers  a  safe  har- 
bour for  small  vessels,  which  may  enter  and  anchor  perfectly 
secure  in  twelve  feet  water.  Nearly  the  same  draught  of  water 
may  be  carried  up  nine  miles  to  the  falls. 

Vacassar  bay  receives  the  Suwannee  river  from  the  north, 
divided  among  an  archipelago  of  islands  and  keys;  but  scarcely 
five  feet  water  can  be  any  where  found  on  the  bar,  nor  is  the 
anchorage  outside  of  the  bar  very  secure,  though  here  the  water 
is  deeper.     This  is  the  easternmost  bay  in  West  Florida. 

CAPES. 

Cape  St.  Blass  is  the  most  noted  of  any  in  West  Florida:  it  i% 
situate  in  Washington  county,  in  latitude  29°  42',  longitude  85° 
45',  and  lies  in  front  of  St.  Joseph's  bay.  It  stretches  into  the 
sea  near  twenty  miles,  in  successive  ridges:  even  at  that  distance, 
it  is  little  more  than  seven  fathoms  deep.  Vessels  drawing  ten 
feet  water,  may,  in  good  weather,  pass  within  three  miles  of  the 
land,  but  if  a  southern  swell  prevail,  they  ought  to  keep  double 
that  distance  from  the  shore. 

Cape  St.  George  extends  south  from  the  island  of  that  name, 
about  five  miles  from  the  west  end,  in  latitude  29°  32'  N.  and 
longitude  84°  52'  W.  It  is  perceptible  only  three  or  four  miles 
from  the  island. 

South  Cape  is  a  point  of  land  in  front  of  Alligator  harbour,  on 
James  island,  below  the  Ocklockney  bay.  Several  distinct  shoals 
lie  off"  this  point.  Vessels  bound  to  or  from  St.  Marks,  should  keep 
three  miles  from  this  shore. 

ISLANDS. 

St.  Rosa  is  a  narrow  sandy  island,  extending  from  the  mouth 
of  Pensacola  bay,  opposite  to  the  fort  of  Barrancas,  to  the  pass  of 
L'Este,  a  distance  of  near  fifty  miles.  It  is  about  half  a  mile  in 
breadth,  and  is  conspicuous  for  its  pure  white  sand  hills,  which 


18  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

at  a  distance  appear  like  hills  of  snow.  It  is  very  barren :  a  few 
crooked  live  oaks  and  pitch  pine  grow  in  spots  on  the  north  side 
of  the  island;  while  scrub  oaks  and  yapon,  tangled  with  vines, 
form  impenetrable  thickets  on  the  northern  sides  of  the  sand  hills; 
these  are  excellent  shelters  for  deer,  which  are  numerous  during 
winter;  abundance  of  water  fowls  cover  the  fresh  water  ponds, 
which  are  found  in  all  the  valleys.  There  is  usually  a  heavy 
surf  on  the  south  shore  of  the  island;  during  storms  it  is  tremen- 
dous; several  vessels  have  been  wrecked  here.  A  small  fort  and 
pilot  house  formerly  stood  near  the  west  end  of  the  island,  they 
are  both  in  ruins. 

Opposite  the  mouth  of  St.  Andrew's  bay,  are  three  small 
islands:  the  first  is  Sand  island,  three  miles  from  the  shore,  and 
about  one  mile  in  length.  Except  some  bunches  of  tall  grass, 
(uniola  latifolia,)  and  some  scurvy  grass,  or  as  it  is  called  here, 
sea-kale,  it  is  totally  barren.  During  summer,  it  is  wholly  cover- 
ed with  the  eggs  of  sea  fowl.  A  shoal  extends  from  the  shore  to 
this  island,  except  a  narrow  channel  in  which  there  is  eight  feet 
water. 

Hummock  island  commences  a  mile  and  one-fourth  south-east  of 
Sand  island,  and  extends,  parallel  with  the  coast,  six  miles;  it  is 
quite  narrow,  and  has  no  timber,  but  is  covered  with  the  same 
kind  of  tall  grass.  Immediately  after  passing  either  end  of  this 
island,  vessels  may  anchor  in  perfect  safety,  close  along  shore. 
A  ridge  of  low  sand  hills  extends  along  the  west  side  of  this  island. 
On  Gauld's  chart,  this  and  Sand  island,  are  laid  down  as  forming 
the  west  point  of  St.  Andrews;  and  Crooked  island,  alone,  is  laid 
as  separate  from  the  shore.  It  is  not  improbable,  that  these  islands 
have  been  separated  by  some  late  eruption. 

Crooked  island  lies  a  mile  south  of  the  latter.  Its  north-east 
point  approaches  very  near  to  the  shore,  past  which,  however, 
there  is  a  deep  channel.  It  is  nearly  as  long  as  Hummock  island, 
but  lies  in  form  of  a  crescent.  It  is  half  a  mile  wide,  at  the  north 
end,  but  becomes  narrower  at  the  southern  end.  This  island  has 
on  it  a  considerable  grove  of  pine  trees.  Between  Sand  and  Hum- 
mock island,  the  channel  is  more  than  half  a  mile  wide.  To  enter, 
sail  within  a  mile  of  the  centre  of  the  island,  where  the  channel 
opens  between  a  shoal  one  mile  below  Sand  island,  and  another 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA*  19 

shoal  which  stretches  west  from  the  centre  of  Hummock  island. 
After  entering  between  these  two  shoals,  run  within  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  of  Hummock  island,  then  haul  up  north.  If  you  wish  to 
enter  the  bay,  pass  close  to  the  north-east  point  of  Sand  island. 
If  the  object  be  merely  to  make  a  harbour,  you  may  lay  round 
the  north  end  of  Hummock  Island,  in  four  fathom  water  and 
muddy  bottom. 

St.  Vincent's  island  is  on  the  west  of  Appalachicola  bay;  its  form 
is  a  triangle ;  the  north  and  west  sides  about  ten  miles  long,  and 
the  eastern  from  five  to  six  miles.  It  is  thickly  covered  with 
timber,  lofty  pines  shade  the  seacoast,  while  the  eastern  shore, 
within  the  bay,  is  diversified  with  live  oaks,  magnolias,  and 
palms,  which  give  it  the  resemblance  of  a  fine  park,  rather  than 
a  lonely  uninhabited  island.  An  excellent  stream  of  fresh  water 
enters  the  bay  from  about  the  middle  of  the  east  side.  The  north- 
ern shore  is  marshy  and  broken  by  large  lagoons. 

St.  George's  island  is  about  forty  miles  long,  and  from  a  half 
to  two  miles  wide.  Its  west  end  is  about  opposite,  and  eight 
miles  south  of  the  mouth  of  Appalachicola  river.  For  about  four 
miles,  its  direction  is  E.  by  S. ;  it  then  turns  NE.  The  east  end 
is  about  three  miles  from  shore.  The  southern  shore  of  the  island 
is  thrown  up  into  two  or  three  parallel  ridges  of  a  yellowish- 
brown  sand;  some  of  them  forty,  some  fifty  feet  high.  The  cen- 
tre of  the  island  is  usually  covered  with  pine  forests,  among 
which  there  are  some  hammocks  of  good  hard  timber  land.  The 
northern  shore  is  marshy,  and  indented  with  numerous  bays  and 
lagoons.  On  this  side,  the  island  seems  to  be  increasing  in  size. 
The  east  end  is  low  and  barren. 

Dog  island  lies  in  the  same  direction  as  St.  George's,  and 
about  the  same  distance  from  the  shore.  It  is  seven  miles  long, 
and  one  and  a  half  wide.  It  is  similar  in  surface  to  St.  George's. 
At  the  north-east  end  there  is  an  excellent  harbour  for  small  ves- 
sels. It  is  three  miles  distant  from  St.  George's.  The  tide  runs 
with  great  force  between  them. 

James  island  lies  between  New  river  and  Ocklockney  bay.  Ii 
is  made  by  a  branch  of  the  Ocklockne}^,  called  Crooked  river, 
which  branches  oflP  to  the  west  from  the  head  of  Ocklockney 
bay.  It  is  twenty  miles  long,  and  from  five  to  twelve  miles  wide- 


20  VIEW  OF  WKST  FLORIDA. 

Alligator  harbour  is  in  the  south-east  corner  of  this  island;  South 
cape  is  part  of  the  peninsula  that  forms  the  harbour.  This  island 
is,  in  general,  a  poor  pine  barren,  broken  by  ponds  of  water, 
and  skirted,  especially  on  the  east  end,  with  extensive  salt 
marshes. 

There  are  four  or  five  small  islands  between  the  Appalache 
and  Suwannee  rivers.  Within  the  mouths  of  several  rivers,  also, 
especially  the  Chactawhatchee,  Appalachicola,  and  Suwannee, 
there  are  several  extensive  low  islands;  but  they  arc  little  known, 
and  can  be  of  little  consequence  until  some  enterprising  planters 
shall  bank  the  water  off  them.  They  will  then  become  the  rich- 
est cane  lands  in  the  territory. 

RIVERS. 

The  Perdido  river  is  of  little  importance,  except  as  forming 
part  of  the  boundary  line  between  Alabama  and  Florida.  It 
rises  about  thirty  miles  within  the  state  of  Alabama,  increases 
rapidly  from  large  springs,  and  empties  into  the  bay  of  the  same 
name.  It  is  navigable  seven  miles  above  the  bay,  to  some  saw- 
mills, which  have  done  considerable  business. 

The  Connecuh  rises  in  the  south-east  part  of  Alabama.  Its 
general  course  is  south-west,  until  it  meets  the  Escambia  river, 
near  the  north  line  of  the  territory.  It  there  loses  its  name  for 
that  of  Escambia,  a  much  smaller  river.  Here  it  turns  a  south- 
east course,  and  enters  the  north-west  end  of  Escambia  bay, 
through  several  deep  channels.  Its  principal  tributary  streams 
are,  Sepulgas,  Murder  creek,  the  Big  and  Little  Escambia. 
The  lands,  on  the  banks  of  this  river,  are  rich,  but  are  often 
overflowed,  which  renders  planting,  on  the  intervals,  a  hazard- 
ous employment.  In  autumn,  they  are  also  subject  to  agues  and 
fevers.  An  opinion  is  prevalent  here,  that  the  soil  is  so  open, 
that  the  waters  cannot  be  banked  out.  The  experiment  has  never 
yet  been  made  ;  should  it  ever  prove  successful,  as  I  think  it 
will,  some  of  the  finest  land  that  the  territory  affords  will  be  re- 
rlaimed. 

The  Yellow  Water  also  rises  in  Alabama.  Its  course  is  south- 
east, till  it  enters  the  bay  of  the  same  name.     It  receives  from 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  21 

the  south-east,  near  its  mouth,  Shoal  river  and  Titi  creek.  About 
ten  miles  from  its  mouth,  the  Yellow  Water  is  obstructed  by  ex- 
tensive rafts,  which  wholly  impede  the  navigation.  There  is  a 
very  good  settlement  of  industrious  farmers  on  this  river,  forty 
miles  above  the  bay.  These  lands  stand  the  droughts  of  summer 
better  than  any  other  lands  in  the  country.  On  Shoal  river,  also, 
there  is  very  good  land  in  small  bodies,  some  of  which  is  settled. 

The  Alaqua  rises  north  of  the  Chactawhatchee  bay,  and  in- 
creases rapidly  from  large  springs,  some  of  which  are  large  enough 
to  turn  mills  at  their  source.  It  is  navigable  for  boats,  fifteen 
miles,  to  Vaughn's.  It  runs  through  one  of  the  pleasantest  wild 
countries  in  Florida,  and  empties  into  a  large  lagoon  north  of  the 
bay. 

The  Chactawhatchee  rises  near  the  east  line  of  Alabama;  its 
general  course  is  south  and  west,  till  it  arrives  at  the  Cow  ford, 
thirty  miles  from  its  mouth;  it  then  runs  west  to  the  bay,  which 
it  enters  through  numerous  channels.  It  recei^^es  in  its  course 
Pea  river,  and  Uchee  creek,  from  the  west;  and  Big  Barren, 
Holmes,  and  Pond  creeks,  from  the  south-east.  The  United 
States'  road,  to  St.  Augustine,  crosses  at  the  Cow  ford;  three  miles 
below,  the  river  divides,  and  makes  an  island  ten  miles  long:  the 
eastern  branch  is  called  East  river.  The  western  branch  is  cut 
up  with  innumerable  islands,  and  thei  water  running  very  rapid, 
the  navigation  of  this  branch  is  difficult.  Boats  have  ascended 
this  river  one  hundred  miles.  The  Big  spring  of  Chactawhatchee, 
rises  about  one  mile  and  a  half  south-east  of  Holmes  creek,  and 
joins  it  about  the  same  distance  from  the  Chactawhatchee:  six  or 
seven  feet  water  may  be  carried  up  to  the  spring  head.  This  has 
been  a  considerable  landing  place  for  several  years  past.  The 
banks  and  every  sunken  log  in  this  river,  are  covered,  most  of 
the  year,  with  a  profusion  of  wild  flowers;  turtles  and  water- 
snakes,  are  scarcely  less  numerous. 

The  Econfina  has  a  short  course;  it  rises  from  large  springs 
and  ponds,  south  and  south-east  from  Oak  Hill,  in  Washington 
county,  and  falls  into  the  north  arm  of  St.  Andrew's  bay:  it  is 
navigable  to  the  natural  bridge,  fifteen  miles  from  the  mouth, 
where  the  United  States'  road  crosses. 

The  Chapola  is  a  western  branch  of  the  Appalachicola.  It  rises 

I) 


22  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

in  several  very  large  springs,  on  both  sides  of  the  north  line  of 
the  territory,  in  Jackson  county;  after  running  twenty  miles,  and 
receiving  considerable  accessions  from  both  sides,  it  divides,  and 
both  branches  sink  into  the  earth;  the  eastern  branch  continues 
under  ground  several  hundred  yards;  the  western  branch  but  a 
few  rods:  these  streams  unite  again  about  half  a  mile  below.  To 
this  place  the  Chapola  is  navigable.  About  half  a  mile  west  of 
the  natural  bridge,  a  large  stream  hursts  from  the  base  of  a  gen- 
tle hill,  and  joins  the  Chapola  a  mile  below;  it  is  large  enough  for 
boat  navigation.  Five  miles  below  the  natural  bridge,  the  Big 
spring  of  Chapola  rises,  three  miles  east  of  the  river;  this  spring 
is,  also,  navigable  to  its  source.  Thirty  miles  below  this  spring, 
an  arm  of  the  Appalachicola  has  lately  burst  into  the  Chapola,  and 
formed  a  lake  twenty  miles  in  length,  and  seven  wide,  in  which 
the  forests  arc  yet  standing.  This  river  enters  the  Appalachicola 
nine  miles  above  Colinton,  or  fort  Gadsden,  The  banks  of  the 
Chapola  are  usually  low.  The  upper  part  of  the  river  has  a 
fiwamp  on  one  or  both  sides,  a  mile  or  more  in  width.  The 
adjoining  lands  are  among  the  best  in  the  territory,  and  generally 
settled  with  able  planters. 

The  Appalachicola  is  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  Chatta- 
lioche,  and  Flint.  The  former  rises  near  the  corners  of  the  four 
states  of  Tennessee,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Alabama.  Its 
course  lies  through  a  country  of  excellent  land.  The  Flint  is  a 
much  smaller  stream.  The  junction  is  one  hundred  miles  from 
the  sea.  To  this  place  considerable  sized  schooners  have  sailed. 
Boat  navigation  extends  three  hundred  miles  higher.  This  river 
was  formerly  the  boundary  line  betvv^ixt  East  and  West  Florida, 
until  the  line  was  removed  to  the  Suwannee,  by  an  ordinance  of 
general  Jackson,  in  1821.  The  current  of  this  river  is  swift,  the 
channel  deep,  narrow,  and  crooked.  It  overflows  its  banks  to  a 
considerable  extent.  The  lands  on  its  margin  are  very  rich.  It 
has  carried  a  considerable  Delta  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name, 
which  it  enters  among  numerous  low  marshy  islands. 

The  Ocklockney  rises  in  Georgia,  has  a  general  course  SSW. 
passes  through  the  north-west  corner  of  Leon  county,  through 
the  eastern  part  of  Gadsden,  and  enters  the  gulf  on  both  sides  of 
James  island.     Little  river,  Robinson's  creek,  and  Rocky  Cum- 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  23 

fort,  branches  of  this  river,  pass  througli  a  large  trad  of  excellent 
land,  in  the  lieart  of  Gadsden  coUnty. 

The  Appalache  is  formed  at  the  fort  of  St.  Marks, by  tlie  junction 
of  the  Wakuily  and  St.  Marks  rivers;  it  is  only  nine  miles  to  the  sea. 
Schooners,  drawing.seven  feet  water,  have  ascended  the  Wakully 
to  Francis  town,  seven  miles  above  the  fort,  and  the  St.  Marks, 
four  miles,  to  the  watering  place.  In  the  winter  of  1826,  the 
Franklin  schooner  came  up  to  the  fort,  drawing  nine  feet;  but 
seven  is  as  much  as  can  be  usually  depended  on:  numerous  oyster 
shoals  render  the  channel  excessively  crooked.  Business  on  this 
river  is  rapidly  increasing.  Large  boats  may  ascend  the  Wakully 
to  its  source,  which  is  eleven  miles  and  a  half  north-west  from  St. 
Marks  fort.  For  two  miles  the  upper  part  of  the  river  is  full  of 
islands^  and  the  whole  surface  of  the  water  is  covered  witli  grass, 
like  a  green  meadow.  Boats  may  also  ascend  the  St.  Marks  river 
nineteen  miles  and  a  half,  to  the  place  where  it  emerges  in  a  con- 
siderable pond;  this,  also,  is  wholly  covered  with  grass  and  I'ushes, 
although  several  fathom  deep.  The  outlet  of  this  pond  is  rapid, 
narrow  and  rocky.  It  is  an  excellent  situation  for  millsv  The 
water  is  at  all  seasons  equally  abundant,  and  the  timber  in  the 
neighbourhood  plenty  and  of  a  good  quality.  Below  this  rapid 
the  river  becomes  broad  and  deep,  but  there  are  two  more  rapids 
below;  the  one  six  and  the  other  ten  miles  above  the  fort:  the 
latter  is  half  a  mile  in  extent.  The  pine  barrens  usually  approach 
very  near  the  river.  A  few  small  mill  streams  enter  on  each  side, 
on  which  are  found  tolerable  hammock  lands.  All  the  lands 
within  the  forks  of  Wakully  and  St.  Marks,  for  four  miles  back, 
are  very  rich,  but  low,  and  cleared  of  timber;  by  banking  two  or 
three  miles,  on  each  river,  a  plantation  might  be  redeemed  that 
would  become  invaluable.  Situate  at  the  head  of  schooner 
navigation,  near  the  seat  of  government,  with  the  great  road  pass- 
ing through  the  centre,  no  situation  in  Florida  would  have 
greater  advantages. 

The  Oscilla  rises  just  south  of  the  north  line  of  the  territory,  in 
several  large  lakes  and  ponds;  it  passes  through  the  centre  of 
Leon  county,  and  enters  the  sea  twelve  miles  east  of  the  Appa- 
lache; it  has  five  feet  water  on  the  bar,  after  which  there  is  a  con« 


24  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLOKIBA- 

siderable  depth  for  twelve  miles;  above  that  the  river  sinks  in 
the  earth  for  a  considerable  distance. 

The  AcheenahatcheeandChattahatchee  are  considerable  streams, 
which  enter  the  gulf  eas,t  of  Oscilla,  but  they  are  little  known. 

The  Histahatchee  enters  the  bay  of  the  same  name  about  fifteen 
miles  west  of  Suwannee;  it  is  navigable  nine  miles,  to  the  falls, 
where  it  branches  into  several  small  creeks.  The  banks  of  this 
river  present  rocky  shores  scooped  out  into  very  singular  fantas- 
tic shapes. 

The  Suwannee  is  a  very  pleasant  river,  and,  but  for  a  shoal 
bar  at  its  mouth,  would  be  of  great  importance  in  navigation. 
Its  principal  stream  comes  from  the  Oquafanoka  swamp.  It 
receives  two  large  branches  from  Georgia,  the  Allapahaw  and 
Ouithlacouchee.  Its  course  is  west  for  a  considerable  distance; 
it  then  makes  a  great  bend,  quite  round  to  the  east,  where  it 
meets  the  Santaffee;  it  then  turns  a  south-west  course  to  the  sea. 

This  river  is  yet  but  little  known.  It  is  said  to  be  generally 
deep.  At  its  mouth  it  is  divided  into  a  great  many  channels, 
among  a  wide  extent  of  low  keys:  none  of  them  has  been  found 
to  possess  five  feet  water.  The  ruins  of  an  old  town  have  been 
discovered,  just  below  Ouithlacouchee,  on  the  western  bank. 
And  on  the  same  side,  below  its  junction  with  Santaffee,  the 
remains  of  old  Suwannee  town  are  still  to  be  seen.  A  little 
below  the  Santaffee  is  the  Great  Maneto  spring.  This  spring 
is  on  the  south-east  side  of  the  Suwannee  river,  below  the  San- 
taffee, at  the  foot  of  the  Upland  hills;  the  basin  is  circular,  fifty 
yards  in  diameter,  of  a  bluisli  green  colour,  but  perfectly  trans- 
parent, and  exceedingly  deep.  It  is  a  kind  of  jet,  emitting  the 
waters  with  great  force  for  nearly  half  a  minute,  and  then  subsid- 
ing for  the  same  length  of  time;  the  stream,  issuing  from  this 
fountain,  is  forty  or  fifty  feet  wide  and  very  deep,  it  abounds  in 
fish  and  alligators;  and  the  Indians  state  that  the  maneto,  or  sea- 
cow,  used  to  resort  to  it.  This  is  nearly  the  size  of  the  Chapola 
Bi"-  spring.  The  general  course  of  this  river  is  through  a  pine 
barren  country.  There  are,  however,  on  its  borders,  some  con- 
siderably extensive  hammocks  of  good  land.  A  few  Americans 
are  about  settling  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  for  the  purpose  of 
cultivating  the  sugar  cane. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  2H 

LAKES. 

The  central  parts  of  Florida  are  interspersed  with  a  great  num- 
ber of  lakes  and  ponds:  some  of  them  are  natural  reservoirs  of 
water  drained  from  the  surrounding  country,  and  some  are 
expansions  of  subterranean  rivers,  which  frequently  pervade  the 
country. 

Mickasukee  lake  is  situated  fifteen  miles  north-east  from  Talla- 
hassee: it  is  twelve  miles  long  from  south  to  north;  the  western 
part  is,  in  form,  a  triangle;  from  the  south-east  point,  an  arm, 
one  or  two  miles  broad,  extends  quite  into  Georgia.  There  is 
some  good  hammock  land  on  its  borders.  And  many  old  Indian 
fields  remain  covered  with  peach  trees. 

Lake  Jackson  lies  north-west  from  Tallahassee.  It  is  eighl 
miles  long,  and  from  two  to  three  miles  wide.  This  is  a  very 
pretty  sheet  of  water.  On  its  shores  are  some  of  the  best  lands 
in  the  country. 

Lake  lamony  is  about  fourteen  miles  north  of  Tallahassee;  it 
is  eight  miles  long  and  three  broad.  This  lake  is  said  to  contain 
a  great  number  of  fish.  Its  banks  are  generally  good  land.  Its 
outlet  communicates  with  the  Ocklockney  river. 

The  Old  Tallahassee  lake  lies  five  miles  east  of  the  seat  of 
government,  in  La  Fayette's  township.     Chefixico's  old  town 
w-as  situate  on  the  south  shore;  here  are  extensive  peach  orchards. 
It  is  three  miles  from  east  to  west,  and  about  a  mile  wide. 

Lake  Wimico  is  situate  in  Washington  county,  between  the 
mouth  of  Appalachicola  river  and  St.  Joseph's  bay.  It  is  seven 
miles  long,  and  two  or  three  broad. 

The  Inundation,  or  Hort's  lake,  is,  to  appearance,  newly  formed, 
on  the  Chapola  river,  by  a  part  of  the  Appalachicola.bursting  out 
and  inundating  the  country;  it  is  from  ten  to  twenty  feet  deep, 
yet  the  forests  are  standing  in  the  water.  It  is  the  longest  lake 
in  the  country,  being  twenty  miles  long  and  seven  broad. 

Dennard's  lake,  betwixt  the  Cow  ford  and  St.  Andrew's  bay, 
in  Washington  county,  is  twelve  miles  long  and  five  wide;  it  is 
little  known. 


26  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 


ANIMALS. 


The  native  horses  of  Florida  are  a  small  breed  of  ponies,  hardy, 
and  easy  to  support,  but  not  fit  for  the  harness.  Ttey  will  keep 
fat  on  the  wild  grass  and  herbage  of  the  country;  they  are  excel- 
lent swimmers,  and  are  better  for  travelling  in  a  new  country 
than  English  horses;  endure  very  long  journeys  with  ease,  but 
are  not  heavy  enough  for  the  harness.  They  were  originally 
brought  from  Andalusia  by  the  Spaniards. 

Mules  are  rarely  raised  here,  but  are  frequently  brought  from 
Campeachy;  are  principally  used  for  draught,  and  they  are  very 
long-lived.  It  is  believed-,  that  a  mixed  breed  of  native  and 
English  horses  would  unite  most  of  the  qualities  desirable  in  that 
«seful  animal. 

The  cattle  are  a  large  breed,  with  broad  horns  and  close  hair; 
they  are  good  breeders,  but  have  not  been  highly  valued  for  the 
dairy.  They  often  become  very  fat  on  the  wild  grass,  but  it  does 
not  so  much  increase  their  milk.  Very  few  oxen  are  used; 
when  yoked,  they  are  always  managed  with  a  line,  like  horses. 

Sheep  would  succeed  well,  did  not  the  inhabitants  prefer  to 
keep  an  immoderate  number  of  useless,  thieving  dogs,  to  worry 
them.  The  barking,  yelping,  and  howling,  of  a  congregation  of 
half  starved  whelps,  is  music  to  the  ear  of  a  native  Floridian; 
even  if,  by  supporting  them,  his  children  be  reduced  to  the  same 
miserable  circumstances.  It  is  not  surprising,  that  there  are- few 
slieep  in  Florida. 

Goats  are  raised  with  ease;  very  little  care  is  expended  about 
them;  they  even  seem  to  prosper  best,  when  neglected. 

Hogs  grow  well;  but  corn  is  always  too  dear  to  fatten  them; 
most  of  our  pork  is,  and  will  be,  brought  from  a  distance. 

Of  wild  animals,  the  deer  is  most  numerous.  Panthers,  bears^ 
and  wild-cats  are  plenty,  in  some  parts:  wolves  are  sometimes 
seen;  foxes  are  rare.  The  Mexican  oppossum  is  very  numer- 
ous; even  in  the  city  of  Pensacola,  they  often  rob  the  hen-roosts* 
Racoons  and  skunks  are  frequent  in  the  interior. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  squirrel;  the  large  fox  squirrel,  and  the 
pmall  gray.     The  former  is  much  admired  as  a  pet,  especially^ 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  St 

when  it  is  found  with  a  white  face,  and  a  rich  brown  colour.  The 
Salamander  is  a  large  mole,  about  half  the  size  of  a  rat.  It  pene- 
trates the  earth  in  every  direction,  especially  the  pine  barrens, 
which  it  throws  up  in  the  form  of  ant-hills.  Otters  and  minks 
are  numerous,  in  the  water  courses.  Rats  and  mice  are  very 
troublesome,  every  where. 

The  Gopher  is  a  very  peculiar  animal.  It  delights  in  black 
jack  ridges,  which  are  easily  penetrated  with  its  burrows.  They 
are  easily  caught,  by  digging  pits  at  the  mouth  of  their  holes, 
into  which,  if  they  fall,  they  remain  prisoners.  Soups  and  gum- 
boes,  made  of  their  flesh,  are  much  esteemed.  They  are  a  harm- 
less animal,  of  the  turtle  species.  They  feed,  night  and  morning, 
on  the  dewy  herbs,  near  their  burrows.  They  lay  several  eggvS^ 
in  the  sand,  about  the  size  of  a  hen's,  but  quite  round,  and  leav<* 
them  to  hatch  by  the  heat  of  the  sun. 

REPTILES. 

The  alligator  stands  at  the  head  of  this  class.  He  is,  undoubt- 
edly, the  ugliest  creature  living.  Floating  on  the  water,  he 
appears  like  a  rotten  log;  on  land,  he  appears  like  a  huge 
snake,  with  the  addition  of  sprawling  claws.  But  it  is  in  the 
wallows,  large  mud  holes  among  the  rushes,  that  the  alligator 
appears  herself;  surrounded  by  a  hundred  young  imps  of  ugliness, 
all  barking  like  puppies,  and  chased  by  the  male  for  food.  The 
female  then  adds  rage  to  her  native  deformity,  and  she  often  kills 
her  whelps  by  the  strokes  of  her  tail,  made  in  their  defence.  Yet 
these  reptiles  are  more  terrific  than  dangerous.  Persons  often 
bathe  within  a  few  yards  of  them,  in  perfect  safety;  nor  have  they 
been  known,  in  this  country,  to  injure  any  human  being.  They 
have  sometimes  caught  hogs  and  dogs,  but  very  rarely.  Almost 
every  night,  they  leave  the  salt  water,  to  wallow  in  some  pool  of 
fresh  water,  in  the  vicinity;  but  they  usually  return  before  morn- 
ing. Some  of  them,  however,  live  in  fresh  ponds,  forty  miles 
inland.  Salt  lagoons  are  their  favourite  residences,  where  fish,, 
and  other  reptiles  are  abundant;  and  they  are  not  delicate  in  their 
choice  of  food.  It  is  sometimes  difficult  for  a  stranger  to  sleep 
Rear  their  residences,  for  their  bellowing..     About  the  Gulf  of 


2S  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Mexico,  they  are  abroad  during  the  whole  wintisr.  Their  nests 
are  truly  described  by  Bartram.  They  usually  consist  of  five  to 
seven  tiers,  or  alternate  layers,  of  eggs  and  vegetables;  the  whole 
plastered  with  mud.  When  hatched,  by  the  fermentation  pf  the 
vegetables,  and  the  sun's  rays,  the  young  whelps  all  crawl  from 
one  hole,  near  the  top  of  the  cone,  and,  instinctively,  seek  their 
mother,  in  the  adjoining  wallow. 

The  other  lizards  of  Florida  are  very  small;  the  largest  is 
about  seven  inches  long,  with  sides  striped,  alternately,  red  and 
brown,  and  has  large  red  gills;  he  is  a  disgusting  reptile,  and 
somewhat  impudent  withal,  often  intruding  himself  into  the 
houses  of  new  settlers;  he  is  in  other  respects  innocent.  The 
old  inhabitants  call  him  the  scorpion. 

The  northern  blue  tailed  lizard  is  sometimes,  but  rarely,  seen. 

The  chameleon  is  the  least  ugly  of  the  species;  he  is  very  fre- 
quently seen,  and  has  much  the  contour  and  manners  of  a  dandy. 
He  will  often  sit  on  a  green  leaf,  and  puff  out  his  under  lip  like 
a  bladder,  speckled  with  rubies,  looking  you  all  the  time  in  the 
face,  with  great  assurance. 

The  rattlesnake,  moccasin,  and  viper,  are  all  dangerous  snakes, 
and  highly  poisonous;  but  they  are  very  rare.  Many  are  killed 
by  the  fires  that  frequently  run  over  the  country.  Some  are  killed 
by  the  deer,  who  wage  an  eternal  war  with  them.  And  the  king 
snake  kills  them  whenever  they  cross  his  path.  There  is  a  little 
ground  rattlesnake,  that  escapes  the  fires  in  his  burrow,  he  is 
very  diminutive,  being  not  more  than  twelve  inches  long,  but 
his  bite  is  very  poisonous.  A  water  moccasin,  that  covers  the 
old  logs,  in  the  rivers  near  tide  water,  is  a  large  dreadful  looking 
snake,  but  it  is  said  not  to  be  poisonous.  On  the  contrary,  a  livid 
looking  mud  asp,  that  has  sometimes  been  mistaken  for  an  eel, 
has,  in  several  instances,  proved  fatal  to  those  who  expose  them- 
selves by  wading  in  muddy  creeks. 

The  king  snake  is  clothed  with  a  variegated  coat  of  black, 
brown,  red,  yellow,  and  white,  in  rings  of  about  an  inch  long, 
his  bite  is  innocent,  but  he  has  the  credit  of  tyrannizing  over  his 
fellow  crawlers  of  the  desert. 

Black  snakes  are  tolerably  frequent,  both  on  land  and  in  the 
water;  the  former,  sometimes,  catch  chickens,  ducks,  and  gos- 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  29 

lings.  The  coach-whip  is  most  frequently  seen  in  the  pine  bar- 
rens; he  perfectly  resembles  a  coach-whip,  with  a  black  handle; 
but  is  very  innocent. 

The  garter,  riband,  green,  chequered,  and  glass  snakes,  make 
up  the  account  of  this  species,  in  West  Florida. 

Although  the  lands  of  Florida  may  not,  all  of  them  at  least, 
produce  forty  bushels  of  frogs  to  the  acre,  as  has  been  asserted 
by  a  late  traveller  in  that  country;  yet,  it  cannot  be  denied,  that 
they  are  very  numerous,  and  very  noisy.  The  Bell  or  Virginia 
frog,  is  only  found  in  the  eastern  district;  and  there  they  are  not 
numerous.  The  bull-frog  is  numerous  every  where:  a  stranger 
would  imagine,  that  he  often  strained  his  lungs,  to  imitate  the 
voice  of  the  lordly  alligator.  The  red  and  black  toads  are  com- 
mon and  useful  reptiles;  in  destroying  insects  they  are  extremely 
expert.  The  shad-frog,  speckled,  and  green  frogs,  are  confined 
usually  to  the  water.  The  house-frog  always  becomes  very 
musical  before  a  rain;  and  may  be  termed  the  poor  man's  barome- 
ter. The  little  green  garden  frog  changes  colour  like  the  chame- 
lion,  and  his  barking  imitates,  to  perfection,  the  voice  of  a  puppy. 
Except  the  little  savanna-frog,  these  embrace  all  the  species  with 
which  we  arc  acquainted. 


INSECTS. 

Of  these  the  jigger  is  the  most  troublesome;  it  enters  the  skin, 
most  usually  of  the  feet,  and  produces  an  excessive  itching  and 
inflammation.  Frequent  sea-bathing,  and  constant  cleanliness, 
are  the  best  guards  against  them.  When  once  lodged  under  the 
skin,  it  is  very  difficult  to  expel  them. 

Red  bugs  are  numerous,  especially  in  mossy  woods;  they  are 
nearly  imperceptible  to  the  naked  eye;  but  the  poisoned  shirt  of 
Dejanira  could  scarcely  be  a  greater  torment,  than  these  little 
pests  are  to  the  body.  Sea-bathing,  or  rubbing  the  body  with 
spirits,  will  destroy  them,  if  immediately  applied.  If  this  be 
not  done,  they  will  continue  painful  eight  or  nine  days. 

Our  hammocks  are  infested   with   fleas;   the  sea-beach  with 
sand-flies;  the  uplands  with  gnats;  and  the  low  ground?  with 
musquitoes. 
E 


30 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 


In  most  parts  of  West  Florida,  the  inhabitants  sleep  under 
musquitoe  bars;  and  every  person  travelling  the  country,  in  the 
summer  season,  should  carry  a  bar  with  him. 

Too  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  insects  and  reptiles 
ot"  Florida:  an  examination  of  these  subjects,  as  well  as  that  of 
Conchology,  and  Ichthyology,  is  in  progression,  and  may  here- 
after be  published. 


BIRDS. 

Our  Ornithology  is  also  very   imperfect;  the  following  is  a 
list  of  those  birds  which  are  most  common. 


Of  Eagles.  Falco,  we  have 
The  Bald  eagle.     F.  leucoce- 

phalus. 
Fishing  eagle.  F.  piscatorius. 
Hen  HaAvk.    F.  gallinareus. 
Chicken  Hawk.    F.  pullenari- 

iis. 
Pigeon  Hawk.  F.  columbarius. 
Marsh  Hawk.   F.  ranivorus. 
Sharp  Winged  blue.  F^subcerii- 

leus — rare. 

Owls.     Strix. 
Great  Horned.     ♦S'.  arcticus. 
Whooping.     S.  acclamator. 
Screech.     S.  assio. 

Vultures, 
Turkey  Buzzard.  Vultur  aura. 
Carrion  Crow.      V.  atratus. 

Crows. 
Raven.  Corvus  carniveriis. 
Rook.      C  viaratimiis. 
Common    Crow.     C.  frugive- 

rus. 
Florida  Jay.      C.  Floridanus. 
Jackdaw.      Gracula  quiscula. 
Crow  Blackbird.  G. purpurea. 


Parroquet.       Psitticus     caro- 

linaensis. 

Woodpeckers. 
White-back.  Picus principalis. 
Red-crested.      P.  pileatus. 
Red-headed.  P.  erythrocepha- 

lus. 
Red-bellied.     P.  carolinus. 
Black  and  white.  P.  pubescens. 
YelloAV-bellied.     P.  varius. 
Nuthatch.     P.  varia  ventre. 
Brown  Creeper.    Certhia  rufa. 
Pine  Creeper.      C  pinus. 


Iludo  alceon. 
Trochilus  ca- 


King  Fisher. 

Humming  bird 
lubris. 

Butcher  Bird.    Lanius  garru- 
lus. 

Black-head  fly  catcher.     Mus- 
citapa. 

Yellow-bellied  do.  M.  cristata. 

Little  Olive  do.     M.   subviri- 
di&. 

Green  Wren.    M.  cantatrix. 

Pigeon.        Columba    migra- 
tor ea — rare. 


VIEW  OF  WE^T  FLORIDA. 


ii 


Turtle  Dove.     C\  carolmaen- 

sis — abundant. 
Ground  Dove.    C.  passerina. 
Brown  Meadow  Lark.  Jllauda. 
Robin.  Turdus  migratorius — 

whole  year. 
Thrush.      T.  rufus. 
Mocking  Bird.      T.  polyglot- 

tas — incomparable  singer. 
Red  bird.     Merula  marylan- 

dica — a  good  singer. 
Cat  Bird.     Lucar   lividus — a 

fine  singer. 
Cedar  Bird.    ^mpJielis  garru- 

lus. 
Wild   Turkey.     Meleagris  a- 

mericana — plenty. 
Quail.    Tetrao  minor — aplenty. 
Red  Bird.     Loxia  cardinalis. 
Cross  Beak.      L.  rastro. 
Rice  bird.     Emberiza  oryzi- 

vora — this  bird  changes  his 

colour. 
Finch.     Linaris  ciris — several 

kinds. 
Linnet.     L.  cyanea. 
Tewe.      Fringilla several 

kinds,  the  Hemp  Bird   and 

Sparrow  most  common. 
House    Sparrow.     Passer  do- 

mesticus. 
Red  Sparrow.     P.  palustris. 
Field  Sparrow.     P.  agrestis. 
Sterl i n g.  Stiruus  preda torius. 
Cow    Pen    Bird.      S.    sterco- 

rarius. 
Blue  bird.      Moiacilla  sialis. 
Water  Wagtail  M.  fiuvialis. 


Wren.     M.  domestica. 
Do.       do.  palustris,  and 
Do,     do.  caroliniana — seve- 
ral kinds. 

Titmouse.  Lucinda  philomela.. 

Yellow  Bird.  Parvus  luteus — 
of  this  bird  there  are  many 
kinds. 

Swallow.    Hirundo  pelasgia. 

Purple  Martin.   H.  purpurea. 

Chimney  Swallow.      H.  cerdo. 

Night  Hawk.  Caprimulgus 
americanus. 

Muckawis.      C.  rufus. 

Crane.  Grus.  pratensis — these 
birds  inhabit  the  pine  barrens, 
in  flocks  or  pairs,  and  feed 
on  grass  and  seeds,  but  with- 
draw to  the  coast  in  the  even- 
ing, and  stand  in  great  flocks 
together  near  the  waters  edge 
during  the  night.  They  are 
three  feet  high,  of  a  cinerous 
grey  colour;  usually  very  fat 
and  equal  to  turkey.  Every 
person  who  has  passed  down 
the  Mississippi,  will  recollect 
their  evening  music. 

Heron,  Gray.  Ardea  herodius. 

White  Heron.  A.  immaculata. 

Small  do.     A.  minor. 

Crab  Catcher.    A.  m,aculata. 

Marsh  Bittern.  A.  mugitans. 

Frog  Catcher.     A.  clamator. 

Blue  Bittern.     A.  violacca. 

Poke.     Jl.  viriscens. 

Spoonbill.     Platalea  ajaja. 

Pelican.    Tantalus  loguafor- 


32 


VIEW  or  WEST  FLORIDA. 


White  Curlew.      T.  alba. 
Speckled  do.      T.  pictus — the 

screamer. 
Gannet,  or  Ibis.      T.  Ichthyo- 

phagus. 
White  Godwit.     Numenius. 
Red-breast  do.  N.  pectore  ruso, 

abundant  in  Appalache  bay. 
Pool  Snipe.     N.  fluvialis. 
Sea  Curlew.     N.  magnus. 
Little  do.     iV;  cinerius. 
Field  do.     N.  campestris. 
Meadow     Snipe.        Scalopax 

americana. 
Tring,  several  species.    Parva 

T.  — abundant. 
T.     Maculata — do. 
Canadian  Goose.    *B.nser  cana- 
densis. 
Grey  do.  S.  maculata. 
Duck  and  Mallard,     ^nas. 
Black  Wood  Duck.     Ji.  nig. 

maxima. 
Blue-bill.     i/?.  subceyndea. 
Sprig-tail.  Ji.  caudacuta. 


Speckled.     A.  rustica. 
Dipper,     t^.  Tnaculafa. 
Teal,  several  kinds. 
Whistling  Teal.     Fistulosa. 
Fishers.  Mergus — three  kinds. 
Cormorant.     CoryTnbus  Jlori- 

danus. 
Snake  Cormorant.    C.  calubri- 

nus. 
Loon,  Pied.      C.  musicus. 
Diver.      C.  arcticus. 
White  Gull.     Lanus  alber. 
Grey  do.     L.  griceus. 
River  do.     L.  minor. 
Sea     Pelican.        Onoc7'aiicu.^ 

americanus. 
Booby.     P.  rula. 
Noddy.     Sterna  stolida. 
Kildea.      Charadnus  vocifer- 

us. 
Ringneck  Plover.    C.  7ninor. 
Coot.     Fulca  floridana. 
Water  Rail.     Eollus  minor. 
Brown  do.     R.  rufus. 
Blue  do.     R.  major. 


ANTIQUITIES. 

The  central  parts  of  West  Florida,  display  abundant  evidences- 
of  an  ancient,  and  dense  population.  History  is  silent  on  the 
subject,  and  Indian  tradition  sheds  but  a  faint  and  uncertain  light 
on  that  period  of  distant  years.  Great  roads,  were  the  first  objects 
which  caught  the  attention  of  a  traveller,  while  this  country  was 
yet  uninhabited.  Bartram,  the  younger,  mentions  them  in  his 
Tour  and  Remarks,  that  they  would  be  conspicuous  for  a  hun- 
dred years  to  come.  Three  years  ago,  they  might  be  easily 
traced  on  both  sides  of  the  Ocklockney  river,  for  fifty  miles, 
nearly  in  a  straight  line,  east  and  west.     The  prominent  ridges, 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  33 

which  they  crossed,  were  dug  down,  and  causeways  were  con- 
structed over  the  swamps.  The  principal  highway,  running 
through  the  site  which  is  now  the  seat  of  government,  was  often 
crossed,  at  right  angles,  by  other  roads:  near  Tallahassee  these 
were  very  frequent.  At  a  little  distance  south-east  of  the  town, 
however,  the  minor  roads  crossed  at  very  acute  angles.  It  is 
remarkable,  that  although  the  Indian  paths  often  cross  this  great 
road,  they  never  follow  it;  but  wind  away  from  it,  with  almost  a 
religious  caution. 

Extensive  forts  were  erected,  on  many  commanding  eminen- 
ces. Fort  St.  Lewis  was  situate  two  miles  west  of  Tallahassee. 
Its  form  was  an  irregular  parallelogram;  the  eastern,  and  longest 
side,  was  fifty-two  paces.  Within  the  moat,  two  brick  edifices 
had  been  erected;  one  sixty  by  forty,  and  the  other  thirty  by 
twenty  feet.  There  were  bastions  at  each  corner.  The  outward 
defences  were  extensive.  A  covered  way  led  to  a  spring,  in  a 
deep  ravine,  under  the  north-east  wing  of  the  fort.  Here  were 
discovered  two  broken  cannon,  one  of  them  having  only  the 
muzzle  broken  off:  this  has  been  removed  to  Tallahassee,  and 
again  awakens  the  echoes  of  the  distant  hills,  on  days  of  rejoicing. 
Many  articles  of  old  iron  have  been  discovered  about  this  ruin. 
Before  it,  trees  and  grape  vines  grow,  in  the  order  in  which  they 
w^ere  planted:  the  rows  are  distinctly  traced,  although  overrun 
with  a  more  recent  forest. 

Three  miles  east  of  Tallahassee,  on  a  hill,  at  the  base  of  which 
is  a  small  but  deep  pond,  is  a  fort,  about  a  hundred  and  fifty  paces 
long,  and  sixty  broad,  with  regular  bastions,  ditches,  &c.  both 
without  and  within.  In  this  fort  are  to  be  seen  the  ruins  of  brick 
buildings:  within  the  fortifications,  twenty,  or  more,  gun-barrels^ 
were  found,  but  little  injured  by  the  rust;  on  one  of  them,  was 
discovered  the  tower  stamp.  This  fact,  however,  does  not  prove 
that  the  English  possessed  the  fort;  since  that  nation  has  long 
manufactured  arms,  as  well  as  other  articles,  for  the  world.  Mr. 
John  M'lver  has  erected  a  dwellinghouse  within  the  walls  of  this 
fort;  and  it  is  expected,  when  he  removes  the  rubbish  of  the  old 
brick  edifices,  that  valuable  discoveries  Avill  be  made.  He  has 
lately  discovered  a  large  well,  which  has  not  yet  been  cleared 
out.      On  a  higher  hill,  about  half  a  mile  north-east  of  this,  are 


o4  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

the  outlines  of  a  larger,  and  apparently  more  regular  fortress: 
but  the  Indians  have,  for  a  number  of  years,  cultivated  the  spot, 
and  obliterated  the  most  distinguished  features  of  the  work.  Even 
now,  the  inhabitants  often  dig  up  numerous  spikes,  hinges,  pieces 
of  saw-plate,  and  tools  of  various  kinds,  which  marks  a  population 
of  civilized  people.  About  half  a  mile  south  of  Tallahassee,  and 
near  the  dwelling  of  his  excellency  governor  Duvall,  are  the  ruins 
of  several  small  fortifications,  which  appear  to  have  been  hastily 
thrown  up;  near  one  of  these,  a  large  wooden  building  appears  to 
have  been  destroyed  by  fire;  some  large  timbers  of  the  frame, 
completely  charred,  have  been  preserved;  very  large  spikes,  locks, 
keys,  and  hinges,  have  been  discovered  here:  among  other  things, 
a  porcelain  lion,  in  a  good  state  of  preservation:  it  appears  to 
have  been  an  ornament  for  a  chimney  piece.  At  some  distance 
under  the  surface,  a  floor  was  discovered,  formed  of  a  composition 
of  lime,  and  other  materials,  very  hard  and  smooth.  On  a  part 
of  the  floor,  was  piled  a  quantity  of  charred  corn  and  filberts, 
perfect  in  form,  but  very  tender. 

On  the  east  side  of  Ocklockney  bay,  and  about  two  miles  from 
the  mouth,  are  the  ruins  of  an  extensive  fort.  This  is  said,  by 
the  Indians,  to  have  been  the  last  place  occupied  by  the  old  civi- 
lized inhabitants  of  Florida,  when  the  country  was  conquered  by 
the  Muscogulge  tribes.  A  town,  called  Oldenberg,  was  founded 
near  this  place,  by  the  English. 

At  the  junction  of  the  Chattahoche  and  Flint  rivers,  on  the 
eastern  bank,  are  the  ruins  of  an  extensive  and  regular  built  for- 
tification. The  bank  is  two  or  three  hundred  feet  high;  it  com- 
mands a  beautiful  and  extensive  wild  prospect  of  the  Appalachi- 
cola,  and  its  tributary  streams.  The  Spaniards  are  said  to  have 
abandoned  this,  in  favour  of  fort  St.  Marks;  the  latter  being 
easier  of  approach. 

Regular  avenues  are  frequently  seen,  usually  about  one  hundred 
feet  wide,  extending  in  a  straight  line,  for  a  mile  or  more;  on 
each  side,  large  oaks  are  growing,  in  the  wild  disorder  dictated 
by  nature;  while  the  centre  is  filled,  very  thickly,  with  young 
pine  poles. 

On  the  west  side  of  Suwannee  river,  and  near  St.  Pedro  lake, 
there  are  ruins,   nearly  as  extensive  as  those  described  in  the 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  35 

neighbourhood  of  Tallahassee:  but  the  country  is  yet  unsettled, 
and  the  objects  of  antiquity  have  not  been  much  examined.  A 
ruined  monastery  is  particularly  spoken  of,  the  broken  bell  of 
which,  has  long  been  a  subject  of  wonder  to  the  Indians. 

Tumuli  are  not  so  common  here,  as  in  the  valley  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi; they,  however,  are  occasionally  seen;  most  usually,  on 
hammocks;  and  always  in  situations  where  they  command  exten- 
sive views. 

Near  Histahatchee,  places  have  been  discovered  where  the 
aborigines,  long  since,  manufactured  arrow  and  spear  heads  from 
the  reef  flint:  large  piles  of  chips  mark  the  spots;  among  these  are 
found  the  half  formed  weapons,  which  some  unlucky  stroke  had 
spoiled:  some  are  found  nearly  perfect.  The  arrow  heads  are, 
usually,  one  and  a  half,  the  spear  heads  three  inches  long;  one 
half  the  length  is  spear  shaped,  the  other  half  a  shaft,  notched  to 
fasten  to  the  reed.  These  arrow  heads  are  often  discovered,  in 
the  newly  cultivated  countries  of  the  northern  states;  and  are 
sometimes  called  elf  stones. 

NATURAL  CURIOSITIES. 

These  consist,  principally,  of  natural  caverns,  sinking  rivefS', 
great  springs,  and  natural  bridges. 

The  Arch  cave  is  situated  near  the  public  road,  about  three 
miles  west  of  the  ferries  on  Chapola  river,  in  Jackson  county. 
It  opens,  to  the  east,  an  aperture  under  a  vast  limestone  rock; 
about  five  feet  high,  and  thirty  feet  wide.  This  passage  descends 
gently,  for  three  or  four  rods;  the  cavern  then  opens,  to  the  extent 
of  a  hundred  feet  wide,  and  fifty  feet  high.  A  deep  channel,  of 
transparent  water,  skirts  the  south  side,  for  some  distance;  it  then 
breaks  off  in  wells,  and  finally  disappears  altogether.  The  course 
of  the  cave  now  turns  north-west;  it  grows  narrower,  and  resem- 
bles an  arch  of  the  gothic  order.  After  proceeding  about  sixty 
yards,  the  cave  is  crossed  by  a  stream  twenty  feet  wide,  and  five 
deep;  in  this,  numbers  of  craw  fish  are  seen:  after  passing  this 
stream,  the  passage  turns  north  of  east,  and  presents  a  hall,  one 
hundred  feet  in  length ;  pretty  straight,  with  a  very  uneven  floor 
of  red  clay,  covered  with  tlie  debris  of  the  decomposed  rock. 


5'6  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

A  row,  or  rather  cluster  of  stalactical  columns,  supports  the  centre 
of  this  hall;  while  thousands  of  stalactites  stretch  down  their  long 
tubes  toward.s  the  white  bases,  which  are  growing  up  to  meet 
them,  from  the  floor.  Many  large  holes,  in  the  rock  above,  are 
filled  with  bats,  which,  on  the  approach  of  lights,  flit  off  to  other 
dark  recesses,  with  a  roaring  sound,  like  heavy  wind. 

The  passage  now  becomes  crooked  and  intricate,  for  a  few  rods; 
and  then  opens  into  another  lofty  apartment;  from  which,  there 
are  many  avenues,  most  of  which  remain  unexplored;  as  well  as 
two  water  courses,  one  of  which  bounds  the  passage. 

This  cave  has  been  explored  about  four  hundred  yards.  The 
congelations,  on  the  sides  of  the  walls,  have  the  appearance  of 
grey  ice;  through  which,  a  sparkling  crystallization  appears:  they 
often  project  into  curls  and  folds,  representing  draperies,  and 
mouldings  of  inimitable  forms:  the  projections  are  nearly  white, 
but  the  same  sparkling  crystalline  appearance  continues.  The 
regular  stalactites  are  hollow;  the  outside  a  soft  chalky  decompo- 
sition ;  the  centre  irregular  sparry  crystals,  of  a  yellowish  hue. 

In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Arch  cave,  colonel  Stone  attempt- 
ed, in  three  several  places,  to  sink  wells;  but  in  every  instance, 
he  came  to  hollow  spaces  in  the  earth;  and  the  well-digger  be- 
coming at  length  frightened,  at  the  danger  of  entombing  himself 
in  some  fathomless  cavern,  abandoned  his  work. 

The  Ladies'  cave  is  about  one  mile  south-east  from  the  Arch 
cave;  it  opens  to  the  north-west;  the  entrance  is  wider,  and  easier 
of  access,  than  the  former;  it  is,  also,  more  spacious  within. 
About  fifteen  paces  from  the  entrance,  it  is  divided  into  two  pas- 
sages; the  left,  about  fifty  yards  in  extent,  terminates  in  a  deep 
river,  which  passes  to  the  north,  under  a  bold  arch  of  sparry  con- 
gelations, which  has  not  been,  nor  cannot,  without  a  boat,  be 
explored;  the  banks  are  bold,  rocky,  and  difficult  of  access.  The 
right  hand  passage  is  formed  of  rugged  rocks,  bold  projecting 
pillars,  curious  excavations,  and  fanciful  galleries,  which  it  would 
be  difficult  to  describe.  The  congelations  are  fine  and  infinitely 
various.  The  passage  terminates  in  a  narrow  chasm,  which  has 
the  appearance  of  a  water-course;  through  which,  at  about  three 
rods  distance,  another  room  appears:  this  has  been  but  imperfectly 
explored.     To  the  right  of  this  last  branch  of  the  cave,  the  exca- 


VIEW  OF  WESt  FLORIDA.  37 

vation  has  been  examined  about  one  hundred  feet;  many  holes 
appear  to  lead  off  in  different  directions;  some  of  these  may  lead 
to  other  caverns. 

Two  miles  south-east  from  the  Ladies'  cave,  is  the  natural 
bridge,  over  the  Chapola  river.  The  water  at  this  place  sinks 
through  a  stratum  of  limestone  rock,  until  meeting  some  impedi- 
ment in  its  course,  it  rises  again,  and  flows  on  the  surface  of  the 
earth.  A  great  road  formerly  crossed  this  bridge:  it  is  now  travell- 
ed by  some  persons,  during  the  summer;  in  winter,  the  whole  is 
overflowed:  a  stranger,  crossing  here,  would  not  be  led  to  discover 
any  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the  ground,  from  the  river 
bottom,  in  any  other  place;  the  heavy  forest  timber  appears  the 
same,  and  there  is  no  variation  of  ground. 

The  Econfina  river  passes  under  a  similar  natural  bridge,  but 
it  is  narrow.  The  United  States'  road,  from  Pensacola  to  St. 
Augustine,  crosses  this  bridge;  but  an  addition  of  timber  is  now 
added. 

The  Oscilla  river,  in  Leon  county,  sinks  for  nearly  a  mile;  a 
division  of  general  Jackson's  army  once  crossed  here,  without 
suspecting  that  a  river  existed  near  them. 

The  course  of  subterranean  rivers,  can  usually  be  traced  by 
persons  acquainted  with  the  country,  by  the  growth  of  timber, 
and  by  frequent  sink  holes,  which  usually  occur  at  short  distances 
from  each  other. 

The  Wakully  river,  rising  from  the  earth,  presents  the  finest 
spring  in  West  Florida;  probably  in  the  world.  It  is  of  an  oval 
form;  the  longest  diameter  about  six  rods.  It  is  of  an  unknown 
depth,  and  perfectly  transparent.  In  looking  into  it,  the  colour 
is  similar  to  a  clear  sky;  except,  that  the  reflection  of  the  surround- 
ing verdure,  gives  it  a  slight  shade  of  green:  the  eastern  side 
presents  a  rugged  rocky  precipice;  all  else,  is  an  abyss  of  bound- 
less depth.  Squadrons  of  fishes  are  seen,  careering  round  "their 
own  world,"  in  perfect  security.  The  water  is  not  very  cold; 
but  it  is  highly  impregnated  with  lime.  The  beauty  of  the  foun- 
tain; the  luxuriance  of  the  foliage  around  it;  the  calm  retirement 
of  the  whole  scenery,  renders  this  a  charming  spot. 

The  Big  spring  of  Chapola,  offers  a  very  different  scene ;  here 
another  river  bursts  from  the  gaping  rocks,  with  giant  force,  and 


38  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA- 

furious  rapidity;  as  though  impatient  of  its  long  confinement.  The 
orifice  opens  to  the  south-west,  under  a  high  bank;  it  is  near 
thirty  feet  one  way,  by  eight  the  other:  a  large  rock  seems  to 
divide  the  opening  in  two  parts,  at  some  depth  below  the  surface. 
The  water  acts  as  a  prism;  all  the  objects  seen  through  it,  in  a 
sunshine  day,  reflect  the  colours  of  the  rainbow.  It  at  once  forms 
a  river  six  rods  wide,  and  eight  feet  deep.,  The  Wakully  rises 
gently  from  a  retired  dell,  in  a  low  level  country;  surrounded  by 
deep  embowering  groves  of  trees,  hung  with  festoons  of  a  hun- 
dred different  vines.  The  Chapola  spring  bursts  from  the  side  of 
a  hill,  in  an  open  country,  thinly  scattered  with  oaks.  There 
all  is  calm  unruffled  quiet:  here  all  is  life,  activity,  and  animation. 

The  Chapola  river  is  almost  wholly  formed  from  large  springs; 
one  of  them  rises  at  the  foot  of  a  gentle  hill,  on  the  farm  of  judge 
Robinson,  near  the  natural  bridge.  It  is  nearly  as  large  as  the 
Big  spring,  above  described;  boats  may  ascend  quite  into  the 
fountain;  it  is  peopled  with  a  great  variety  of  fish. 

The  Big  Spring  of  Chactawhatchee  rises  eight  miles  above  the 
Cow  ford,  on  that  river.  It  is  a  round  basin  of  a  few  rods  in  circuit, 
very  deep,  and  very  clear,  but  much  filled  up  with  timber;  it  throws 
out  a  constant  gentle  current,  eight  feet  deep,  and  five  or  six 
yards  wide,  which,  in  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  spring,  joins 
Holmes'  creek,  about  the  same  distance  from  the  Chactawhatchee 
river.  This  spring  has,  for  many  years  past,  been  a  general 
landing  place  for  the  country  trade;  a  large  store  is  now  kept 
there,  by  Mr.  Cummins,  a  merchant  from  Philadelphia. 

Several  medicinal  springs  are  scattered  over  the  country;  the 
largest  and  most  numerous  are  in,  and  on  the  borders  of  the  Wa- 
kully and  St.  Marks  rivers.  They  usually  cover  the  aquatic 
plants  in  their  vicinity,  with  a  bluish  white  gelatinous  matter; 
some  of  them  indicate  chalybeate  and  sulphurous  qualities;  none 
of  them,  however,  have  been  analyzed. 

PRODUCTIONS. 

These  vary,  according  to  the  soil  on  which  they  are  produced. 
The  soils  of  West  Florida,  may,  perhaps,  all  be  comprised  in 
five  kinds,  to  wit:     Pine  barrens,  uplands,  hammocks,  swamps. 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLonir>j\.  39 

and  marshes.  If  we  estimate  the  quantity  of  land  at  10,560,000 
acres,  and  deduct  one  fourth  part  for  bays,  lakes,  rivers,  &c., 
there  will  remain  7,920,000.  Of  this  quantity,  two  thirds,  or 
5,280,000  acres  may  be  covered  with  pine  barrens;  800,000  with 
tillable  upland;  600,000  with  hammocks;  500,000  with  swamp; 
and  400,000  with  marsh. 

The  pme  barrens  are  composed,  principally,  of  silicious  sand, 
more  or  less  mixed  \vith  calcareous  and  vegetable  matter,  and 
often  divested  of  every  fertilizing  principle,  by  the  frequent  fires 
which  run  over  them.  Barrens  are  found  on  the  seacoast,  and 
on  the  ridges,  between  the  large  water  courses.  All  the  lands 
covered  with  pine  timber,  are  by  no  means  barren ;  on  the  con- 
trary, some  of  the  best  uplands  are  wholly,  or  nearly  all,  coyered 
with  yellow  pines.  And  some  of  the  burnt  barrens  will  not  pro- 
duce even  pine  or  scrub  oaks,  but  are  usually  partially  covered 
with  clumps  of  savin.  West  of  Cape  St.  Blass,  the  sands  are 
usually  of  a  pure  white;  east  of  that  point,  they  become  more 
coloured,  and  of  course,  more  fertile.  Very  few  trees  grow  on 
this  soil;  those  most  frequent,  are, 

Pine,  pitch.     Pinus  rigida — a  low  poor  timbered  tree,  but  pro- 
duces turpentine  and  tar. 
Pine,  many  cored.    Pinus  seratina — a  useless  tree,  found  on  the 

banks  of  lakes  and  lagoons. 
Pine,  loblolly.     Pinus  tasda — a  large  tree,  in  valleys,  has  much 

sap. 
Pine,  yellow.     Pinus  palustris — this  is  a  large  and  most  useful 
tree,  it  is  the  principal  timber  used  for  plank  and  scantling  in 
the  southern  states;  and  also  produces  turpentine  and  tar. 
Oak,  high  willow.     Quercus  cinera — on  barren  hills. 
Black  Jack.     Quercus  nigra — on  the  poorest  sand  ridges — excel- 
lent firewood. 
Andromeda.     A.  rigida — on  the  edges  of  savannas  and  streams. 

Shrubs. 
Shallow  Cup.  Quercus  pumilla — round  the  borders  of  hammocks. 
Live-oak  shrub.   Q.  maratima — near  the  sea  coast,  very  fruitful. 
Holly-leaved.      Q.  ilicifolia,  do.  the  branches 

often  bent  to  the  ground  with  acorns,  excellent  for  swine. 
Hickory  grubs.    Juglans  tormentosa — the  better  kind  of  barrens. 


40  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Haw,  winter.    Cratagus  parvaflora — ridges,  fruit  green  or  yellow, 

eatable. 
Haw,  summer.      C.  flava — sea  islands  and  dry  plains. 

C.  apafolia — edges  of  savannas  and  streams. 
Azalea.     A.  Bicolor  and  nudiflora,         do.  do. 

Chinquapin.     Castanea  nana — dry  ridges,  edge  of  hammocks,. 

nuts  fine. 
Andromeda.     A.    feruginea — dry   ridges,   edge  of  hammocks, 

nuts  fine. 
Huckleberry.     Vaccinum  myrsinites — dry  ridges,  berry  small, 

black. 
Whortleberry.     V.  staminium — dry  ridges,  berry  larger. 

V.  dumosum — plains,  dark  purple. 
Blueberry.     V.  frondosum — damp  flat  plains,  berry  blue. 

V.  glaucum,  do.  larger  fruit,   on   a 

smaller  shrub. 

Herbs  are  abundant,  to  loit: 
Wild  Sunflower.     Helianthes  atranubus — pine  woods. 

'  H.  pubescens — banks  of  streams. 
H.  mollis — ridges. 
H.  hispidulus — ridges. 
H.  tormentosus — do. 
H.  decapitatus — do. 
Goldenrod.     Salidago  reflecta — ridges. 

S.   laterifolia — pine  woods. 
S.   pyrimidata,       do. 
S.   bicolor,  plains. 

S.   pulverulenta,    do. 
S.   elata,  do. 

Aster.     A.  ericoides — dry  ridges. 
A.  squarosus — pine  woods. 
A.  concolor,  do. 

A.  surculasus,       do. 
A.  undulatus,        do. 
A.  cenearefoleus,  do. 
Dittany.    Cunila  mariana,  do. 
Wild  Pennyroyal.     A.  pugloides,  do. 
Woundwort.     Stachys  sylvatica — barren  field's. 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  41 

S.  hysopafolia — barren  fields. 

S.  aspera,  do. 

Wild  Mallows.     Hybiscus  scaber,         do. 

Origanum.     Monarde  punctata,  do. 

Spidcrwort.     Tradescanthia  virginica,  do. 

T.  tripetalous,  do. 
Wild  Indigo.     Baptista  perfoliata,  do. 

B.  lanceolata — pine  woods. 
B.  tinctorea,  do.     this  is  a  most  valua- 

ble plant;  it  produces  the  best  indigo,  wath  less  trouble  than 
any  other  of  the  species. 
Agrimony.     Eupatoreum  alleum — barren  plains. 
E.  rotundifolium,      do. 
E.  linearifolium,        do. 
E.  foeniculasceum.     do. 
Penstemon.     P.  pubescens — pine  woods. 

P.  laevagatum,       do. 
Chrysopsis.     C.  argentea — dry  ridges, 
C.  graminifolia,    do. 
C.  pinifolia,  do. 

C.  trychophylla,  do. 
Ophrys.     Neottia  tortillis — sandy  plains. 
Balsam  Cuphilla.     C.  viscossima,  do. 
Gerardia.      G.    linifolia — sandy    plains,    flower   blossoms   four 

months. 
Scull  cap.     Scutelaria  villosa — pine  woods. 

S.  pilosa,  do. 
Silkweed.  Asclepias  phytolachoides — sandy  plains,  and  sea  isl- 
ands. This  beautiful  plant  has  already,  by  the  French  nation, 
been  cultivated  to  advantage.  The  pappus  is  spun  with  raw 
silk  for  gloves,  the  juice  collected  for  opium,  and  the  leaf  used 
in  dying. 

Asclepias  connivens — sandy  plains  and  sea  islands. 
A.   obtusifolia,  do.  do. 

A.   amplexicoides,    do.  do. 

A.   lanifolia,  do.  do. 

A.  tuberosa,  do.  do. 

Violet.     Viola  villosa. 


42  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Button  Root.     Eryngia. 

Lupin.     Lupinus  perennis — pine  woods. 

L.  villosus,  do. 

Glycine.     G.  argentosa — dry  plains. 

G.  peduncularisj  do. 
Sensitive  plant.     Mimosa  sensitiva,  do. 
White  Lilly.     Crinum — pine  woods. 
Nightbelle.     Ipomea  bona  nox,  do. 
Sand  Lilly.     Convolvulus  spithamacus — dry  plains. 

C.  obtusilobus,         do.  and  sea  islands. 
Granadilla,     Passiflora  incarnata,  do. 

P.  lutea,  do. 

Phlox.  P.  parviculatus,  do, 

P.  pyramidalis,  do. 

P.  glaberima — damp  plainev 
Verbena.  V.  corymbosa. 

V.  unticiflora. 
Graphalum.  G.  purpureum. 
Anona.   A.  grandiflora. 
Ruellia.  R.  strepens. 

R.  oblongafolia. 
Salvia.  S.  graviolens. 

S.  lyrata. 
Prenanthus.     P.  virgata. 

P.  alba. 
Chrysomachia.     C.  acaulis. 
Galega.     G.  chrysophylla. 
Hypoxis.     H.  folafilia. 
Comelina.     C.  erecta. 
Black  root.     Pychnastaticum. 
Blackberry.     Rubus  villosus. 
Dewberry.     R.  cunefolius. 

R.  trivialis. 
Strawberry.     Fragaria  virginiana, 

F.  canadensis. 
Tormentilla.  T.  officinalis. 
Wood-anemony.     A.  nemorosa. 


view  of  west  florida.  43 

Vines. 
Muscadine  grape.     Vitis  rotundefolia — heads  of  small  streams, 

thick  skin. 
Briar,  China.  Smilax  China — grows  every  where,  but  best  in  damp 
soils,  near  streams.  It  often  extends  one  hundred  feet;  the  root  is 
similar  to  a  cluster  of  potatoes.  The  Indians  grate  them,or  bruise 
them  in  a  large  wooden  mortar,  then  throw  on  water,  strain 
the  starch  througli  baskets,  dry  and  pulverize  it;  the  colour  is 
a  redish  brown.  They  mix  it  with  fine  homony,  and  make 
cakes;  with  honey  and  warm  water,  it  becomes  a  fine  jelly: 
toasted  and  mixed  with  sweet  milk,  it  is  a  delicious  food 
Briar,  China.     S.  Ovata. 

S.  Caduca. 
Morning-glory.     Convolvulus  purpureas. 

C.  dracrorhizus. 
Cypress  vine     Ipomea  coccinea. 
I.  nil. 
I.  dissecta. 
Traveller's  Joy.     Clematis  holosericea. 
C.  walteri. 
C.  reticulata. 
Crimson  woodbine.     Lonicera  sempervirens. 
Yellow         do.  L.  flavium. 

L.  parvaflora. 
Climbing  Ivy.     Cissus  hederocea. 
Yellow  Jessamine.     Gelseminum  sempervirens — dry  plains. 

The  grasses  are  also  numerous;  there  are  very  few  spots,  iu 
deed,  of  pine  barren,  that  are  not  covered  with  grass:  in  many 
dry  ridges,  the  heat  of  the  summer  kills  the  stem,  while  the 
roots  remain  entire;  and  fire  is  thought  to  improve  its  growth; 
the  herdsmen,  accordingly,  fire  the  barrens,  at  regular  seasons. 
Deer,  as  well  as  cattle,  may  always  be  found  on  places  recently 
burnt  over. 

Twisted  Xyris.     X.  flexuosa — flat  grounds. 
X.  fimbricata. 
X.  brevefolia. 
Rough-head  Fuerina.     F.  squarosa — flat  ground?. 
Rush-like  F.  scirpoida — savanna  edge*, 

Killingia.     K.  pumila,  do. 


44  Vll3W  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Rhynchospera.     R.  plumosa — dry  plains. 
Schoenus.     S.  Sparsus — pine  woods. 

Nut   grass.     Cyperus    hydra — on   cultivated    sandy    land,    and 
almost  every  place;  it  is  the  greatest  curse  to  planters;  the 
Riband  cane  is  said  to  keep  it  down,  but  nothing  has  been 
found  to  eradicate  it.     The  root  is  fibrous  like  horse  hairs, 
strung  at  a  few  inches  apart  with  tubers  of  the  size  of  a  mus- 
ket ball,  which  descend  into  the  sand,  in  every  direction,  fre- 
quently to  the  depth  of  five  feet. 
C.  compressus. 
C.  mariscoides. 
C  odoratus. 

C.  distans — pine  woods. 
Mariscus.     M.  retrofractus — sandy  plains. 

Scirpus.     S.  capellaceus — dried  savannas,  forms  a  close  carpet 
soft  as  silk. 

S.  autumnalis — savanna  edges. 
S.  ferugineus — pine  woods. 

S.  exaltatus,        do.  grows  to  a  great  height — ten  feet. 
S.  lineatus,  do. 

S.  divaricatus. 
White  button.      Duchromena  leucocephala — wet  barrens. 

D.  ciliata,  do. 

Cockspur.    Cenchrus  tribuloides — old  sandy  uncultivated  fields. 
Low  cane.     Arundinarea  tecta — around  spring  heads. 

Muhlenbergia  erecta — pine  woods. 
Fringed  Aulaxanthus.     A.  ciliatus — ridges. 

A.  rufus. 
Fringed  Paspalum.   P.  ciliatifolium — old  fields  which  have  been 
cultivated. 

P.  floridanum. 
Smooth  Panic  grass.     P.  Isevigatum — ridges. 

P.  glaucum. 
Cocksfoot.     P.  grus-galli — round  savannas.  * 

P.  hians. 
Broad-leaved  Panic  grass.     P.  latifolium — pine  woods. 

P.  amarum — sand  ridges. 
P.  ciliatum — wet  barrens,  evergreen. 
P.  divergens — sand  hills. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  45 

Crab  Grass.     Digitaria  sanguinalis. 

Bermuda  grass.      D..  dactylon— these,  as  well  as  P.  divergens, 

ought  to  be  cultivated:  these  in  dry,  that  in  wet  soils. 
Silky  Agrostis.  A.  senicea — sand  hills — may  be  cultivated  where- 
ever  there  is  calcareous  matter  in  the  soil. 
A.  trichopodes — sand  hills. 
A.  juncea — sand  hills,  not  fit  for  hay. 
Purple  Aristida.     A.  spiciformis,  do. 

Woolly      do.  A.  lanosa,  do.  do. 

Fringed  Andropogon.   A.  ciliatus,  do.  if  mown  early,  the  hay  is 

tolerable,  but  coarse. 
Nodding  Andropogon.  A.  nutans — finer. 

A.  purpurea — stem  coarse,  few  leaves. 
A.  argentus,  do. 

Broom  Grass.  Lateralis — tall,  coarse,  and  often  used  for  sweeping. 
Purple  Aira.     A.  purpurea — sea  islands. 
Hairy  Poa.      P.  hirsuta — old  fields. 
Green     do.     P.  viridis,       do. 
P.  nitida,        do. 
Rough  do.       P.  rigida — pine  woods. 
Purple  do.  quinquefida — makes  excellent  hay. 

Oat  grass.      Uniola  paniculata — sea  islands. 
U.  gracillis — pine  woods. 
Slender  Fescue.     Festuca  tenella — barren  plains. 

F.  parvaflora — pine  woods. 
Hairy       do.  F.  mycinus — ridges. 

F.  nutans — most  common  in  the  barrens. 
Crows  Foot.  Eleusine  indica — old  fields,  an  exotic  probably. 
Tooth-ache  Grass.  Monocera  aromatica. — This  is  a  singular 
grass;  it  has  a  naked  stalk  four  feet  high,  spikelets  in  two  close 
rows,  on  one  side  of  the  stem,  at  top;  straight  when  young, 
but  bends  with  age,  and  finally  curling  in  a  spiry  coil.  It 
affects  the  breath  and  milk  of  cows,  who  eat  it  when  young 
and  tender.   The  root  is  bitter,  and  affects  the  salivary  glands. 

Uplands. 
Uplands  are  formations  of  clay,  which  arise  gradually  on  the 
subtending  limestone;  they  usually  commence  about  twenty  miles 
from  the  coast.     The  first  stratum  of  clay  is  usually  white;  red 

a 


4(>  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

clay  succeeds;  while  the  surface  is  covered  with  a  mulatto  or 
chocolate  coloured  loam.  The  trees,  on  this  soil,  are  abundant, 
and  form  the  pleasantest  groves  imaginable.  The  following  are 
most  common: 

Oaks,  Hemispherical.     Quercus  laurefolia. 

Q.  imbricaria. 

Black.     Q.  tinctoria. 

Red.      Q.  coccinea. 

Yellow.      Q.  rubra. 

Spanish.      Q.  falcata;  triloba. 

Post.     Q.  obtusiloba. 

White.     Q,  alba — the  most  useful  tree  in  America. 
Yellow  Pine.      Pinus  palustris. 
Black  Hickory.     Juglans  nigra. 
Thick  shelled  do.  J.  sulcata. 

J.  tormentosa — the  common  Hickory  of  Florida. 
Magnolia.      M.  grandiflora. 
Umbrella  tree.     M.  tripetala. 
Yellow  Poplar.     Liriodendron  tulipifera. 
Dogwood.      Cornus  florida. 
Wild  Cherry.     Cerassus  virginiana. 
Persimmon.     Diospyros  virginiana. 
Holly.     Ilex  opaca. 
Sassafras.     Laurus  sassafras. 
Mulberry.     Morus  rubra. 
White  do.     M.  alba,  or  pubescens. 
Black  Gum.     Nyssa  sylvatica. 
Sorrel  tree.     Andromeda  arborea. 
Catalpa.     C.  bignonia. 
Scarlet  maple.     Acer  rubrum. 
Plumb,  red  and  yellow.     Prunus  chicasu. 
Anona.     Asimina  triloba,  or  Pawpaw. 
Gordonia.     G.  lacianthus. 
Hopea.     H.  tinctoria. 
White  Locust.     Robinia  pseud  acacia. 

R.  viscosa. 
Beach.     Fagus  sylvatica. 
Chesnut.     Castanea  vescas 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  47 

Birch,  white.     Betula  alba. 
Iron  wood.      Carpinus  ostrya. 
Sycamore.     Platanus  occidentalis. 
White  Ash.     Fraxinus  epiptora. 
F.  triptera. 
Honey  Locust.    Gleditschia  triacanthos. 

The  uplands  produce  few  shrubs;  the  following  are  found  about 
spring  heads,  banks  of  rivers,  lakes,  and  savannas: 
Anana.     A.  grandiflora. 

A.  pygmea. 
Lantana.     L.  camara. 
Stratia.      S.  virginica. 
Hopea.     H.  pumila. 
Shrub  Locust.      Robinea  hispida. 
Baccharis.     B.  halimifolia. 
Carylus.     C.  americana. 
Chinquapin.     Castanea  pumila. 
Myrtle.      Myrica  cerifera — rare. 
Prickly  Ash.     Zanthoxilon  tricarpium. 
Service  Berry.     Prinos  verticilatus. 
White  Fringe  tree.      Chionanthus  virginica. 
Azalea.     A.  visciosa — rare. 
Hydrangea.     H.  Nivea — on  limestone  rocks. 

The  herbs,  vines,  and  grasses,  on  the  hammocks,  are,  many 
of  them,  similar,  but  of  more  numerous  species  than  those  on  the 
uplands;  the  same  classes  of  trees  and  shrubs  also  grow  on  the 
hammocks,  but  there  is  also  a  greater  variety  of  species;  those 
which  are  common  to  both,  will  therefore  not  be  again  enume- 
rated; but  such  as  are  peculiar  to  the  hammocks  will  be  noted. 
Sweet  Bay.     Laurus  borbonia.  — This  tree  produces  timber  in- 
ferior only  to  mahogany,  which  it  closely  resembles.     The 
young  leaves  are  often  used  for  tea,  which  is  a  most  pleasant 
and  healthful  beverage.     Cattle  eat  the  herbage  with  avidity. 
Pond  Spicewood.     L.  geniculata. 
American  Olive.      Olea  americana. 
Spotted  Haw.     Fothergilia  punctata. 


48  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

F.  coccinea. 
Cabbage  Palm.  Chaemarops  palmetto. — The  greatest  ornament 
of  our  sea-coast;  they  sometimes  rise  on  a  straight  column 
eighty  feet.  The  timber  resists  the  gulf  worm,  so  destructive 
to  vessels.  Hats,  baskets,  mats,  &c.  are  manufactured  from 
the  leaves.  The  embryo  head  is  excellent  food.  Bears  and 
other  animals  feed  on  the  berries.  Confined  to  the  coast  and 
islands;  not  seen  farther  west  than  St.  Andrew's  bay. 
Cotton  Tree.    Populus  grandidentata. 

P.  angulata. 
Juniper.     Juniperus  alba. 
Red  Cedar.     J.  virginiana. 

Sweet  Gum.      Liriodendron  styraciflua — rivers,  hammocks. 
Live  Oak.      Quercus  virens. 
Cettis.     C.  occidentalis. 
Mulberry.      Morus  rubra. 

M.  alba. 
Saponaria.      Sapindus  saponaria. 
Sidiroxelon.     Bumelia  lycoides. 

B.  languinosa. 
Halesia.     H.  tetraptera. 

Shrubs. 
Azalea.     A.   calendulacea — the  most  beautiful  native  shrub  of 
Florida.    Flame  coloured,  pink,  yellow,  streaked  and  mottled 
with  every  intermediate  shade. 
Haw.     Crataegus  grus  galli. 
C.  lucida. 
C.  flava. 
Salicifolia.      Spinsea  salicifolia. 
S.  tomentosa. 
Andromeda.     A.  axillaris. 

A.  acuminata.  >) 

A.  mariana. 
Hammock  Berries.     Vaccinium  myrtilloides — about  the  size  of 

a  cherry,  usually  grows  near  streams,  ten  feet  high. 
Clethera.     C.  tomentosa. 
Styrax.     S.  grandifolium. 
S.  Iseve. 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  49 

S.  glabrum. 
Hydrangia.     H.  quercifolia. 

Ananna.      A.   incarnata — five    feet  high,   flowers  large,  white, 
many  on  a  large  panicle;  fruit  size  of  a  small  cucumberj  pulp 
yellow,  and  tastes  like  custard. 
Sumach.     Rhus  vernix. 

Sensitive  Shrub.     Mimosa  eburnea — the  first  plant  which  grows 
on  the  sea  sand;  excellent  for  hedges,  and  ornament. 

Herbs. 
Scull  Cap.     Scutilaria  hysopifolia. 
Blue     do.      S.  laterifolia. 
Coral  Tree.     Erythrina  herbacea. 

E.  coralodendron. 
Cassia.      Sesbania  macrocarpa. 
Senna.     S.  marylandica. 
S.  tora. 

S.  occidentalis. 
S.  ligustrina. 
S.  aspera. 
Lindernia.     L.  dilatata. 
Bellwort.     Uvularia  sessilafolia. 

U.  perfoliata. 
Fairy  Flax.     Houstonia  coerulea. 
Star  of  Bethlehem.     Hypoxis  erecta. 
Slender  Lobelia.     L.  kalmia. 
Indian  Tobacco.     L.  inflata. 
Ladies  traces.      Neottia  tortillis. 
Domestic  Ipecacuanha.     Gillenia  trifoliata. 
Scabious.     Erigeron  philadelphicum. 

E.  hederophyllum. 
Asclepias.     A.  tuberosa. 
Pentstemon.     P.  pubescens. 
Starwort.      Aster  lineafolium. 
A.  solidaginoides. 
A.  flexuosus. 
A.  sparsiflorus. 
A.  reticulatus. 
A.  virgatus. 


50  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Wild  Sunflower.     Helianthus  truncatus. 

H.  longifolius. 
H.  multiflorus. 
Annemona.     A.  thalictroides. 
Milkwort.     Polygala  purpurea. 
Pogonia.  P.  verticillata. 

Smilacina.  S.  canadensis. 

Cancer  Root.     Orobanche  virginica. 

0.  unifolia. 
Wormseed.     Chenopodium  anthelminticum. 
Lambs  Quarter.  C.  alleum. 

C.  botrys. 
C.  ambrossoides. 
Poke.     Phytolacca  decandria. 
Sheep  Sorrel.     Oxalis  acetosilla. 
Spanish  Moss.     Tilandsia  usneoides. 
Indian  Agave.     A.  virginiana. 
Ground  Sorrel.     Rumex  acetosa. 
Jimpson.      Stramoneum  datura. 
Phlox.     P.  Carolina. 
P.  uniflora. 
Broad  Thistle.     Sonchus  macrophyllus. 
Cotton     do.  S.  oleraceus. 

Narrow  leaf.  S.  floridanus. 

Small  yellow.  S.  carolinianus. 

Milk  Thistle.  S.  accuminatus. 

Wild  Baum.     Melissa. 
Golden  Rod.     Solidago  reflexa. 

S.  laterifolia. 

S.  rugosa. 

S.  villosa. 

S.  ulmifolia. 
Tarragon.     Artemissia  caudata. 
Wild  parsnip.     Sison  trifoliatum. 
Ranunculus.    R.  recurvatus. 
R.  muricatus. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  51 

Poppy.     Papaver — white  and  yellow,  petals  four,  stamens  many, 
pistil  one,  leaves  jagged  and  thorny,  sap  a  yellow  juice  some- 
what corrosive;  these  plants  are  new  to  me,  and  although  very 
common  on  the  shores  and  old  fields,  it  is  doubtful  whether 
they  are  not  exotics  naturalized. 
Mallows.     Malvus  virginicus. 
M.  militaris. 
M.  speciosus. 
Water  Cress.     Sisymbrium  nasturtium. 

S.  amphibium. — This  plant  is  found  on 
sea  islands  in  other  respects  barren,  and  on  the  shore;  the  sands 
often  drift  over  it,  but  it  shoots  through  again;  it  is  a  delicious 
and  most  healthy  herb,  especially  in  scorbutic  affections. 
White  nettle.      Urtica  alba. 

U.  pumila. 
Domestic  Euphorbium.       E.  cordifolia. 

E.  polygonifolia. 
E.  gracilis. 
E.  helioscapia. 
E.  paniculata. 
Aurantium.     A.  coccinia. 
Veronica.     V.  angustifolia. 

V.  prasalta. 
Eupatoreum.     E.  foeniculaceum. 
E.  coronopifolium. 
E.  hysopifolium. 
E.  aromaticum. 
E.  coelestinum. 
Graphalium.      G.  polycephalum. 
G,  purpureum. 
G.  plantaginum. 
Senecio.     S.  hieracifolium. 

S.  suaviolens. 
Chrysopsis  C.  pinafolia. 
Verbesina.     V.  sinuata. 
Cancer  Weed.     Salvia  lyrata. 
S.  coccinia. 
S.  azurea. 
S,  aborata. 


52  view  op  west  florida. 

Vines. 
Fox  grape.     Vitis  vulpina. 
V.  cordifolia. 
V.  riparia. 

V.  sestivalis — usually  cultivated  for  arbours,  it  is 
also  a  good  wine  grape., 
Bignonia.     B.  radicans. 
B.  crucigera. 
Rhus.     R.  radicans. 
Poison  Vine.     R.  toxicodendron. 
Crimson  Woodbine.     Caprifolium  sempervirens. 
Yellow         do.  C.  flavum. 

Supple  Jack.     Rhamnus  volubilis.- — Twisted  walking  canes  of 
this  vine  are  much  admired. 

R.  carolinianus. 
Yellow  Bell  Flower.     Convolvulus  obtusilobus. 

C.  panduratus. 
Ipomea.     I.  coccinea. 

I.  tricocarpa. 
Ivy  Vine.     Cessus  hederacea. 
Yellow  Jessamine.     Gelsemum  sempervirens. 
Yellow  Echites.     E.  diformis. 
Aristolachea.     A.  tomentosa. 
Purple  Thyrsa.  Thyrsanthus  frutescens. 

Swamps. 
These  may  be  divided  into  three  kinds.  First,  those  formed 
on  the  borders  of  rivers,  by  inundation;  these  are  the  richest 
swamps,  and  the  most  extensive.  They  are  usually  separated  from 
the  stream  by  a  ridge  of  dry  land,  formed  by  the  heaviest  parts  of 
the  alluvial  matter,  which  is  deposited  immediately  after  leaving 
the  current;  this  ridge,  or  natural  embankment,  prevents  the 
waters  from  draining  off,  as  the  surface  of  the  rivers  subside. 
They  are,  usually,  densely  covered  with  heavy  timber,  and  this 
tangled  with  innumerable  vines,  which  renders  them  almost  im- 
penetrable. Secondly,  pine  barren  swamps,  which  are  natural 
basins,  containing  the  waters  of  the  surrounding  country.  These 
swamps,  when  covered  with  small  coast  cj^press  trees  and  knees, 
are  usually,   but  improperly,  termed   cypress  galls.     Cypress 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  53 

knees  are  hollow  cones,  which  rise  from  the  roots  of  the  cypress 
tree,  from  one  to  six  feet  high,  and  terminate  in  a  blunt  point. 
These  never  shoot  up  into  trees,  as  has  been  imagined,  from  the 
circumstance  of  large  cypresses  being  supported  on  hollow  cones, 
similar  in  appearance;  in  the  latter  case,  the  tree  first  grows 
up  straight,  and  the  cone  gradually  swells  out  underneath  it, 
as  high  as  the  highest  stage  of  the  water.  Savannas  are  no 
more  than  natural  reservoirs  of  water  like  the  swamps;  except 
that  they  are  covered  with  grass  and  herbs  instead  of  trees  and 
vines;  they  are  usually  founded  on  clay  or  marie,  but  sometimes 
only  on  a  hard  sand.  They  are  frequently  extensive,  and  form 
excellent  grazing  lands.  The  third  kind  of  swamps  are  those 
spongy  tracts,  where  the  waters  continually  ooze  through  the 
soil,  and  finally  collect  in  streams  and  pass  off.  These  are  pro- 
perly termed  galls,  sometimes  sour,  sometimes  bitter  lands.  They 
are  the  coldest  soils  we  have,  and  the  waters  arising  through 
them  are  frequently  impregnated  with  sulphur,  vitriol,  and  iron. 
When  their  foundation  is  alluvial  matter,  it  is  usually  very  thin, 
like  quagmire:  the  land  may  be  shaken  for  acres  in  extent.  When 
the  base  is  sand,  it  is  always  a  lively  quicksand,  very  dangerous 
for  cattle.  These  galls  are  usually  covered  with  titi  and  other 
andromedas,  loblolly  and  other  laurels,  vaccinums  and  vines. 

The  trees  most  j)eculiar  to  swamps,  are, 
Cypress.     Cupressus  disticha. — A  large  and  beautiful  tree,  often 

rising  one  hundred  feet,  makes  excellent  boards,  scantling, 

palings,  &c. 
Coast  do.  C.  thyoides. 

Pine  barren  do.  C.  imbricarea. 
Swamp  Ash.  Fraxinus  epiptera. 
White     do.  F.  acuminata. 

Oval-leaved.  F.  platycarpa. 

Black.  F.  pubescens. 

Willow  Oak.      Quercus  phellos. 
Water     do.  Q.  aquatica. 

Lyre-leaved.  Q.  lyrata. 

Chesnut  do.  Q.  prinos. 

Velutinian.  Q.  michauxii. 

Pignut.     Juglans  porcena. 
H 


54  VIEW  or  WEST  Florida. 

Tupelo.  Nyssa  unifolia. 

Ogechee  Lime.      N.  capitata. 
N.  aquatica. 

Loblolly.  Laurus  caroliniensis — grows  in  every  kind  of  swamp, 
from  ten  to  seventy  feet  high ;  the  beauty  and  aroma  of  its 
flower  is  well  known. 

Swamp  Magnolia.     M.  glauca. 

Swamp  Poplar.     Populus  angulata — river  swamp. 

Whahao.      Ulmus  alata — high  pine  barren. 

Bumelia.     B.  lycoides — galls. 

Plane  Tree.  Planera  gmelini — grows  in  river  swamps,  and  re- 
sembles elm. 

Soap  Tree.      Sapindus  saponaria,  do.  near  the  coast. 

Winter  Plumb.   Prunus  hiemalis,  do,  back  from  the  coast 

Gordonia.      G.  lasianthus,  do. 

Shrubs. 

Buttonwood.     Cephalanthus  occidentalis — near  the  coast. 

Swamp  Dogwood.     Cornus  canadensis. 

Amorpha.     A.  frutescens — river  swamps. 

Strawberry  Tree.   Euonimus  americanus,  do. 

Viburnus.     Viburnum  dentatum,  do. 

Swamp  Haw.  V.  nudum,  do. 

Sambucus.     S.  canadensis — deep  inland  swamps. 

Laurel.     Laurus  millisafolium,  do.  and  in  galls. 

Andromeda.     A.  axillaris. 

A.  acuminata, 
A.  ligustrina. 
A.  racemosa. 
A.  speciosa. 

Titi.  A.  angustifolia. — This  class  furnishes  most  of  the  shrubs 
found  in  our  swamps;  the  titi,  in  particular,  occupies  the  same 
situation  south  of  Georgia  that  the  alder  does  in  the  northern 
states.  It  grows  from  six  to  twelve  feet  high;  the  stoles  are 
slender  and  set  so  thickly  together  that  their  shade  keeps  the 
small  streams  cool  for  a  great  distance  from  their  fountains. 
In  March,  their  racemes  of  white  flowers  are  abundant  and  very 
ornamental,  and  their  singular  strings  of  three  cornered  seeds 
often  hang  on  the  bushes  till  winter. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 


55 


Billberry.     Vaccinum  corymbosum. 

V.  virgatum. 
Spicewood.     Laurus  benzoin. 

Herbs. 
Bird  Shot.     Canna  indica — river  swamps. 

C.  flaccida. 
Herbaceous  Canna.     C.  salieornia — savannas. 
C.  callitriche — galls. 
G.  virginica — ditches. 
G.  aurea — pine  barren  swamps. 
G.  pilosa — near  swamps. 
G.  sphserocarpa — lake  shores,  and  savannas. 
G.  quadridentala,       do. 
G.  tetragona,  do. 

do. 
do. 
orbiculatum,  do. 


Spring  Callitriche. 
Virginian  Gratiola. 
Yellow         do. 
Hairy  do. 

Round  Fruit. 

Square-stemmed. 
Lindernia.     L.  dilatata, 

L.  attenuata, 
Round  Micranthemum.    M 


Big-leaved     do. 
Floating  Utriculare. 
Purple         do. 
Yellow        do. 
Small  do. 

Bristle-stalked. 


U. 
U. 


L. 
L. 


europius, 
sinuatus. 


M.  emarginatum,do. 

U.  inflata,  do.  in  still  water,  fresh. 

U.  saccata,  do. 

U.  longirostrus,       do. 

biflora,  do. 

setacca — pine  barren  swamps  and  sa- 
vannas. 
Narrow-leaved  Lycopus. 
Sallop-leaved         do. 
Blue  Tripterella.     T.  coerulea, 
Variegated  Iris.     I,  versicolor, 

dy  for  dropsy. 
Three-petaled. 
Blue. 
Yellow  Tricoma. 

and  ponds. 
Creeping  Comelina.     C.  communis,  do. 

Blue  do.  C.  longifolia,  do. 

Moss-leaved  Syena.     S.  fluviatilis — bay  galls. 
Proserpina.     Proserpinaca  palustris,         do. 

P.  pectinata         do.  and  savannas. 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do.  the  root  is  a  reme- 

do.  rare. 
I.  hexagona — rich  river  swamps. 
Lachranthes  tinctoria — pine  barren  swamps 


I.  tripetala. 


56  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Tetragon.     Diorea  tetragona — galls. 
Three-leaved  Galium.   G.  trifidum,  do. 
Centaurella.        C.  verna,  do. 

C.  paniculata,  do.  and  swamps. 

Sanguisorba,       S.  canadensis,  do. 

S.  media. 
Potamogiton.     P.  pinnatum — stagnant  fresh  water. 

P.  verticillatum,        do. 
Villarsia.  V.  trachysperma,       do. 

Lysimachia.       L.  ciliata — savannas. 
Phlox.      P.  divaricata — low  river  swamps. 
Cardinal  flower.     Lobelia  cardinalis,  do.  beautiful  scarlet. 

L.  amsena,       do.  blue. 
Pinckneya.     P.  pubens — galls  and  savannas. 
Solanum.     S.  nigrum — savannas. 

S.  mamosum — low  swamps. 
Swamp  Milkweed.     Asclepias  parviflora,  do. 
Hydrolea.     H.  quadravalvis — galls. 

H.  corymbosa,        do. 
Erynguim.     E.  iatidum,  do. 

E.  graclle,  do. 

Hydrocotyle.     H.  interrupta — stagnant  water. 

H.  umbellata — swamps. 
Wild  Annise.     Ammi  copillaceum — galls. 
A.  costatum — swamps. 
Cicuta.     C.  maculata,  do. 

Sundew  Drasera.      D    rotundifolia — galls. 

D.  longifolia,         do. 
Spanish  Moss.     Tilandsia  usneoides — swamps. 

T.  recurvata,         do. 
Wampee.     Pontederia  cordata — galls  and  savannas. 
Pancratium.     P.  mexicanum — savannas. 
Smooth  Palmetto.     Yucca  gloriosa — galls  near  the  sea  shore. 
Calamus.     Acorus  calamus — muddy  galls. 
Cats  Tail.     Typha  latifolia,  do. 

Soft  Rush.     Juncus  effusus — galls  and  savannas. 
J.  se'-ceus,  do. 

J.  triflorus — river  swamp  edges. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  57 

J.  polyuphalos — savannas. 
Rumex,     N.  britannicus — shady  swamps. 
Nectris.     N.  aquatica,  do. 

Swamp  Lilly.     Saururus  cernuus — galls. 
Rhexca.     R.  virginica,  do. 

R.  lutea. 
Blue  Scull-cap.     Scutelaria  laterifolia — swamps  and  galls. 
Polygonum.     P.  hirsutum,  do. 

P.  persecaria,  do.  and  ponds. 

P.  mite. 
P.  incarnatum. 
Penthorum.     P.  sedoides,  do. 

White  Pond  Lilly.     Nymphsea  odorata — in  swamps,  ponds,  and 

ditches. 
Sarracena.     S.  purpurea — swamps,  galls,  and  savannas. 
S.  rubra,  do. 

S.  flava. 
S.  catsbei. 

S.  variolis. — The  leaf  of  this  singular  plant  is  a  tube 
which  widens  towards  the  top  in  the  three  latter  species;  in  the 
two  former,  they  are  contracted  near  the  top.     The  inside  of 
the  tube  is  covered  with  viscid   hairs,  which  prevent  insects 
from  retreating,  when  once  they  have  entered  for  shelter  or 
food.     They  are  always  partly  filled  with  insects.     The  leaf 
is  beautiful,  both  as  to  shape  and  colour,  and  the  flower  is  of  a 
deep  gaudy  redish  brown,  and  remarkable  for  having  two 
calyces. 
Hypericum.  H.  parvaflorum. 
H.  amasrum. 
H.  nudiflorum. 
H.  glaucum. 
Elodea.     E.  virginica. 
Ranunculus.  R.  hederaceus. 

R.  oblongafolius. 
R.  nitidus. 
Caltha.    C.  ficoloides — swamps, 
C.  brassera — ponds. 


58  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Cyamus.  C.  luteus,  or  Yellow  Water  Chesnut,  do. 
Polygala.     P.  lutea — ponds  and  galls. 

P.  corymbosa,         do. 
Winged  Dolichos.   D.  luteolus,  do. 
Aromatic  Liatris.    L.  odoratus — galls  and  savannas. 
Purple  Veronica.    V.  oligophylla — edge  of  swamps. 
Eupatorium.     E.  perfoliatum,  do.  A  decoction  of  this 

plant  operates  as  a  gentle  emetic.    Indians  use  it  as  a  sudorific 
in  fevers. 
Conyza.     C.  marylandica. 
Black  Root.  Pterocaulon  pychnastachyum. — The  famous  Indian 

remedy  for  pulmonary  disorders. 
Butter  Weed.     Senecio  lobatus — swamps. 
Slender  Aster.    A.  carolinianus,        do. 
A.  dracunculoides,  do. 
A.  junceus,  do. 

A.  paniculatus,         do. 
Solidago.     S.  virgata,  do. 

S.  pulverulenta,  do. 

Baltonia.     B.  asteroides,  do. 

Heleneum.  H.  autumnale,  do. 

H.  quadridentatum,  do. 

Yellow  Bidens.     B.  coreopsis — ditches  and  galls. 
Chana.     C.  capitata,  do. 

Duck-meat.     Lemma  minor — stagnant  waters. 
Bristly  Typha.     T.  latafolia,  do. 

Sparganium.     S.  americanum,  do. 

Carex.  C.  stipata — swamps. 
C.  scirpoides,  do. 
C.  scoparia,  do. 

C.  crineta.  do. 

C.  trichocarpa,     do. 
C.  furcata,  do. 

Orchis.     0.  ciliaris,  do.  and  galls. 

0.  cristata,  do. 

Calopogon.  C.  pulchellus,  do. 
Sagittaria.     S.  sagittifolia,  do. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  59 

S.  graminea — swamps  and  galls. 
Arum.     A.  dracontium,     do. 
A.  triphyllum,      do. 
A.  alba,  do. 

Vines. 
Cissus.     C.  ampelopsia — swamps. 
Echites.  E.  diformis,  do. 

Dolychos.     D.  luteolus,         do,  near  salt  water. 
Apios.     A.  tuberosa,  do.     This  vine  has  numerous  tubers 

of  the  size  of  hickory  nuts.     The  Seminoles  raised  great  quan- 
tities for  food. 
Glycine.      G.  reflexa,  do. 

Grape.       Vitis  labrusca — in  all  swamps. 
Muscadine.  V.  rotundifolia — edges. 
Smilax.  S.  pastata,         do.  every  where. 

Smooth  Briar.     S.  bona  nox. 

S.  quadrangularis. 
S.  walteri. 
S.  sarsaparilla. 
S.  pseudo  china. 

S.  caduca. — These  briars  cover  wet  lands  of 
every  description. 
Pistache.  Amphicarpe  monoica. — This  is  a  singular  plant,  stem 
decumbent,  climbing  angular,  red  at  the  base,  light  green  above, 
branching,  twenty  inches  to  two  feet  long.  Leaves  ternate, 
lanceolate,  ovate.  Common  petiole  three  to  five  inches  long. 
Stipules  ovate,  subulate,  hairy;  flowers  in  pendulous  racemes; 
calyx  tubular,  four  toothed.  Corolla  white,  tinged  with  violet. 
Legume  wrinkled,  one  to  three  seeded,  most  frequently  two. 
The  petaled  flowers  are  barren,  but  stems,  furnished  with  a 
"  calyx  and  the  part  of  a  style,  shoot  from  the  stalk  into  the 
ground,  and  there  produce  pods.  They  were  greatly  cultivated 
by  the  Seminoles,  and  are  now  much  used  by  the  Americans 
of  West  Florida.  This  vine  produces  a  large  crop  on  sandy 
land.  They  are  baked  or  roasted  in  the  shell,  and  are  much 
used  by  the  confectioners.  The  pistache  is  a  native  of  Spain, 
from  which  it  was,  but  a  few  years  since,  transferred  to  the 


•m^r 


60 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 


gardens  of  France  and  Italy, 
ized. 


With  us  it  is  perfectly  natural- 


Cyperus. 

Spanish  Grass. 
Yellow  Cyperus. 


Grasses. 
Rhynchospora.     R.  cymosa — galls  and  savannas. 
R.  distans,         do. 
R.  sparsa,  do. 

C.  articulatus,  do. 
C.  vegetus,  do. 
C.  virens,  do. 

C.  flavescens,     do. 
C.  tenuiflorus,    do. 
C.  odoratus — edge  of  rivers. 
C.  strigosus — galls  and  savannas. 
C.  speciosus,      do. 

C.  enslenii,        do. 
S.  filiformis,      do. 
S.  validus — in  lakes  and  ponds. 
S.  minimus — galls  and  savannas. 
S.  ciliatifolius — savannas. 

D.  ciliata — margin  of  ponds  and  swamps, 
D.  latifolia. 
T.  cyperinum — savannas. 

Cane.  Arundenaria  macrosperma. 

A.  tecta — edge  of  swamps  and  marshes. 
Spring  Trichodeum.     T.  laxiflorum — swamps. 


Scirpus. 


Fringe  leaved. 
Dichromena. 

Trichophorum. 


Leersia.     L.  oryzoides, 
Phalaris.  P.  americana, 

Early  Paspalpum.  P.  precox, 

Joint  Grass.  P.  distichum, 

Large  Spiked  Panicum.  P.  italicum, 
Cockfoot.  P.  grus-galli, 

Water  Panicum.  P.  geniculatum,  do. 

Compressed.  P.  anceps,  do. 

Sword- leaved.  P.  ensifolium — galls 

Aira.     A.  palustris — swamps  and  savannas. 
Proserpinaca.  P.  palustris,  do. 
P.  pectinata,do. 
Arenarea.     A.  glabra,        do. 


do.  inland. 

do.  fresh  and  brackish. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do.  • 


VIEW  OF  W^ST  FLORIDA.  61 

Liatris.  L.  tormentosa,  do. 
Veronica.  V.  oligophylla,  do. 
Awlwort.    Sibularia  aquatica — river  swamps,  and  wet  sea  beach. 

Marshes, 
Are  of  two  kinds,  fresh  and  salt.    The  former  are  usually  situ- 
ate on  the  borders  of  some  large  body  of  water,  in  the  interior  of 
the  country.     The  latter  on  the  seacoast,  or  near  the  estuaries 
of  rivers.     There  is  a  great  diversity  of  marshes;  much  depends 
on  the  substratum,  on  which  they  are  based.     For  instance,  the 
most  extensive   marshes  of  West  Florida  are  based  on  lime- 
stone, which  renders  them  extremely  fertile  in  aquatic  vegetables: 
some  of  the  fresh  marshes,  on  the  contrary,  are  merely  quicksands, 
covered  with  a  very  thin  soil,  and  are  of  course  quite  barren. 
Others  have  a  clay  foundation,  and  may  be  cultivated  to  advan- 
tage.    Marshes  produce  no  trees;  a  few  shrubs  sometimes  skirt 
the  edges  of  them.     The  herbs  most  common,  are, 
Micranthemum.     M.  orbiculatum — fresh  marsh. 
Tripteleria.     T.  ccerulea,  do. 

Creeping  Comelina.      C.  communis,        do. 
Convolvulus.      C.  sagittifolius — salt. 

C.  repens,  do.  near  the  mouth  of  rivers. 

Marsh  Rosemary.   Statice  limonium — salt  marsh  near  the  shores.. 
Pancratium.      P.  mexicanum — fresh. 
Dracocephalum.     D.  variegatum,  do. 

Cardamine.     C.  pennsylvanica — salt — near  the  sandy  shore. 
Pistia.     P.  spathulata — brackish — mouths  of  rivers. 
Sagittaria.     S.  lancifolia,      do. 
Arum.      A.  virginicum,       do.  and  fresh. 
Iresine.     I.  celosioides — salt  and  fresh. 
Acnida.      A.  rusocarpa — fresh. 
Water  Plantain.     Alisma  plantago — brackish. 

Grasses. 
Schoenus.    S.  effusus — fresh  marsh. 
Rhynchospora.    R.  longirostris,  do. 
Scirpus.  S.  simplex,       do.  '  •      . 

S.  palustris,      do. 
Round-head.         S.  capitatus — salt  marsh. 

I 


62  VIEW  or  WEST  ilorida. 

S.  mucronatus,  do. 


Large  Marsh. 

S. 

lacustris, 

do. 

Salt  Rush. 

S. 

spadiceus, 

do. 

Downy  Flower. 

s. 

ferrugineus, 

do. 

s. 

maratimu.s, 

do. 

Eriophorum. 

E. 

virginicum- 

—fresh 

White  Rush.     S 

•par 

tina  juncea— 

-salt — : 

-in  boggy  clumps. 
riTwng  also  tuft*. 
S.  polystachya — brackish- 
Salt  Marsh  Grass.        S.  glabra — salt. 
Ceresia.     C.  fluitans — fresh. 
Smooth  Panicum.     P.  Isevigatum — fresh. 
Soft  do.  P.  molle,  do. 

Sea-shore    do.  P.  virgatum,       do. 

Johnny  Bartram.     Lycium  carolinianum — salt. 
Black  Rush.     Juncus  acutus — brackish. 
Arenaria.      A.  canadensis,  do. 

Aster,  A.  flexuosus,  do. 

A.  subulatus,  do. 

Zizanea.     Z.  aquatica. — This  is  the  most  common  grass  at  the 
mouths  of  rivers  where  the  marsh  is  often  overflowed,  grows 
six  to  ten  feet  high,  is  eaten  freely  by  cattle  and  horses.   Mili- 
acea  is  not  eaten  by  either. 
Z.  fluitans. 
Z.  miliacea. 

Agriculture. 
The  productions  of  agriculture  in  this  country,  at  present,  are 
not  very  numerous.  Cotton  engrosses  the  most  attention.  Three 
kinds  are  cultivated. — The  sea  island,  Mexican,  and  green  seed 
cotton.  The  sea  island,  or  black  seed,  is  only  raised  on  the  sea- 
coast;  hammock  lands,  where  the  sea-breezes  are  felt,  are  most 
congenial  to  its  perfection;  on  them  it  often  grows  to  the  height 
of  fifteen  feet,  throws  off'  extensive  branches,  and  bears  a  large 
beautiful  yellow  flower.  The  cocoons,  or  capsules,  are  longer  than 
those  of  the  other  kinds.  The  seeds  are  black  and  smooth,  the 
herl  long,  of  a  silky  lustre;  the  colour  a  glossy  yellowish  white. 
It  is  sown  in  February  and  March,  in  drills,  according  to  the 
quality  of  the  soil,  from  five  to  seven  feet  apart;  the  stalks  from 
seven  to  twelve  inches. 


VIEW   OF  WEST   FI-ORIDA.  63 

It  is  sometimes  cultivated  on  the  uplands.  There  the  drills 
are  usually  from  ten  to  twelve  feet  apart.  The  cocoons  open  from 
September  to  December,  when  they  are  usually  killed  by  the 
frost;  the  cotton  should  be  gathered  as  the  pods  open,  as  a  rain  is 
then  of  great  injury  to  the  colour  and  strengtli  of  the  herl.  The 
cotton  is  separated  from  the  seed  by  a  pair  of  small  wooden  roll- 
ers, less  than  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  from  twelve  to  fifteen 
inches  long:  these  are  turned  by  a  crank  with  the  hand  or  foot. 
One  slave  will  clean  from  twenty  to  twenty-six  pounds  of  cotton 
in  a  day.  The  expense  of  cleaning  the  sea  island  cotton,  is 
greater  than  that  of  the  other  kinds,  although  the  machinery  is 
much  less  expensive.  When  well  handled,  it  brings  more  than 
double  the  price  of  green  seed  cotton,  and  has  a  more  certain 
market.  Whether  this  plant  is  indigenous  to  America,  or  an 
exotic,  is  still  uncertain.  The  green  seed  cotton  is  most  com- 
monly cultivated  in  the  country:  this  is  the  true  Gossypium, 
brought  formerly  from  Siam.  Its  height  rarely  exceeds  four  feet; 
the  flower  is  white,  the  capsule  shorter  and  thicker  than  that  of 
the  sea  island,  or  Mexican;  the  herl  is  shorter  and  whiter  than 
the  former;  it  grows  so  firmly  to  the  seed  that  it  requires  a  gin 
with  steel  saws  to  separate  it;  the  bark  of  the  seed  being  torn  by 
these,  forms  the  little  black  motes  so  hard  to  separate  from  the 
cloth. 

A  red  clay  soil  is  most  congenial  to  the  growth  of  the  green 
seed.  This  is  the  kind  of  cotton  usually  cultivated  in  France, 
Malta,  Italy,  and  Egypt.  It  is  said  to  have  been  introduced 
into  Georgia  by  a  Dr.  Turnbull. 

The  Mexican  cotton  is  an  intermediate  species,  between  the 
two  former;  it  is  a  native  of  Mexico  and  Peru.  It  grows  better 
in  the  country  than  on  the  seacoast;  the  seed  is  green,  but  the 
staple  long,  fine,  and  white.  It  produces  well,  and  is  yearly 
coming  more  in  use. 

As  the  sea  island  cotton  is  only  cultivated  within  the  range  of 
the  sea  breezes,  and  as  the  quantity  of  good  land  on  the  seacoast 
is  comparatively  small,  this  article  is  never  likely  to  be  produc- 
ed in  sufficient  quantities  to  glut  the  market.  It  will  always  be 
a  safe  crop  to  cultivate.  It  is  much  to  be  wished,  that  all  our 
fine  hammock  lands  were  improved  in  its  cultivation.     They 


64  VIEW  OF  VVKST  VLOHIDA. 

uniformly  afford  delightful  residences  for  the  farmer.  They  will, 
besides  cotton,  produce  all  the  necessaries  of  life.  Their  situa- 
tions on  the  seacoast  are  usually  healthy;  and  the  abundance  of 
fish  in  all  the  bays  and  creeks  are  a  great  convenience  to  a 
farmer.  Fruits  and  vines  are  produced  with  great  ease,  and  in 
great  perfection.  The  only  apparent  inconvenience  is  their  de- 
tached situation,  not  being  usually  large  enough  to  support  a 
neighbourhood;  they  must  be  retired  residences,  though  they  are 
certainly  very  pleasant  ones. 

Rice  is  the  next  article  that  merits  the  attention  of  the  Florida 
farmer.  This  grain  is  raised  with  equal  success  in  the  marsh, 
the  hammock,  and  the  upland;  and  on  the  pine  barrens  when 
trod,  or  as  the  term  is  here,  cowpenned.  A  general  opinion  has 
prevailed,  that  rice  can  be  cultivated  successfully  only  in  situa- 
tions where  water  can  be  raised  upon  it.  Humboldt  has  stated, 
that  the  Mexicans  neglected  the  culture,  for  want  of  this  con- 
venience. But  constant  experience  teaches  us,  that,  although  it 
is  easier  to  kill  the  weeds  among  rice  by  water,  than  by  the  hoe, 
yet  that  it  is  no  more  essential  to  the  growth  of  rice  than  of  corn. 
Next  to  sea  island  cotton,  this  is  the  most  profitable  crop  in  Flori- 
da- Cattle,  in  winter,  eat  the  straw  with  as  good  an  appetite  as 
they  do  hay;  sixty  bushels  of  rough  rice  is  a  usual  crop,  on  cow- 
penned  pine  land,  per  acre;  low  rich  lands  often  produce  eighty 
bushels;  seventy-five  cents  is  the  usual  price  per  bushel  in  market, 
or  from  four  to  five  dollars  per  hundred  when  cleaned  from  the 
husk.  A  barrel  of  cleaned  rice  contains  as  much  nutriment  as 
a  barrel  of  flour.  It  preserves  much  better  in  a  warm  climate. 
On  the  rich  valleys  of  the  Mississippi  and  Ohio,  it  is  doubtless 
more  profitable  to  raise  corn;  but  in  this  climate  rice  is  a  more 
certain  crop,  and  much  more  profitable. 

Corn  should  be  raiaed  by  every  planter  for  his  own  family,  but 
not  for  market.  It  grows  well  on  some  of  our  uplands,  and  bet- 
ter on  the  alluvial  grounds  of  our  rivers,  but  they  often  overflow 
while  the  crop  is  still  on  the  ground;  it  is,  therefore,  a  business 
of  much  risk;  and  besides,  our  river  bottoms  are  quite  subject  to 
bilious  complaints  in  autumn.  The  hammock  lands  produce 
very  good  corn,  when  early  planted;  but  if  planted  late,  they  are 
often  overrun  with  worms,  which  destroy  the  ear.     On  our  rich 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  65 

land,  therefore,  it  will  be  more  profitable  to  raise  sugar  and  cot- 
ton, and  purchase  bacon  and  flour. 

Sugar  is  becoming  an  object  of  attention.  Several  farmers  have, 
forthe  three  last  years,  1824, 1825,  and  1826,  been  increasing  their 
fields  of  cane.  In  manj-  parts  of  Jackson,  Gadsden,  and  Leon  coun- 
ties, it  grows  to  great  perfection;  the  climate  and  soil  are  very  ap- 
propriate, and  there  is  no  doubt  that  sugar,  in  a  few  years,  will  be- 
come an  article  of  the  first  importance  to  our  planters.  An  acre 
of  sugar  cane  has,  in  one  year,  produced  three  thousand  pounds 
of  sugar.  In  Louisiana,  one  thousand  pounds  per  acre  is  con- 
sidered a  good  crop.  A  farmer  near  Tallahassee,  has  this  year 
made  three  barrels  of  excellent  sugar  from  an  acre  of  cane,  besides 
a  barrel  half  full  of  thick  syrup,  with  his  usual  family  utensils 
alone:  and  he  reserved  cuttings  for  planting,  to  the  value  of  one 
hundred  and  sixty  dollars  from  that  same  acre. 

The  Otaheite  cane  has  been  principally  cultivated  in  Florida. 
In  Louisiana,  the  riband  cane  is  likely  to  supersede  all  others. 
This  species  of  cane  was  introduced,  only  six  years  ago,  by  Mr. 
Cairon,  of  Terre  aux  Boeuf.  He  procured  it  from  Georgia,  where 
it  had  a  short  time  before  been  introduced,  from  the  Philippine 
islands.  Mr.  Cairon  was  not,  at  first,  aware  of  the  importance  of 
the  plant  of  which  he  had  become  possessed.  Experience  has 
shown,  that  it  stifles  the  nut  grass,  {coco. )  It  ripens  a  month 
earlier  than  any  other  cane,  and  stands  the  cold  better;  when 
blown  down,  it  does  not  become  sour  so  soon.  The  rattons  never 
decay:  it  will  succeed  on  much  poorer  land  than  any  other  cane. 
A  middling  crop  will  pr  duce  one  thousand  five  hundred  pounds 
to  the  acre. 

The  sweet  potato,  {convolvulus  batata,)  is  probably  as  much 
used  for  food,  in  this  country,  as  any  other  vegetable  whatever; 
the  pine  barren  is  its  natural  soil.  It  is  agreeable  to  almost  every 
taste;  there  is  no  vegetable,  the  Irish  potato  excepted,  which  pro- 
duces so  much  nutriment  from  the  same  quantity  of  ground.  It 
is  a  very  healthy  food,  as  useful  to  animals  as  to  man;  and  is,  in 
this  climate,  the  best  substitute  for  bread,  that  exists. 

The  Irish  potato,  {solanum  tuberosum,)  is  considerably  cul- 
tivated here;  and  v/hen  planted  early,  and  covered  with  sea-weed 
or  some  compost,  to  shield  its  roots  from  the  rays  of  the  sun. 


66  VIEW  OV  WEST  FLORIDA. 

it  usually  succeeds  well:  the  red  clay  uplands  suit  this  vege- 
table better  than  any  of  our  soils.  The  Irish  potato,  raised  here, 
does  not  last  through  the  season,  so  well  as  those  brought  from 
the  north. 

The  sweet  tobacco  of  Cuba,  {nicotiana,)  has  been  cultivated 
here,  in  small  quantities,  with  perfect  success.  The  cultivation 
of  this  plant  should  take  place  of  the  green  seed  cotton ;  it  is  a 
more  certain  crop,  and  always  finds  a  more  certain  market.  Flori- 
da is  the  native  country  of  this  plant.  It  was  first  introduced 
into  Europe,  from  this  place,  in  1560.  One  species  of  it,  {nico- 
tiana rustica,)  still  grows  wild  in  our  hammocks.  While  the 
British  had  possession  of  Florida,  tobacco  was  a  considerable 
article  of  exportation. 

Indigo,  {indigofera,  sp. )  however,  was  most  extensively  culti- 
vated by  the  English,  as  an  article  of  exportation.  Caracas, 
alone,  was  able  to  rival  Florida,  in  this  article;  forty  thousand 
pounds  sterling,  in  one  year,  has  been  paid  in  London  for  Flori- 
da indigo;  yet  at  this  time  not  a  pound  is  raised  in  the  territory, 
for  sale;  a  few  planters  cultivate  it  for  the  use  of  their  families: 
yet  it  is  raised  with  less  trouble  than  any  other  crop,  and  any 
female  slave  can  manufacture  it.  This  plant,  also,  is  a  native  of 
Florida:  its  natural  soil  is  the  pine  barrens. 

The  small  grains  have  been  little  attended  to.  Rye  has  been 
cultivated  with  success  on  the  uplands.  Wheat  cannot  be  ex- 
pected to  grow  near  the  seacoast.  It  is  believed  that  barley 
might  be  raised  advantageously. 

The  palmachriste,  (ricinus,)  and  the  bcnne  plant,  (sessamtim,) 
produce  profitable  crops  on  any  of  our  lands. 

The  lady  pea  [doUchos)  is  extensively  cultivated  for  table  use;  it 
is  a  pleasant  food,  both  green  and  dry,  is  also  healthy,  and  contains 
much  nutriment;  it  is  usually  planted  in  corn-fields  after  the 
hoeing  is  finished,  and  in  this  way  it  is  raised  with  very  little 
trouble.  The  cow  pea  is  raised  in  the  same  manner,  and  is 
sometimes  used  for  food;  but  more  generally  for  provender,  for 
horses  and  cattle. 

Pumpkins,  water-melons,  musk-melons,  and  cucumbers,  arc- 
raised  with  great  ease,  and  in  great  perfection;  squashes  are  more 
difficult  to  cultivate;  cabbage  and  carrots  do  well;  but  beets, 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  67 

parsnips,  and  onions,  are  raised  with  difficulty.  Lettuce  and  radish- 
es come  to  great  perfection.  But  the  egg  plant,  (solanum,)  and 
tomata  are  used  more  generally,  than  most  other  garden  vege- 
tables, during  the  summer  season. 

Grasses  have  been  very  little  cultivated;  the  whole  country  is 
covered  with  wild  grasses,  of  almost  every  description;  many  of 
them  might  be  cultivated  with  great  advantage.  The  guinea 
grass  has  been  raised  successfully  by  judge  Robinson,  of  Gads- 
den county.  It  has  succeeded,  to  admiration,  on  the  sandy 
peninsula,  occupied  by  judge  Brackenridge,  opposite  to  Pensacola. 
The  Bermuda  grass  forms  a  very  soft  carpet  for  our  yards;  but 
the  nut  grass  is  an  intolerable  curse  to  our  gardens.  Red  and 
white  clover  grow  wild  in  many  places,  and  there  can  be  no 
<loubt  of  their  succeeding,  as  well  as  lucerne,  on  a  large  scale  of 
cultivation. 

Of  fruits,  the  fig  is  produced  with  less  care  than  any  other.  It 
grows  spontaneously;  by  selecting  the  best  kinds,  and  keepingthem 
pruned,  any  quantity  might  be  raised  with  a  trifling  expense. 
There  are  several  varieties,  of  which  the  black  are  largest;  but 
the  small  yellow  or  coeleste  fig,  is  the  sweetest.  They  usualh^ 
produce  two,  sometimes  three  crops  in  one  year;  they  bear  plenti- 
fully the  third  year  after  planting. 

There  are  several  varieties  of  the  Chicasa  plum,  all  nearly 
in  a  state  of  nature.  Where  they  have  been  transplanted  from 
the  woods  to  the  garden,  they  have  been  greatly  improved. 

The  sweet  orange  has  been  successfully  cultivated,  in  and 
near  Pensacola;  but  the  cold  season  of  1822,  killed  all  the  trees; 
they  are  again  beginning  to  bear  fruit.  This  is  a  tender  tree, 
and  requires  considerable  care  in  the  cultivation,  especially  in 
sheltering  it  from  violent  storms  and  extreme  frosts.  They 
usually  bear  in  six  or  seven  years  from  the  time  of  planting  the 
seeds.  The  young  trees  should  be  transplanted  from  the  nur- 
sery the  second  or  third  year;  they  should  be  set  in  good  land, 
about  twenty-three  feet  apart,  in  a  quincunx  form,  and  kept  clear 
from  weeds;  when  arrived  at  maturity,  they  will,  on  an  average, 
produce  one  thousand  oranges  per  year:  some  trees  in  St.  Au- 
gustine, have  been  known  to  produce  six  thousand  in  one  year. 


66  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

In  a  good  soil  they  have  been  known  to  live  a  hundred  and  fifty 
years.  It  is  well  to  plant  one  or  two  rows  of  sour  orange,  on  the 
side  of  the  grove  next  the  sea,  to  break  the  force  of  the  storms. 

The  sour  orange  is  much  more  hardy;  the  acid  juice  of  the 
fruit  and  the  peel  are  the  only  parts  used. 

The  bitter  sweet  is  a  native  kind  of  orange,  that  grows  wild 
in  many  parts  of  the  peninsula,  especially  near  the  St.  Johns 
river. 

Of  late  years  it  is  considerably  cultivated;  many  estimate  the 
mild  acid  of  its  fruit,  before  the  sweet  orange;  the  peel  alone  is 
bitter.  This  is  the  most  hardy  of  the  orange  trees,  and  when 
cultivation  shall  have  brought  it  to  the  perfection  it  is  capable  of 
attaining,  it  may  become,  in  all  respects,  the  most  estimable  fruit. 

The  pomegranate  is  a  beautiful  ornamental  shrub,  and  the 
fruit  is  considered  healthy;  it  arrives  at  perfection  here;  and 
almost  every  garden  is  ornamented  with  it.  Mr.  Darby  recom- 
mends this  shrub  for  hedges;  it  certainly  would  be  very  ornamen- 
tal, and  if  interspersed  with  our  mimosa  eburnea  and  Spanish 
dagger,  [yucca  draconis,)  the  hedge  would  be  also  formidable. 

The  quince  is  also  common  in  our  gardens,  but  it  does  not  pos- 
sess the  fine  aroma  of  the  northern  fruit;  want  of  attention  in  the 
cultivation  may  be  one  reason  for  the  difference. 

Apple  trees  grow  here,  but  produce  little  fruit;  they  blossom 
abundantly;  probably  they  are  blasted  by  the  sea  breezes;  when 
fruit  is  produced  it  is  but  indifferent.  This  fruit  might  perhaps 
succeed  better  on  the  clay  uplands,  at  a  distance  from  the  coast. 

Few  pears  have  been  raised ;  they  are  said  to  do  well  and  pro- 
duce very  good  fruit  in  the  country.  The  persimmon  is  a  native 
of  our  hammocks,  and  the  pawpaw  of  the  river  bottoms.  The 
wild  cherry  is  a  common  timber  tree  on  the  hammocks  and  up- 
lands; the  fruit  is  very  indifferent,  but  the  wood  is  superior  to 
the  northern  cherry  in  firmness  and  texture.  The  bilberry  [vac- 
cinum  arhoreutn,)  and  the  whortleberry  [vaccinum  stami- 
neiivi,)  are  found  in  the  sandy  edges  of  the  hammocks,  and  near 
small  streams. — And  the  blueberry,  [vaccinum  resinosum,)  in 
the  pine  lands.  The  blackberry,  [rubus  villosvs,)  is  common 
in  most  grounds,  and  the  dewberry  {rubus  fruticosus,)  on  the 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  69 

pine  barrens,  and  on  the  sea-beach.  Wild  strawberries  are  con- 
fined to  the  prairies  and  savannas,  but  our  gardens  produce  a 
superior  quality. 

The  only  mode  of  improving  our  lands  has  been  the  penning 
of  cattle  on  them;  this  improves  the  sandy  lands  b)^  rendering 
them  more  compact,  as  well  as  manuring  them.  Our  gardens 
are  sometimes  manured  imperfectly.  Great  improvements  might 
be  made,  by  mixing  clay  with  the  sand,  and  thereby  rendering 
it  more  retentive  of  moisture.  Burning  renders  the  clay  still 
more  fruitful.  Sea-weed  may  be  collected,  in  any  quantities, 
on  our  seacoast;  this  forms  an  excellent  manure  for  every  kind 
of  produce;  especially  so,  for  the  sea  island  cotton,  and  Irish 
potatoes.  Extensive  banks  of  shells  are  also  found  every  where 
near  the  coast;  for  clay  soils  nothing  can  be  better.  Peat  beds 
are  also  frequent:  this,  when  trodden  or  fermented  in  piles  of  com- 
post, forms  an  excellent  manure. 

Manufactures. 

As  yet  there  are  none  in  West  Florida;  if  we  except  the 
domestic  clothing,  made  by  the  planters  for  their  own  families. 
It  is  not  probable,  that  manufactures  will  ever  be  greatly  extend- 
ed in  this  country;  as  the  staple  articles  of  commerce  will  always 
employ  the  inhabitants  more  profitably:  certainly  that  will  be  the 
case  for  many  years  to  come.  Some  of  the  most  important  pro- 
ductions of  this  country,  however,  require  to  be  manufactured 
on  the  spot  where  they  are  produced: — such  as  sugar,  indigo, 
myrtle  wax,  quercitron  bark,  sumach,  benne,  and  palma  christi. 
Bricks  are  now  manufactured  here;  cargoes  of  them  are  weekly 
shipped  to  Orleans.  Fire  bricks,  in  particular,  are  in  great 
demand,  and  bring  a  ver}-  good  price. 

Lime  has  often  been  shipped  abroad:  our  shell  banks  are  very 
extensive,  and  will  not  be  exhausted  for  many  years.  In  pro- 
portion as  sugar  cane  shall  be  cultivated,  tafifia  may  be  manufac- 
tured. Cigars  have  often  been  made  from  the  tobacco  raised  here, 
in  no  particular  inferior  to  Havana  cigars.  This  business  ought 
to  be  increased. 

Our  shores  are  peculiarly  well  calculated  for  the  making  of 
salt.     It  is  said  that  a  company  is  forming  to  establish  salt  works 

K 


70  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

at  St.  Andrew's  bay.  Glass  might  be  made  here  to  great  advan- 
tage; all  the  materials  are  furnished  in  the  neighbourhood,  in  per- 
fection and  abundance.  Peach  brandy  will,  ere  long,  be  made  in 
the  country;  as  peach  orchards  are  rapidly  increasing.  Few  pur- 
suits offer  better  prospects  of  success  than  this. 

Commerce, 
Is  yet  in  infancy;  a  moderate  coasting  trade  is  all  that  West 
Florida  can  yet  boast.  Foreign  goods  are  principally  imported 
from  New-York:  provisions  and  groceries  from  New-Orleans. 
Our  exports  consist  of  cotton,  cedar  logs,  boards,  staves,  deer 
skins  and  horns,  beeswax,  tallow,  hides,  peltry,  and  bricks. 

Indians. 

When  Ponce  de  Leon  first  visited  Florida,  in  1500,  the  natives 
were  a  hardy  warlike  race.  They  were  very  independent;  but 
like  all  ignorant  people,  they  were  also  very  superstitious.  The 
following  portrait  of  the  manners  and  customs  of  that  period,  is 
translated  from  The  Beauties  of  American  History,  published  at 
Paris  in  1806. 

They  worshipped  a  demon  called  Toya,  to  whom  they  oflfered 
human  sacrifices.  The  priests  were  called  Jauvas,  who  disguised 
themselves  in  a  variety  of  extravagant  forms,  to  impose  on  the 
credulous,  and  to  extort  rewards  for  alleviating  their  fears. 

In  the  morning,  every  Indian  presented  himself  at  the  entrance 
of  his  cabin,  and  extending  his  hands  towards  the  sun,  as  his  first 
ray  beamed  from  the  eastern  horizon,  he  addressed  a  rude  but 
fervent  hymn  of  admiration  to  its  glory.  At  noon  they  performed 
a  similar  act  in  token  of  their  gratitude.  And  to  the  setting  sun 
they  addressed  their  thanks  for  all  the  bounties,  which  they  con- 
ceived, he  had  bestowed  upon  them  during  the  day:  and  they 
were  particularly  careful  that  his  last  ray  should  strike  their 
heads. 

They  had  four  quarterly  feasts  or  holy  days,  which  they  cele- 
brated, by  assembling  together  on  the  highest  ground  in  the 
vicinity  of  their  villages,  where  altars  were  raised  for  the  purpose, 
on  which  they  sacrificed  aromatic  plants  and  honey,  prostrating 
themselves  at  the  same  time  in  adoration.  The  chief  Jauva  also 
spread  on  a  smooth  stone,  corn,  an  offering  to  the  birds,  in 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  71 

acknowledgment  for  their  melody.  These  rites  being  perform- 
ed, they  devoted  themselves  to  dancing  and  joy.  At  exact  noon 
the  sacrifices  were  renewed,  and  cages  were  opened,  and  multi- 
tudes of  birds,  which  had  been  procured  for  the  occasion,  were 
turned  loose  to  the  air,  whose  joyful  notes  celebrated  their  free- 
dom: to  their  flight  great  attention  was  paid  by  the  Jauvas,  who 
tlience  prognosticated  future  events.  It  was  in  cases  of  great 
calamity  only,  that  human  sacrifices  were  offered  to  their  demon. 
In  some  districts,  the  first-born  male  infant  was  required  to  be 
sacrificed  to  the  sun;  in  other  districts  a  handsome  girl,  of  a  good 
family,  was  sacrificed  to  the  moon;  and  in  both  cases  the  mother 
was  required  to  assist  at  the  immolation  of  her  offspring. 

Heaven,  or  the  higher  world,  they  called  Hamanpacha.  Hell, 
or  the  lower  world,  Ucupacha;  and  Cupai  the  evil  spirit. 

That  all  the  branches  of  quackery  might  be  united  in  the  same 
persons,  the  Jauvas  carried  by  their  sides,  when  not  engaged  in 
spiritual  affairs,  a  bag  of  various  simples  to  cure  disorders;  and 
their  experience,  says  our  author,  had  probably  rendered  them 
as  efficacious  as  the  nostrums  of  our  civilized  practitioners.  These 
priestly  physicians,  dressed  in  mantles  made  of  skins,  cut  in 
bands  and  fastened  by  a  belt  round  the  waist,  the  legs  and  arms 
naked,  the  head  covered  with  a  cap  of  the  same  skin  terminating 
in  a  point,  and  ornamented  at  bottom  with  a  garland  of  feathers, 
carried  a  kind  of  drum  to  announce  their  approach.  The 
Jauvas  were  consulted  before  they  went  to  war,  and  a  kind  of 
consecration  was  performed  by  sprinkling  water  in  the  air  over 
the  assembly.  Valiant  warriors  were  honoured  by  various  fune- 
ral rites,  and  their  widows  were  allowed  the  honour  of  deposit- 
ing their  hair  on  the  tomb  of  their  husbands.  But  they  were  not 
permitted  to  marry  again  until  their  hair  had  grown  so  as  to  cover 
their  shoulders. 

The  adulterous  woman  was  stripped  of  her  clothing  and  hair, 
and  thus  exposed  to  the  insults  of  her  own  sex,  and  then  sent  to 
her  parents,  who  hid  her  in  some  secret  recess.  They  usually 
remained  naked  until  twelve  or  fifteen  years  of  age;  they  then 
used  leggins  and  mantles  of  fur. 

Not  many  of  the  modern  Indians  of  Florida,  are,  probably, 
even  the  descendants  of  those  who  inhabited  the  coast  in  the  days 


72  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

of  Ponce  de  Leon ;  yet  their  habits  and  manners  are  not  extreme- 
ly dissimilar.  During  a  term  of  two  hundred  years  there  is  a 
great  hiatus  in  the  Indian  history,  see  judge  Brackenri:'ge's  letter, 
Appendix,  No.  1.  Tradition  says,  that  about  one  hundred  years 
ago  the  Yamases  inhabited  this  country;  but  that  white  men  also 
had  towns  and  cultivated  fields  among  them;  that  they  lived  in 
peace  and  intermarried  with  each  other.  But  the  Muscogulgee 
tribes  commenced  a  war  on  them,  which  continued  a  long  time; 
during  which  the  forts  were  erected,  whose  ruins  are  still  seen: 
that  the  Muscogulgees  finally  conquered;  that  the  white  men 
were  at  last  all  driven  to  Fort  St.  Lewis,  and  from  that  to  the 
Ocklockney  fort,  from  which  they  embarked  on  the  Big  water, 
and  left  the  country.  That  the  remainder  of  the  Yamases  were 
taken  prisoners,  and  made  slaves  to  the  conquerors.  That  the 
Muscogulgees  then  abandoned  the  country,  because  they  had 
destroyed  the  means  of  subsistence.  Many  years  of  desolation 
succeeded;  till  at  length  vagrants  from  different  tribes  strayed 
into  the  unoccupied  regions,  and  united  with  the  remnant  of  the 
Seminole  nation.  These  traditions  are  gathered  from  the  old 
men  of  the  Fowl  towns,  and  however  uncertain,  are  the  only 
authorities  within  our  reach.  After  the  battles  of  Emuckfaw, 
and  the  Horseshoe,  &c.  many  of  the  fugitive  Creeks  fled  into 
Florida,  and  joined  the  Seminoles. 

Thelndian  villages  west  of  the  Suwanney  river,  and  Mickasuky 
lake,  were  called  the  Fowl  towns,  when  the  territory  was  trans- 
ferred to  the  United  States.  They  were  six  in  number,  viz: 
Cahaliihatchee,  Old  Tallahassee,  Taphulgee,  Allikhadjse,  Etatul- 
ga,  and  Mickasuky,  besides  several  minor  settlements. 

By  the  treaty  made  at  Camp  Moultre,  in  1824,  the  Indians  of 
Florida  relinquished  their  lands,  in  the  centre  of  the  territory, 
for  a  district  of  country  on  the  peninsula;  to  which  they  were 
removed  in  1825:  and  a  military  post  was  established  at  Tampa 
bay,  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  them  with  necessaries,  and 
keeping  them  in  order.  Their  improvements  were  immediately 
occupied  by  emigrants  from  different  parts  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  rest  of  the  country  is  now  rapidly  settling.  A  few  sec- 
tions of  good  land  were  reserved  to  their  chiefs.  The  land,  to 
which  they  are  legally  banished,  consists  of  dry  sand  ridges 


VIEW   OP  WEST  PLOHIBA.  73 

and  interminable  swamps,  almost  wholly  unfit  for  cultivation; 
where  it  has  cost  the  United  States  more  than  their  land  was 
worth  to  support  them;  they  are  now  in  a  starving  condition;  they 
have  killed  the  stock  of  the  American  settlers,  in  every  part  of 
the  territory,  to  support  themselves  already;  and  there  is  no 
present  prospect  of  their  situation  becoming  improved.  Their 
number,  in  1824,  amounted  to  one  thousand  one  hundred,  of 
which  three  hundred  and  eighty-five  were  warriors.  These 
Indians,  before  their  removal,  depended  principally  on  hunting 
for  their  meat.  The  women  raised  vegetables  in  considerable 
quantities,  especially  corn,  sweet  potatoes,  pistache  nuts,  beans, 
melons,  and  pumpkins.  They  also  manufactured  a  kind  of  bread 
from  the  tuberous  root  of  the  great  bamboo,  or  china  briar,  [smi' 
lax  pseudo  china,)  which  they  grated  fine,  and  separated  the 
starch  from  the  fibres.  They  appeared  to  live  happily  among 
themselves;  they  were  quite  republican,  and  w'atched  the  con- 
duct of  their  chiefs  with  jealous  care.  The  men  were  much 
handsomer  than  the  women,  and  dressed  with  better  taste.  The 
inferiority  of  the  women  w^as  probably  a  natural  consequence  of 
their  servile  situation.  Their  children  appeared  healthy,  activ*;, 
and  intelligent.  The  female  Seminole  usually  carried  her  infant 
in  her  arms;  not  on  her  back  like  the  northern  Indians.  Educa- 
tion was  unknown  here.  Children  were  under  no  restraint;  they 
neither  laboured  nor  hunted  till  they  did  it  from  choice.  This 
tribe  paid  much  attention  to  the  raising  of  cattle  and  horses;  and 
the  women  raised  hogs  and  fowls.  Indeed  their  savage  charac- 
ter was  much  broken;  and  had  they  continued  to  cultivate  the 
rich  fields  of  Mickasuky  and  Tallahassee,  they  would  soon  have 
attained  a  considerable  degree  of  civilization. 

Towns. 
Pensacola  is  situate  on  the  north  bank  of  the  bay,  in  latitude 
30°  23'  43".  Longitude  10°  5'  west  of  Washington,  and  is  the 
only  ancient  town  that  remains  in  West  Florida.  For  a  century, 
this  was  little  more  than  a  military  post,  established  and  support- 
ed for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  the  sovereignty  of  the  soil, 
and  of  securing  the  trade  of  the  Indians.  Like  most  other  mili- 
tary posts,  it  has  suffered  by  the  strife  of  rival  and  contending 


74  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

powers;  and  has,  at  different  times,  belonged  to  several  success- 
ful competitors. 

It  was  at  first  established  by  the  Spaniards,  in  1696,  by  Riola, 
as  a  check  on  the  French  settlements  on  the  Mississippi  river, 
and  at  the  Baloxi  bay.  Jealousies  arose  from  proximity  of  situa- 
tion, and  a  mutual  desire  of  extending  their  possessions,  until 
war  actually  broke  out  in  1719.  During  this  year  Pensacola 
changed  masters  three  times,  and  was  at  last  burned  by  the 
French.  The  first  attack  was  made  by  Monsieur  Bienville,  with 
a  party  of  Canadian  French,  from  Louisiana,  and  four  hundred 
Indians.  With  this  force  he  invested  the  town  in  the  rear, 
while  three  armed  vessels  made  an  attack  in  front.  To  avoid  an 
escalade,  the  Spanish  commander  capitulated,  in  March,  and 
saved  the  post  from  pillage;  and  the  prisoners  were  sent  to  Ha- 
vana. 

In  the  month  of  August,  of  the  same  year,  a  Spanish  flotilla 
appeared  before  the  town,  and  means  were  found  to  excite  a 
mutiny  among  the  French  soldiery,  which  occasioned  an  imme- 
diate surrender;  and  the  prisoners  were,  in  their  turn,  sent  to 
Havana. 

Bienville,  in  September,  again  invested  the  town,  while  the 
French  fleet  entered  the  harbour,  set  fire  to  the  place,  and  de- 
molished the  fortifications.  The  tru*e  of  1722,  again  put  the 
Spaniards  in  possession.  From  this  time  the  Perdido  bay  was 
considered  as  the  boundary,  betwixt  the  possessions  of  France 
and  Spain. 

In  1763,  Florida  was  ceded  to  Great  Britain,  and  possession 
was  given  the  following  year.  They  held  the  province  eighteen 
years;  during  this  period  Pensacola  was  greatly  improved.  Agri- 
culture was  encouraged  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  commerce, 
in  lumber,  naval  stores,  indigo,  skins,  peltries,  &c.  was  greatly 
extended.  The  town  was  laid  out  at  right  angles,  in  squares  of 
four  hundred  by  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet;  the  streets  sixty  feet 
wide,  with  a  large  common  fronting  on  the  bay,  one  thousand  six 
hundred  feet  from  east  to  west,  by  nine  hundred  north  and  south. 
Most  of  our  principal  buildings  were  erected  during  this  period. 
The  three  largest,  the  two  barracks,  and*1^e  mansion-house  of 
Cassa  Blanca,  have  since  been  burnt  down  at  different  periods. 


VIEVV  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  75 

The  gardens  of  Pensacola  were  the  pride  of  Florida;  every  city 
lot  had,  appended  to  it,  a  garden  lot  in  the  suburbs;  their  ruins 
are  still  to  be  seen,  overrun  with  weeds,  bushes,  and  vines. 

In  17S1,  Pensacola,  then  commanded  by  general  Campbell, 
was  again  conquered  by  the  Spaniards  under  count  de  Galvez, 
governor  of  Louisiana.  In  this  attack  a  red  hot  shot  from  the 
Spanish  camp  entered  the  British  magazine  of  Fort  St.  Mitchel, 
which  blew  it  up.  From  this  period  it  appears  to  have  declined. 
In  IS  14,  the  plan  of  the  city  was  altered;  the  gardens  in  the 
suburbs  were  cut  up  into  arpent  lots  and  sold  at  auction;  after 
which  none  of  them  were  improved.  Some  of  the  streets  were 
blockaded  by  erecting  houses  in  them,  or  shutting  them  up  as 
lots.  The  fine  common  was  cut  up  into  lots,  and  distributed  to 
different  persons;  a  slice  to  one,  and  a  corner  to  another.  Some 
were  disposed  of  by  the  intendant,  to  suit  his  own  purposes; 
some  were  disposed  of  at  auction  by  the  Ayuntamento,  to  serve 
theirs.  Streets  were  laid  off  to  meet  the  general  confusion;  some 
thirty,  some  forty,  and  some  sixty  feet  wide;  some  short  and 
some  long,  to  suit  the  present  exigence.  Out  of  this  massacre  of 
order  and  decency,  two  small  squares  were  saved,  one  on  the 
east  and  one  on  the  west  ends  of  the  old  common;  one  was  named 
the  square  of  Seville,  and  the  other  the  square  of  Ferdinand, 
each  five  hundred  feet  long  by  three  hundred  broad. 

At  the  general  treat}^  of  peace,  in  1783,  Florida  was  ceded  to 
Spain,  who  held  it  without  intermission  till  1814,  when  an  En- 
glish fleet  entered  the  harbour  of  Pensacola,  and  furnished  the 
Creek  and  Seminole  Indians  with  arms  and  ammunition,  and 
excited  them  to  hostilities  against  the  United  States;  took  pos- 
session of  the  Spanish  forts,  and  set  the  province  in  hostile  array 
against  us,  in  open  violation  of  the  professed  neutrality  of  Spain. 
General  Jackson,  then  at  Mobile,  after  several  inefTectual  re- 
monstrances and  demands  on  the  Spanish  authorities,  to  cause 
their  neutrality  to  be  respected  by  the  English,  at  length  marched 
his  army  to  Pensacola,  and  took  possession  of  the  fortifications; 
drove  the  English  fleet  from  the  harbour,  and  frightened  the 
Indians  into  the  interior.  He  then  retired  from  the  place,  and 
left  it  in  the  hands  of  the  Spaniards. 

At  length  the  Seminole  war  broke  out:  and  the  Americans 


7tt  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

were  again  obliged  to  visit  their  faithless  neighbours.  In  1818, 
Jackson  again  took  possession  of  Pensacola,  formed  a  temporary 
government,  and  sent  the  Spanish  troops  to  Havana:  but  it  was 
soon  given  up,  and  the  Spanish  authorities  reinstated. 

In  1819,  a  treaty  was  concluded  between  the  United  States 
and  Spain,  by  which  the  Floridas  were  ceded  to  the  former,  in 
consideration  of  spoliations  made  by  the  latter  on  American  com- 
merce. This  treaty,  however,  was  not  ratified  by  Spain  until 
1820.  On  the  17th  of  July,  1821,  the  provinces  were  delivered 
over  to  the  American  commissioners;  and  they  are  now  held  in 
full  property  and  sovereignty  by  the  United  States.  By  this 
treaty,  our  government  has  peaceably  acquired  a  country,  which, 
on  investigation,  proves  to  be  of  much  greater  intrinsic  value, 
than  was  at  first  anticipated;  they  have,  at  once,  cut  from  the 
root  a  thousand  fruitful  sources  of  contention  and  war.  Our 
enemies  can  no  longer  take  advantage  of  the  weakness  of  our 
neutral  neighbours,  to  excite  the  savages  on  our  frontiers,  or 
possess  themselves  of  positions  to  annoy  the  vital  parts  of  our 
domain. 

The  public  buildings  in  Pensacola  are  a  court-house,  church, 
market-house,  custom-house,  and  public  store. 

The  court-house  is  a  two  story  wooden  building,  and  was  for- 
merly the  government  house  of  the  Spaniards.  It  stands  near 
the  bay  on  the  old  common.  It  has  lately  been  refitted  and 
painted  by  order  of  government,  and  the  yard  enclosed  with  a 
handsome  paling.  But  the  orangery  and  out  houses  have  been 
suffered  to  go  to  ruin. 

The  church  stands  on  the  beach.  It  was  formerly  a  warehouse, 
and  is  large  enough  for  present  use;  but  very  inconvenient,  and 
ill  calculated  for  the  purpose  to  which  it  is  now  appropriated. 

The  market-house  is  a  neat  new  building,  situate  near  the 
beach,  at  the  foot  of  the  square  of  Ferdinand. 

The  custom-house  is  one  of  the  old  block-houses  formerly 
erected  for  the  defence  of  the  town;  this  is  also  near  the  bay,  on 
the  square  of  Ferdinand.  The  public  store  was  formerly  a  hospi- 
tal; it  is  situate  at  the  corner  of  Government  and  Palafox  streets: 
this  building  has  also  been  repaired  by  government. 

The  market  is  still  small,  but  is  increasing.     Beef  is  plenty 


VIEW  OF  WES-r  FLORIDA.  77 

and  cheap,  and  very  good,  except  in  winter.  Mutton  and  veal 
are  scarce  and  dear.  Pork  is  usually  plenty,  but  double  the 
price  of  beef.  Butter,  made  in  the  neighbourhood,  is,  fur  the 
most  part,  badly  prepared  for  market,  and  soon  spoils.  The 
northern  butter,  when  well  put  up,  is  generally  preferred  to  that 
brought  into  market  by  the  planters.  The  market  is  usually  well 
supplied  with  chickens,  at  a  high  price.  Ducks  are  considera- 
bly plenty;  but  turkeys  are  always  scarce  and  dear.  Geese  are 
never  brought  to  market.  Venison  is,  at  some  seasons,  plenty 
and  cheap.  Irish  potatoes  are  usually  dear;  sweet  potatoes  plenty 
and  cheap.  Fish  are  abundant,  cheap,  and  excellent.  Oysters 
and  crabs  are  the  only  shell-fish;  but  they  are  plenty,  and  very 
good. 

Although  there  is  no  part  of  America  where  gardens  are  culti- 
vated more  successfully,  yet  vegetables  are  very  dear.  The  vege- 
table market  is,  however,  evidently  improving;  and  as  the  demand 
increases,  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  supplies  will  increase, 
at  a  reasonable  price. 

The  government  of  the  city  is  vested  in  a  mayor,  and  nine 
aldermen,  to  whom  is  committed  the  police  and  fiscal  concerns. 
The  health  and  quarantine  regulations  are  committed  to  a  board 
of  health,  appointed  by  the  city  council;  which  is  the  title  assumed 
by  the  mayor  and  aldermen,  when  assembled  for  business. 

The  revenue  of  the  city  amounts  to  about  two  thousand  dol- 
lars per  annum;  drawn  principally  from  a  tax  on  real  estate, 
slaves,  pleasure  carriages,  saddle  horses,  and  licenses  on  shops, 
stores,  taverns,  billiard  tables,  and  carts. 

Good  schools  are  not  encouraged  as  they  ought  to  be.    Science 

is  scarcely  thought  to  be  a    subject   worthy  of  conversation. 

Swarms  of  children  are  running  about  the  streets,  improving 

rapidly  in  dissipation  and  vice. 

, .? 

Manners  and  Customs. 

The  manners  and  customs  of  the  Floridians,  are  various  as 
their  different  origins.  The  country  having,  at  different  periods, 
been  conquered  by  the  English,  French,  and  Spaniards,  the  in- 
habitants of  these  countries  were  much  intermixed  in  complexion, 
language,  and  manners.     The  Creoles  had,  before  the  transfer  fo 

L 


78  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLOKIDA. 

the  United  States,  assumed  something  of  a  national  character. 
Florida  was  little  more  than  a  military  position.  Most  of  the 
respectable  inhabitants  held  commissions  in  the  army,  or  in  some 
of  the  departments  of  government;  they  lived  on  their  salaries, 
paid  no  taxes,  and  were  rarely  called  to  a  strict  account  for  their 
conduct.  The  balance  of  the  people  kept  little  shops,  cultivated 
small  gardens,  or  followed  fishing  and  hunting.  They  were  al- 
most wholly  confined  to  their  towns;  a  few  cow-pens  in  the  coun- 
try formed  the  only  exceptions.  They  were  a  temperate,  quiet, 
and  rather  an  indolent  people.  Affectionate  and  friendly  to  each 
other,  and  kind  to  their  slaves,  the  even  tenor  of  their  way  was 
not  often  interrupted  by  business  of  any  kind.  Dances,  card- 
parties,  and  patgoes,  were  frequently  indulged  in,  but  never  to 
excess.  The  bustle  and  exertion  of  a  mixed  American  population, 
for  a  time,  threvv  the  old  inhabitants  into  the  back  ground;  but 
meeting  with  little  success,  the  new  comers  at  present  seem  dis- 
posed rather  to  settle  down  to  the  easy  lives  of  their  neighbours, 
than  to  pursue  a  course  of  exertion,  which  has  once  proved  unsuc- 
cessful. It  was  a  misfortune  that  most  of  the  American  emigrants 
to  this  country  brought  with  them  expectations  of  accumulating 
rapid  fortunes:  being  disappointed  in  their  hopes,  many  left  the 
country  in  disgust,  and  many  relaxed  in  their  exertions;  but  the 
few,  who  settled  down  in  a  course  of  patient  industry,  are  realizing 
a  decent  independence.  Could  the  old  and  new  inhabitants  be 
induced  to  unite  in  establishing  a  rational  system  of  educa- 
tion, all  distinctions  would,  in  a  few  years,  be  lost;  and  Florida 
would  enjoy  a  happy  population. 

The  amusements  of  the  citizens  are  few.  Balls  are  the  most 
common,  and  they  are  less  frequent  than  they  formerly  were, 
Patgoes  are  a  kind  of  introduction  to  a  dance.  A  wooden  bird 
is  fixed  on  a  pole,  and  carried  through  the  city  by  some  slave;  on 
presenting  it  to  the  ladies,  they  make  an  offering  of  a  piece  of 
riband,  of  any  length  or  colour,  which  may  suit  their  fancy  or 
convenience.  This  is  fixed  to  the  bird,  which  thus  becomes  decked 
with  an  abundant  and  gaudy  plumage.  A  time  and  place  is  then 
set  apart  for  the  fair  patrons  of  the  patgoe  to  assemble,  who  are 
usually  attended  by  their  beaux,  armed  with  rifles  or  fowling 
pieces.    The  patgoe  is  shot  at;  and  the  fortunate  marksman,  who 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  Td' 

first  succeeds  in  killing  it,  is  proclaimed  king.  The  patgoe 
becomes  his,  by  right  of  custom;  and  is  by  him  presented  to  the 
fair  lady  he  loves  best,  who,  by  accepting  it,  becomes  his  queen; 
and  he  is  also  entitled  to  the  invaluable  privilege  of  paying  all  the 
expenses  of  the  next  ball,  over  which  his  majesty  and  his  con- 
sort preside. 

Sherrivarees  are  parties  of  idle  people,  who  dress  themselves 
in  masquerade,  whenever  a  widow  or  widower  are  married. 
They  often  parade  about,  and  play  buffoon  tricks,  for  two  or  three 
days;  haunting  the  residence  of  the  married  pair,  and  disturbing 
the  whole  city  with  their  riots,  until  they  can  be  bought  off  with 
money  or  liquor. 

The  only  religion  professed  here  is  the  Roman  Catholic.  The 
Americans  are  so  divided  in  their  religious  creeds,  or  so  lack  reli- 
gion altogether,  that  no  form  of  worship  is  kept  up  among  them 

Tallahassee,  the  seat  of  government  for  the  territory,  is  situate 
in  Leon  county,  about  twenty-two  miles  north  by  west  from 
Fort  St.  Marks,  and  about  midway  between  the  eastern  and 
western  extremities  of  the  territory,  on  a  high  commanding  emi- 
nence, in  the  bosom  of  a  fertile  and  picturesque  country.  A 
pleasant  mill  stream,  the  collected  waters  of  several  fine  springs, 
winds  along  the  eastern  border  of  the  city,  until  it  falls,  fifteen 
6r  sixteen  feet,  into  a  gulf,  scooped  out  by  its  own  current,  and 
finally  sinks  into  a  cleft  of  the  rock,  at  the  base  of  an  opposite 
hill.  Numerous  springs  flow  from  the  southern  border  of  the 
town.  In  every  part  of  the  place,  good  water  may  be  obtained 
by  sinking  wells  from  six  to  thirty  feet.  In  the  spring  of  1824, 
the  first  house  was  erected  in  Tallahassee.  The  first  legislative 
council  sat  there,  in  the  winter  of  the  same  year.  In  the  winter 
of  1825,  it  was  incorporated,  and  the  government  of  the  city  was 
vested  in  an  intendant  and  five  aldermen.  It  now  contains  eight 
hundred  inhabitants,  and  a  hundred  and  twenty  houses.  The 
corner  stone  of  the  state-house  was  laid  in  January,  1826;  and 
one  wing  of  the  building  erected  during  that  season.  Several 
religious  societies  have  been  established,  a  Masonic  Lodge,  and 
Agricultural  Society.  The  market  is  yet  small,  but  well  sup- 
plied with  meats.  Beef,  mutton,  and  pork,  are  plenty  and  cheap. 
Venison,  tame  and  wild  fowls,  and  fish,  are  also  reasonably  low. 


80  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Bread  stuffs  have  yet  been  dear,  owing  to  the  rapid  increase  of 
population;  which  has  outrun  the  expectation  of  the  eight  or  ten 
merchants  established  there.  Few  towns  in  America  have  in- 
creased more  rapidly  than  Tallahassee;  and  population  and  im- 
provement continue,  without  any  abatement.  It  must  in  a  few 
years  become  a  charming  place  of  residence;  though  it  will  pro- 
bably never  become  a  place  of  great  commercial  importance. 

Several  demonstrations  at  town-making  have  been  essayed,  in 
West  Florida,  but  most  of  tliem  have  ended  in  bushes,  where 
they  began.  During  the  possession  of  the  English,  a  town  was 
begun  about  seven  miles  north-east  from  Pensacola,  called  Camp- 
bellstown.  Another  on  the  east  side  of  St.  Andrews'  bay,  called 
Wells.  A  third  on  the  east  side  of  Ocklockney  bay,  called 
Oldenburgh,  near  to  the  ruins  of  the  old  fort.  It  is  impossible,  at 
this  time,  to  obtain  an  exact  knowledge  of  the  population  or  ex- 
tent of  either.  They,  however,  could  have  been  no  more  than 
infant  establishments;  as  they  all  fell  to  decay  directly  after  the 
English  evacuated  the  country. 

During  the  administration  of  governor  Folch,  at  Pensacola,  he 
laid  off  a  town  at  Barrancas,  made  a  partial  sale  of  lots,  and  hod 
several  dwelling  houses  erected;  it  was  said  that  he  intended  to 
rem.ove  all  the  inhabitants  from  Pensacola  to  Barrancas;  but 
when  he  was  recalled  from  the  government,  his  town  fell  to 
decay.  During  general  Jackson's  administration,  two  towns 
were  named,  at  the  head  of  Escambia  bay,  the  one  Beelersville, 
and  the  other  Florida.      They  both  continue  there  in  statu  quo. 

Quincy,  the  seat  of  justice  for  Gadsden  county,  was  laid  out 
in  1825,  in  a  very  pleasant  tract  of  country,  and  is  said  to  be  im- 
proving very  handsomely. 

Counties. 

West  Florida  is  divided  into  six  counties,  viz:  Walton,  Es- 
cambia, Washington,  Jackson,  Gadsden,  and  Leon. 

Escambia  county  is  bounded  west  by  the  bay  and  river  of  Per- 
dido;  north  by  the  thirty-first  degree  of  north  latitude;  east  by  a 
line  drawn  southwardly,  from  the  place  where  Black  Water 
creek  crosses  the  aforesaid  line,  to  the  east  end  of  St.  Rosa  Island; 
south  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.     It  is  forty-eight  miles  long  from 


VIJIW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  81 

north  to  south,  and  forty-four  wide  from  cast  to  west.  A  large 
proportion  of  the  land,  in  this  county,  is  pine  barren;  and  gene- 
rally very  poor.  The  Bay  of  Pensacola  enters  into  the  heart  of 
this  county,  and  the  lagoons  and  rivers,  connected  with  it,  spread 
through  every  part,  bringing  a  good  navigation  to  the  very  doors 
of  the  inhabitants.  The  Big  lagoon  is  attached  to  the  mouth  of 
Pensacola  bay,  and  extends  within  three-fourths  of  a  mile  of  Per- 
dido  bay;  and  might,  with  very  little  expense,  be  connected  with 
it.  There  are  small  hammocks  on  all  the  waters  of  Pensacola 
bay,  which  afford  charming  country  seats.  The  river  bottoms 
on  the  Escambia  are  rich,  but  are  subject  to  overflow.  A  kind 
of  second  bottom,  resembling  hammock,  rises  between  the  inter- 
val and  pine  barren;  these  are  mostly  cultivated,  and  produce  very 
good  crops:  they  usually  embrace  springs  of  excellent  water. 
The  peninsula,  between  the  Pensacola  bay,  and  Yellow- Water 
bay,  is,  generally,  covered  with  pine  timber:  there  are  some 
savannas  of  a  good  moist  grazing  land,  and  some  fine  hammocks. 
The  Pine  Level  lies  north  of  Yellow- Water  bay;  it  is  a  tract  of 
high  level  land,  watered  by  springs,  which  form  the  Cold  Water 
and  Black  Water  creeks.  The  soil  is  a  sandy  clay,  which  yields 
very  good  crops  of  cotton,  rice,  peas,  and  potatoes.  But  this 
tract  of  country  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  production  of  fruits; 
peaches,  figs,  and  grapes  in  particular,  come  to  maturity  in  a 
short  time,  and  are  excellent  of  the  kind.  The  peninsula,  be- 
tween Pensacola  bay  and  St.  Rosa  sound,  is  in  general  a  pine 
barren,  interspersed  with  black  jack  ridges,  and  savannas  of  moist 
grazing  land.  On  each  shore  there  are  small  hammocks,  excel- 
lent for  sea-island  cotton ;  and  would  form  beautiful  country  resi- 
dences. The  sound,  a  charming  sheet  of  water,  connecting  the 
Pensacola  and  Chactawhatchee  bays,  is  from  half  a  mile  to  two 
and  a  half  miles  wide;  admits  of  vessels  drawing  twelve  feet  water, 
to  the  narrows,  fifty  miles  from  Pensacola,  and  five  feet  through 
the  Chactawhatchee  bay  to  the  sea,  by  the  Pass  L'Este.  The  seas 
are  broken  by  the  Island  of  St.  Rosa,  which  defends  the  peninsula 
on  the  south.  Fish,  in  amazing  quantities,  float  in  vast  shoals  in 
this  sound:  at  some  seasons  the  shoals  cover  the  surface  of  the 
water  for  miles.  Of  these,  mullets  are  most  numerous;  but  red- 
fish,  pompinos,  sheephead,  drums,  and  trouts,  are  abundant. 


82  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIiJA. 

In  Pensacola  bay,  oysters  are  plenty;  and  there  are  a  consider- 
able quantity  in  St.  Rosa  sound.  Escambia  county,  the  river 
bottom  of  Escambia  alone  excepted,  is  unusually  healthy;  the 
sea  breezes  cool  the  air,  and  temper  the  heat  of  the  sun ;  and  there 
is  no  part  of  America  where  sea  bathing  is  enjoyed  with  more 
pleasure  or  benefit. 

Walton  county  is  bounded  west  by  Escambia;  north  by  the 
thirty-first  degree  of  north  latitude;  east  by  Jackson  and  Wash- 
ington counties;  and  south  by  Washington  county,  and  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  at  Pass  L'Este.  It  is  about  the  size  of  Escambia 
county.  The  Chactawhatchee  bay  crosses  the  south  end  of  the 
county,  and  the  river  of  the  same  name  skirts  the  eastern  border. 
These  afford  a  good  navigation,  and  plenty  of  fine  fish.  On  the 
shores  are  many  excellent  hammocks,  but  as  yet  uncultivated. 
A  high  ridge  divides  the  Chactawhatchee  bay  from  Shoal  river; 
on  this  the  land  is  poor  and  barren;  but  the  noblest  springs  issue 
from  its  sides,  descending  with  a  rapid  current  to  the  bay  on  the 
south,  and  to  the  river  on  the  north.  In  a  course  of  three  or 
four  miles  from  their  sources,  they  often  become  deep  enough  to 
navigate  with  large  boats;  their  waters  are  very  pure  and  cold. 
Betwixt  the  ridge  and  the  bay,  besides  several  excellent  ham- 
mocks, there  is  a  space  of  from  three  to  five  miles  of  good  pine 
land,  excellent  for  grazing.  Four  considerable  streams  are 
formed,  and  run  into  the  north  side  of  the  bay.  At  the  west  end, 
Twin  creek  is  the  first;  it  enters  a  large  lagoon  or  arm,  which 
extends  seven  or  eight  miles  into  the  country.  Boggy  creeks 
unite  about  four  miles  from  the  bay:  there  are  three  principal 
branches,  that,  when  united,  form  a  considerable  river.  Rock 
creek  is  also  large  enough  for  navigation,  seven  miles  from  the 
bay. 

Alaqua  is  the  largest  stream  that  enters  from  the  ridge.  It  is 
navigable  fifteen  miles  into  the  country;  it  then  divides  into  three 
principal  branches,  each  of  which  have  a  course  of  twenty  miles. 
The  springs,  of  the  two  eastern  branches  of  this  river,  rise 
gradually  in  cane  patches,  and  flow  through  a  beautiful  undulat- 
ing country  of  good  land.  They  interlock  with  the  heads  of  Shoal 
river  and  Uche  creek;  and  the  great  ridge  here  terminates  in  a 
succession  of  high  peaks.    This  river  enters  the  bay  over  a  bar 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  $3 

of  five  feet  water.  The  settlers,  on  the  Alaqua,  are  a  race  of  plain 
industrious  farmers,  who  have  few  slaves,  yet  they  appear  to 
enjoy  much  comfort  and  independence;  they  seem  to  estimate 
the  benefits  of  education  and  industry,  more  correctly  than  many 
other  new  settlements.  Good  crops  of  grain  are  raised  here;  and 
cattle  thrive  with  little  care;  the  soil  is  rich  but  rather  thin;  the 
substratum  is  a  kind  of  soap-stone,  with  many  fossil  impressions. 
It  is  sufficiently  solid  for  building. 

The  Yellow  Water  settlement  is  in  the  north-west  part  of  the 
county,  on  the  banks  of  the  river  of  that  name.  Here  is  a  small 
body  of  excellent  land,  very  well  improved,  for  a  new  country. 
Crops  stand  the  droughts  of  summer  better  here,  than  in  any  other 
part  of  Florida.  Cotton  and  corn  are  their  principal  crops :  the  pine 
lands,  for  six  miles  from  the  river,  produce  equally  well  as  the 
river  bottoms.  Twelve  miles  south,  there  is  another  settlement, 
commencing  on  Shoal  river.  There  they  have  a  similar  tract  of 
land,  founded  on  the  same  kind  of  soap-stone  as  at  the  Alaqua. 
The  Uche  creek  rises  north  of  the  Alaqua;  and  after  running 
a  course  of  forty  miles  south-east,  it  falls  into  the  Chactaw- 
hatchce  river,  five  miles  above  the  Big  spring.  The  Uche  val- 
ley is  among  the  best  lands  of  the  county:  it  has  a  substratum  of 
limestone.  Crops  here  are  often  scorched  by  the  sun;  and  are 
not  so  good  in  dry,  as  in  wet  seasons:  here  is  a  large  settlement 
of  industrious  farmers,  who,  with  very  few  slaves,  are  improv- 
ing in  property  and  respectability.  On  the  north  line  of  Walton 
county,  there  is  a  small  settlement  formed  around  M'David's 
pond,  a  very  pure  and  handsome  sheet  of  water  of  an  oval  form: 
it  is  about  three  miles  long  and  two  broad.  The  land  on  its  bor- 
ders is  clayey;  but  produces  good  crops  of  corn,  potatoes,  peas, 
&c.  A  large  creek  issues  from  this  pond,  and  forms  one  consider- 
able branch  of  Shoal  river.  About  two  miles  south  of  M'Da- 
vid's pond,  there  is  a  very  singular  hammock  of  excellent  land, 
containingabout  four  hundred  acres.  It  is  in  a  pine  barren  country, 
where  a  branch  of  Shoal  river  rises,  which,  after  running  a  short 
course,  divides,  and  loses  itself  in  a  narrow  swamp,  which  entirely 
surrounds  this  hammock,  with  a  thicket  so  impervious,  that 
until  the  surveyors  were  obliged  to  push  a  line  through  it,  no 


84  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA* 

one  had  suspected  any  thing  but  swamp  existed  there.  On  pene- 
trating the  narrow  border,  however,  they  were  surprised  to  find 
a  high  rich  tract  of  land,  of  considerable  extent.  At  the  south-west 
side  of  the  hammock,  the  waters  again  collect,  and  run  off  in  a 
fine  current. 

Near  one-third  of  Walton  county,  is  good  tillable  upland 
and  hammock  land:  the  rest  is  pine  barren.  In  the  western  part, 
the  streams  burst  in  large  torrents  from  the  ridges,  and  pursue 
their  course  to  the  bay,  in  deep  ravines;  but  north  and  east  of 
the  Alaqua,  the  streams  head  in  gentle  vales,  like  grass  savan- 
nas in  the  outward  circle ;  but  further  inward,  thickly  covered 
with  reed  cane  (arundo  tecta,)  and  still  farther,  where  the  water 
rises,  it  is  always  surrounded  with  titi  bushes,  almost  as  thickly 
set  as  hairs;  as  the  valley  extends,  groves  of  oak,  hickory,  mag- 
nolia, gum  and  poplar,  cover  the  surface.  On  the  wliole,  the  east- 
ern part  of  Walton  county  is  a  pleasant  and  excellent  grazing 
country. 

Jackson  county  lies  east  of  Walton.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north, 
by  the  thirty-first  degree  of  north  latitude;  east,  by  Gadsden,  and 
south  by  Washington  county.  It  is  sixty  miles  long  from  east 
to  west,  and  thirty  miles  wide.  The  western  part  of  Jackson, 
with  the  exception  of  Holmes  Valley,  and  Oak  and  Hickory 
Hills,  is  poor  pine  barren  land.  Holmes  Valley  commences  near 
the  Chactawhatchee  river,  and  extends  eastwardly  ten  or  twelve 
miles,  parallel  with  Holmes  creek,  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
a  sand  ridge  one  or  two  miles  wide.  It  contains  from  eight  to  ten 
sections  of  good  land,  sunk  nearly  one  hundred  feet  below  the 
surface  of  the  surrounding  country.  The  soil  is  a  dark  sandy  loam, 
covered  with  white,  black,  and  yellow  oak,  white  ash,  black  gum, 
wild  cherry,  red  bay,  magnolia,  with  sassafras,  pawpaw,  witch- 
hazle,  and  haw  shrubs;  the  whole  being  mixed  with  wild  cane.  A 
good  mill  stream  runs  through  it,  collected  from  springs  which 
issue  abundantly  from  the  precipitous  sides  of  the  valley.  Near 
these  springs,  in  the  pine  woods,  the  inhabitants  usually  build 
their  houses. 

Holmes  creek  rises  in  Alabama,  runs  through  the  north- 
west corner  of  Jackson  county,  and  falls  into  the  Chactawhatchee 
river,  about  seven  miles  above  the  Cow  ford.     The  Big  Spring 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  85 

vises  about  five  miles  south  of  Holmes  valley,  and  enters  the 
creek  about  one  and  a  half  miles  from  its  junction  with  the  river. 
This  has  been  long  known  as  a  common  landing  place.  This 
creek  has  a  deeper  channel  than  the  Chactawhatchee  river,  and 
by  the  enterprise  of  Messrs.  Shackleford  &  Merlet,  it  has  this 
season  (1826)  been  rendered  navigable  for  boats,  forty  miles  in- 
to the  country.  Groves  of  line  cypress  cover  the  extensive 
swamps  on  the  streams,  and  a  few  good  hammocks  skirt  the 
banks.  Oak  and  Hickory  hills  are  almost  the  only  hills  of  note 
in  this  part  of  Florida.  They  stand  insulated  in  the  midst  of  ex- 
tensive pine  barrens,  above  which  they  are  elevated  some  hun- 
dreds of  feet.  The  land  on  them  is  excellent  upland,  similar  to 
the  rich  red  clays  of  Leon  county;  they  are  clothed  with  heavy 
forests  of  oak,  hickory,  chesnut,  gum,  sorel  tree,  and  magnolia. 
Oak  hill  is  nearly  round,  and  may  contain  one  and  a  half  s^tions 
of  good  land.  It  is  thirty  miles  east  of  the  Big  spring  of  Chac- 
tawhatchee, and  two  miles  east  of  Hickory  hill.  The  latter 
throws  off  to  the  south-west,  a  ridge  five  or  six  miles  in  length. 
Both  these  hills  derive  their  names  from  the  timber  which  pre- 
dominates on  them.  Hickory  hill  may  cover  four  or  five  sec- 
tions of  land.  The  head  springs  of  Hardlabour,  and  Dry  creeks, 
and  Econfina  river,  rise  in  these  hills.  Near  the  middle  of 
the  north  line  of  the  county.  Spring  creek  rises,  which,  with 
several  other  large  springs  on  both  sides  of  the  line,  form  the 
Chapola  river.  This  river  passes  through  the  heart  of  the  coun- 
ty; on  its  margin  is  some  of  the  best  land  in  the  territory.  The 
most  extensive  settlements  are  on  its  western  border,  extending 
from  one  to  five  miles  in  width,  and  thirty  in  length.  The  soil  is  a 
chocolate-coloured  sandy  loam  on  red  clay,  supported  by  amor- 
phous limestone.  The  timber,  a  mixture  of  oak,  pine,  hickory 
and  dogwood,  filled  up  with  cane.  Corn,  cotton,  and  sugar 
cane  are  the  most  important  crops.  Much  of  the  tract  of  country 
between  the  Chapola  and  Chattahochee,  is  poor  pine  barren. 
The  caves,  natural  bridges,  and  noble  springs,  of  this  region,  are 
more  particularly  described  under  the  head  of  curiosities.  The 
limestone,  which  subtends  the  whole  of  this  county,  varies  con- 
siderably in  quality,  in  different  parts,  which  has  an  evident  effect 
Qn  the  natural  productions  of  the  soil.  Nearly  one-third  part  of 
M 


St>  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Jackson  county,  is  believed  to  be  excellent  tillable  land,  and  a 
considerable  jjart  of  that,  first  rate  soil.  It  contains  at  least  four 
thousand  inhabitants,  and  bids  fair  to  become  one  of  the  richest 
counties  in  the  territory. 

Washington  county  lies  along  the  seacoast,  south  of  Walton 
and  Jackson  counties.  It  is  one  hundred  miles  from  east  to  west, 
and  forty  miles  broad  on  the  xlppalachicola  river,  and  three  miles 
at  the  west  end,  on  the  pass  L'  Este.  It  is  a  misshapen  tract  of 
worthless  land,  in  general;  a  few  hammocks  on  St.  Andrew's  bay, 
the  south  edges  of  Oak  and  Hickory  hills,  a  part  of  Holmes 
valley,  and  the  borders  of  Econfina  river,  are  valuable  exceptions. 
The  St.  Andrew's  bay,  whicli  covers  one-half  of  the  county,  is 
an  excellent  harbour  and  a  pleasant  sheet  of  water,  well  stocked 
with  fish.  It  will,  at  some  future  day,  become  a  place  of  great. 
busin^Ss.  The  eastern  arm  may  be  connected  with  the  Chapola 
and  Chattahochee  rivers,  by  a  canal  of  three  miles.  This  would 
open  a  very  extensive  inland  trade,  through  the  frontier  coun- 
ties of  Georgia  and  Alabama,  which  are  becoming  rich  in  south- 
ern productions.  St.  Joseph's  bay,  also,  lies  in  the  south-west 
corner  of  this  county.  The  eastern  part  of  the  county  is  low, 
flat,  and  cut  up  with  lakes  and  lagoons.  A  few  families  are  settled 
at  the  head  of  St.  Andrew's,  and  along  the  Econfina  river.  This 
county  acknowledges  no  civil  authorities,  nor  laws.  It  owes  its 
origin  to  political  quackery  alone.  Nearly  the  whole  of  it  is  co- 
vered by  a  claim  of  John  Forbes  and  Company. 

Gadsden  county  extends  from  the  thirty-first  degree  of  north 
latitude,  to  the  gulf.  It  is  bounded  by  the  Appalachicola  river 
on  the  west,  and  by  the  Ocklockney  river  on  the  east.  St.  George's, 
James,  and  the  Dog  islands  are  embraced  in  its  boundaries.  It  is 
near  one  hundred  miles  from  north  to  south,  and  thirty-six  from 
east  to  west.  There  are  some  very  rich  cane  lands  on  the  Appa- 
lachicola river;  some  of  them,  however,  are  occasionally  over- 
flowed. On  the  Musquito  creek,  a  little  below  the  north  line  of  the 
county,  there  is  said  to  be  a  considerable  body  of  good  unsettled 
land.  On  the  Rocky  Comfort,  Robinson's  creek,  Attapulgas  and 
Little  river,  branches  of  the  Ocklockney,  there  are  considerable, 
tracts  of  excellent  upland,  which  are  rapidly  settling.  Quincy, 
the  county  seat  for  Gadsden,  is  situate  on  the  west  side  of  the 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  87 

Attapulgas,  near  the  centre  of  the  county.  Betwixt  the  Appala- 
chicola  and  the  western  branches  of  Little  river,  the  land  is  gene- 
rally a  poor  pine  barren.  The  southern  part  of  the  county,  near 
the  seacoast,  is  covered  with  saw  palniettoes,  ponds  and  swamps. 
Low  marsh  lands  border  the  Ocldockney  bay,  which  lies  in  the 
south-east  corner;  Alligator  harbour  lies  south  of  it.  One-fourth 
of  Gadsden  county,  is  supposed  to  be  tillable  land.  It  contains 
upwards  of  three  thousand  inhabitants.  Near  one-half  of  this 
county  is  claimed  by  the  assignees  of  Panton,  Leslie,  &  Co. 

Leon  county  is  bounded  west  by  the  Ocklockney  river,  north 
by  part  of  Georgia,  east  by  the  Suwannee  river,  and  south  by  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  is  more  than  one  hundred  miles  long,  and 
from  forty  to  sixty  broad.  The  western  part  only  is  inhabited. 
The  seacoast  of  this  county  is  generally  marshy;  four  miles  east 
of  the  Ocklockney  bay,  there  is  a  considerable  archipelago  of 
low  islands,  some  of  them  covered  with  live  oak  and  cedar,  and 
many  with  only  grass  and  reeds.  The  Appalachee  bay  makes  a 
large  sweep,  of  something  like  one  hundred  miles  ;  the  curve 
however  is  very  gradual.  The  water  is  shoal,  for  several  miles 
into  the  sea;  the  bottom,  a  soft  amorphous  or  chalky  limestone, 
with  nodules  of  flint.  Masses  of  oysters  grow  to  the  rock,  and 
grass  is  so  abundant,  even  to  the  depth  of  several  feet,  that  the 
coast  has  the  appearance  of  a  green  meadow.  The  forests  rarely 
approach  within  three  or  four  miles  of  the  tide.  On  the  marshes, 
however,  there  are  frequent  keys,  which  rise  like  small  islands, 
covered  with  live  oak,  cedar,  and  tall  cabbage  palms.  These  are 
most  frequent,  where  streams  of  water  enter  the  bay.  The  high 
grounds  bordering  the  marshes  are  usually  rocky,  but  covered 
with  a  great  variety  of  heavy  timber.  A  ridge  of  rocks  runs 
parallel  with  the  coast,  at  about  eight  or  nine  miles  distance ; 
it  does  not  rise  much  above  the  surface,  but  causes  falls  or  rip- 
ples in  all  the  streams,  betwixt  the  Wakullee  and  Suwannee. 

There  are  many  rich  hammocks  on  the  borders  of  the  Appa- 
lachee bay,  and  much  of  the  pine  land,  for  some  distance  from  the 
coast,  has  a  rich  soil,  and  is  very  productive.  The  streams  are 
usually  covered  with  grass,  so  as  to  render  their  navigation  trou- 
blesome. The  whole  county  abounds  in  lakes,  ponds,  subterra- 
nean rivers,  and  large  springs.    The  streams  are  uniformly  pure 


88  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

before  they  sink  into  the  ground ;  after  emerging,  they  are  al- 
ways highly  impregnated  with  lime.  To  the  distance  of  fifteen 
or  twenty  miles  from  the  coast,  the  rock  is  but  slightly  covered 
with  sand ;  small  streams  are  rather  scarce ;  sink  holes  are  fre- 
quent, in  which  the  water  is  cool,  but  like  the  rivers  highly 
tinctured  with  lime,  which  gives  it  a  transparent  blue  colour. 
This  tract  of  country  is  generally  covered  with  excellent  yellow 
pine  timber,  under  which  the  wild  grass  grows  luxuriantly.  It  is 
a  good  grazing  country,  and  much  of  it  might  be  profitably  cul- 
tivated, especially  so  far  as  the  sea  breezes  extend,  where  sea 
island  cotton  succeeds  to  admiration.  This  plant  produces  a  larger 
crop,  and  a  much  better  quality  of  cotton  on  a  thin  soil,  than  on 
a  rich  loam,  where  it  produces  too  much  stalk. 

From  the  level  tract  of  pine  land,  above  described,  the  coun- 
try rises  over  gentle  swells  of  red  and  white  clay,  covered  with 
an  excellent  brown  soil,  and  crowned  with  wide  spreading  oaks 
and  tall  hickories,  mixed  with  liriodendron,  magnolia  and  gum. 
Between  these  swells,  abundant  streams  of  pure  water  enliven 
every  valley;  they,  however,  all  sink  into  the  earth,  before  they 
leave  the  high  country.  This  kind  of  land,  in  some  places,  ex- 
tends into  Georgia ;  in  other  parts,  the  pine  barrens  make  large 
indentations  from  various  directions.  This  high  ground  furnishes 
the  head  springs  of  all  the  rivers  that  fall  into  the  Appalachee 
bay,  within  the  county  of  Leon.  The  argillaceous  region  extends, 
with  some  interruptions,  through  this  county,  from  east  to  west. 
It  rarely  approaches  within  eighteen  miles  of  the  sea.  In  width, 
it  is  from  ten  to  twenty  miles.  The  traces  of  subterranean  rivers, 
which  often  burst  from  the  earth,  and  immediately  sink  again  ; 
the  very  great  variety  of  soil,  timber  and  scenery,  renders  the 
county  of  Leon  a  subject  of  much  interest  to  the  curious.  One 
fourth  part  of  the  lands  in  this  county,  are  very  good,  and  a  much 
greater  proportion  tillable.  It  is  rapidly  settling  with  men  of 
wealth.  Corn  and  vegetables  have  been  the  principal  crops  raised 
here,  but  extensive  fields  of  cane  are  now  in  cultivation,  and  it 
is  believed  by  the  best  planters,  that  this  will  shortly  become 
the  universal  crop  cultivated  in  this  county.  Leon  is  supposed  to 
have  received  an  accession  of  two  thousand  inhabitants, 'during 
the  last  year.    Judge  Brackenridge,  in  a  letter  addressed  to  cO' 


VIEW  dl  WEST  FLORIDA.  89 

lonel  White,  in  January  1827,  has  related  many  curious  parti- 
culars respecting  this  interesting  district  of  country;  especially 
in  that  part,  which  he  translated  from  the  Spanish  history  of  La 
Vega;  and  I  feel  a  particular  pleasure  in  acknowledging  his  po- 
liteness, in  permitting  me  to  insert  it  in  the  Appendix  to  this 
work,  where  it  will  be  read  with  great  interest  See  Appendix, 
No.  I. 

The  Atlantic  coast  of  East  Florida,  Georgia  and  Carolina,  va- 
ries in  many  respects  from  the  coast  within  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
On  the  Atlantic  coast,  the  tide  rises  six  feet ;  in  the  gulf,  it  rises 
only  three  feet.  On  the  Atlantic,  the  soil  is  a  deep  alluvion;  in 
the  gulf  from  the  Appalachee  bay  to  the  cape,  the  coast  is  a  cal- 
careous formation.  On  the  Atlantic,  the  coast  is  level  for  a  great 
distance  inland,  and  the  tides  ascend  an  hundred  or  more  miles 
up  the  rivers.  In  the  gulf,  the  tide  rarely  ascends  ten  miles  up  the 
rivers,  and  the  same  high  rolling  red  clay  lands  approach  within 
eighteen  or  twenty  miles  of  the  coast,  which  in  the  Atlantic  states 
occupy  the  centre  of  the  country  between  the  tide  waters  and  the 
mountains.  The  extensive  marshes  of  the  Atlantic,  from  their 
depth  of  soil,  are  invaluable  for  the  cultivation  of  rice;  and  the 
more  southwardly  parts,  for  the  sugar  cane;  but  they  ever  will  be 
subject  to  fevers  and  bilious  affections,  and  will  probably  always 
require  negroes  to  cultivate  them.  Within  the  gulf,  the  calcareous 
substratum  is  thinly  overlaid  by  alluvial  matter,  but  it  is  equally 
fertile,  and  produces  vegetation  perhaps  as  luxuriantly  as  any  soil 
on  earth.  Whether  it  will  be  as  unhealthy  as  the  deeper  and  more 
extensive  marshes  of  the  Atlantic,  time  and  experience  must  de- 
termine. It  is  hoped  that  the  proximity  of  the  highlands  will 
have  a  beneficial  effect  on  the  health  of  the  coast.  The  marshy 
coast  of  Appalachee  and  Vacassar  bays,  are  enclosed  by  a  belt  of 
rocky  land,  covered  with  a  heavy  growth  of  timber,  which  com- 
prises almost  every  kind  of  trees  found  in  the  country.  The 
space  betwixt  this  and  the  highlands,  is  nearly  the  same  pine  and 
palmetto  soil,  found  on  the  Atlantic  coast ;  with  this  difference, 
that  the  sand  of  this  region,  is  supported  by  a  substratum  of  im- 
perfect chalk.  West  of  Cape  St.  Blass,  the  palmetto  region  is 
much  more  extensive,  and  reaches  quite  to  the  sea-shore.  It  is 
almost  impossible  to  cultivate  this  kind  of  land,  although  it  is 


90  VIEW  OP  WEST  K.ORIBA. 

often  rich;  for  the  root  of  the  palmetto  usually  covers  the  surface 
of  the  ground,  and  it  is  equally  difficult  to  kill  or  eradicate  it. 

History. 
Sebastian  Cabot,  sailing  under  the  flag  of  England,  first 
1497  discovered  the  coast  of  Florida,  but  he  did  not  explore 
the  country. 

Twenty-two  years  afterwards,  Ponce  de  Leon,  a  Spa- 
1512  nish  adventurer  of  Hispaniola,  was  led  by  the  fictions  of 
a  Carib  girl,  to  explore  the  country  of  Florida,  in  search 
of  a  fountain  which  was  famed  for  renovating  old  age.  But  old 
age  and  infirmities  grew  upon  him  during  his  search,  for  which 
he  never  found  a  remedy.  He  landed  with  a  considerable  force, 
in  the  month  of  April,  on  the  eastern  coast.  On  account  of  the 
verdant  appearance  beyond  the  beach,  he  named  the  country, 
Florida  Blancao  The  name  of  Florida  has  since,  at  times,  been 
applied  in  history  to  all  the  northern  continent.  This,  and  a  se- 
cond voyage  of  de  Leon,  proved  equally  disastrous  to  the  Spa- 
niards. 

Grijalva,  six  years  afterwards,  landed  on  the  Florida 
1518  coast,  and  was  received  and  treated  in  a  friendly  man- 
ner by  the  natives,  who  presented  him  with  several 
ornaments  of  gold,  silver,  and  pearl ;  but  the  monster  rewarded 
their  good  will  by  an  act  of  infamous  treachery;  he  seized  as 
many  of  them  as  he  could  stoAv  on  board  his  vessels,  set  sail  with 
them,  and  sold  them  to  the  islanders  for  slaves. 

Two  years  after,  Grijalva  returned  for  another  cargo  of 

1520  slaves,   but  the  natives  were  not  again  to  be  deceived; 

they  fell  upon  the  kidnappers  and  killed  two  hundred  of 

them.     The  rest  were  glad  to  escape  to  their  vessels,  and  leave 

the  coast. 

By  this  time  Florida  had  acquired  some  importance  in 
1524  the  eyes  of  the  Spaniards.  These  savages,  said  they, 
would  never  fight  with  such  desperation,  had  they  not 
mines  of  gold  to  defend.  A  grant  of  the  country  was  solicited 
by  Francis  de  Guerray,  which  was  obtained  from  the  crown  of 
Spain;  but  the  proprietor  dying  soon  after,  he  was  succeeded  by 
De  Allyon,  who  raised  forces,  and  proceeded  to  take  possession 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  91 

of  his  province.  Instead  of  gold  mines,  he  found  only  hostile 
tribes  of  Indians,  armed  and  prepared  to  dispute  with  him  every 
inch  of  the  soil.      He  was  soon  driven  from  the  coast. 

Pamphillo  de  Narvnez  succeeded  to  the  honour  of 
1528  invading  the  new  province;  he  landed  without  opposition 
in  Appalachee  bay;  and  suffered  himself  to  be  decoyed 
into  the  heart  of  the  country  in  search  of  gold.  On  a  sudden  he 
found  himself  encompassed  by  hostile  enemies,  who  making  a 
desperate  attack,  soon  routed  his  forces  with  great  slaughter.  De 
Narvaez  died  fighting  ;  few  of  the  Spaniards  made  good  their 
retreat  to  the  vessels;  and  those  were  reduced  to  the  necessity 
of  eating  their  companions,  for  want  of  other  food. 

It  was  some  time  before  a  leader  could  be  found,  to 
1539  re-assert  the  Spanish  claim  to  Florida.  At  length  Ferdi- 
nand de  Soto  took  up  the  cause;  rather  stimulated  than 
discouraged,  by  the  misfortunes  of  his  predecessors.  He  was  a 
man  of  invincible  courage,  aspiring  talents,  and  unbounded  enter- 
prise. He  sailed,  with  a  large  force,  to  the  western  side  of  the 
peninsula,  and  made  a  landing  in  Tampa  bay,  where  he  establish- 
ed a  small  post;  and  then  marched  with  great  rapidity  into  the 
heart  of  the  country,  attacked  the  Indian  towns  in  succession, 
and  destroyed  them.  The  nations  had  not  time  to  concentrate 
their  strength ;  single  tribes  were  unable  to  oppose  the  disciplined 
Spaniards,  led  by  such  a  man  as  Soto :  they  were  conquered  in 
detail.  Three  years  were  spent  in  the  Floridas,  and  finding 
nothing  more  to  do,  Soto  crossed  the  Mississippi,  and  ascending 
the  Red  river,  he  was  taken  sick,  and  died  in  the  spring 
1542  of  1542.  The  Spaniards,  without  a  leader,  could  not  long- 
sustain  a  warlike  attitude;  they  retired  to  the  coast  of  the 
Appalachee  bay;  where  they,  for  some  time,  sustained  themselves 
by  hunting  and  fishing;  at  length  they  were,  by  necessity,  re- 
duced to  manual  labour.  The  country  was  fertile;  self-preserva- 
tion obliged  them  to  treat  the  natives  with  respect,  and  they  of 
course  became  friendly.  The  impression  made  on  them  by  Soto, 
paved  the  way  for  conciliatory  feelings;  success  and  prosperity 
were  the  consequence;  the  Spanish  population  soon  spread  over 
the  fine  country  betwixt  the  Ocklockney  and  Suwannee  rivers; 
and  by  intermarriages,  and  good  example,  they  induced  many  of 
t-he  natives  to  adopt  the  arts  of  civilized  life.    Wholly  lost  to,  or 


92  TIEW  OP  WEST  FLORID^^. 

neglected  by  the  mother  country,  they  grew  up  in  the  wilder- 
ness of  Florida,  planted  towns,  extended  highways,  and  built 
fortifications,  whose  ruins  still  cover  the  country.  Becoming 
effeminate,  they  at  length  fell  a  prey  to  the  Seminoles,  Musco- 
gees,  and  other  northern  tribes,  perhaps  one  hundred  and  thirty 
years  ago. 

From  the  death  of  Soto,  Florida  seems  to  have  been  forgotten 
by  the  nations  of  Europe;  until  Ribault,  a  protestant  of 
1562  France,  conducted  a  colony  of  his  persecuted  brethren  to 
East  Florida,  and  settled  them  near  the  mouth  of  St. 
John's  river.    About  the  same  time,  Mendez,  a  Spanish  officer, 
commenced  a  Spanish  settlement  forty  miles  south,   near  the 
present  site  of  St.  Augustine;  the  barbarian  soon  discovered  the 
French  colony  in  his  neighbourhood,  and  lost  no  time  in 
1565  destroying  them;  with   scarcely   the  exception  of  man, 
woman,  or  child.    As  soon  as  the  cruel  event  was  known 
in  France,  Dominique  de  Gorgues,  a  private  gentleman  of  Nor- 
mandy, fitted  out  a  small  fleet  at  his  own  expense,  and  arriving 
at  St.   Johns,  about  two  years  and  a  half  after  the  massacre, 
he  found  many  of  the  skeletons,  of  his  former  friends, 
1568  still  hanging  to  the  limbs  of  trees.     He  took  an  ample 
revenge,  by  hanging  Mendez  and  his  assassins  upon  the 
same  gibbets.     The  French  then  evacuated  the  country.     The 
Spaniards  that  escaped,  commenced  the  city  of  St.  Augustine, 
which  gradually  received  accessions  from  the  islands,  and 
1586  from  Spain,  and  in  a  few  years  became  a  place  of  some 
importance.     It  was  attacked  and  pillaged  by  Sir  Francis 
Drake,  in  one  of  his  voyages  of  discovery.    Twenty-five 
1611  years  after  this  misfortune,  the  Indians  obtained  posses- 
sion of  the  town,  which  they  pillaged  and  burned.    And 
1665  fifty- four  years  after,  captain  Davis,  an  English  buccaneer, 

repeated  similar  devastations  on  the  devoted  place. 
About  the  year  1696,  Monsieur  Bienville  planted  a  French 
colony  on  tlie  shore  of  Baloxi  bay,  opposite  to  ship  island; 
1696  and  the  Spanish  court  directed  Riola,  to  establish  a  forti- 
fied post  at  the  entrance  of  Pensacola  bay,  in  order  to 
keep  the  French  in  check. 

East  Florida  was  soon  after  invaded  by  the  Georgia  militia, 
under  their  governor  (Moore ;)   but  the  Fioridians  expelled 


\,  *•: 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  93 

1702  them  with  considerable  loss.      It  was  probably  about  this 
time,  that  Moore,  with  the  Muscogulgee  tribes,  destroyed 
the  fertile  country  of  the  Appallachee,  now  Leon  county. 

Twenty-three  years  after  the  establishment  had  been  made  by 
Riola,  it  was  attacked   by  Bienville,  then   governor  of 
1719  Louisiana.      He  arrived   at  the  bay  of  Pensacola  in  the 
month  of  March,  and  the  post  was  surrendered  to  him. 
In  August,  a  Spanish  fleet  arrived  and  anchored  in  the  bay;  a 
mutiny  was  raised  in  the  fort;  and  it  was  surrendered  to  its  for- 
mer owners   without  any  fighting.     But  in  September,  of  the 
same  year,  Bienville  again  appeared  with  a  strong  force  by  land 
and  sea;  the  fort  was  retaken  and  demolished,  and  the  dwellings 
of  the  Spaniards  burned  to  the  ground.    It  was  restored  to  Spaia 
by  the  treaty  of  1722. 

During  this  year,  East  Florida  was  invaded  by  colonel 
1725  Palmer,  with  a  detachment  of  Georgians;  but  they  were 
compelled  to  retreat.    Governor  Oglethorpe,  with  a  large 
force,  repeated  the  invasion;  but  was  repulsed  with  great  loss. 
It  is  probable,  from  the  traditions  of  the  Seminoles,  that  the  fort 
of  St.  Mark's  was  erected  about  this  time.     The  Spaniards  first 
entered  the  Appalachicola  bay,   and  ascended  the  river  to  the 
junction  of  the  Chattahochee  and  Flint,   where  they  erected  a 
strong  fortress,  on  the  high  ridge  which  rises  south-east  of  the 
latter  river.    This  fort  perfectly  commanded  all  these  rivers  for 
several  miles,  but  it  was  too  far  inland  ;  the  river  is  swift,  and 
difficult  to  ascend  :  the  post  was  finally  abandoned,  and  the  force 
removed  to  St.  Mark's.     From  St.  Mark's  a  considerable  colony 
was  extended  up  into  the  country  of  Tallahassee,  the  old  country 
of  the  Yamasees,  and  Fort  St. Louis  was  built  for  their  protection; 
but  in  1736,  a  party  of  Americans  from  Charleston,  South  Caro- 
lina, and  several  tribes  of  Creek  Indians,  attacked  and  destroyed 
it.    The  Spaniards,  after  this,  confined  themselves  to  the  fortifi- 
cations of  St.  Mark's  ;   and  the  two  provinces  remained 
1763  in  peace  nearly  forty  years,  when  they  were  ceded  to 
Great  Britain  by  treaty. 
Very  great  exertions  were  made  by  the  English,  during  the 
eighteen  years  they  held  possession  of  Florida,  to  encourage  im- 
provements in  the  interior  of  the  country,  by  cultivation,  as  well 
N 


94  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

as  to  extend  the  commerce  of  the  two  sea-ports,  St.  Augustine 
and  Pensacola.  Emigrations  were  promoted  by  grants  of  land, 
and  agriculture  was  fostered  by  bounties  on  produce ;  on  indigo 
in  particular,  which  was  then  the  staple  commodity  of  the  coun- 
try. Neatness,  cheerfulness,  and  plenty,  were  conspicuous  in 
the  houses ;  and  industry,  health,  and  abundance,  in  the  gardens 
and  fields. 

The  re-cession  of  the  Floridas  to  Spain,  operated  as  a 
1784  blight  over  the  whole  face  of  the  country.    The  English 

population  removed  en  masse  ;  abandoning  their  villages 
and  fields  in  the  country,  and  their  houses  and  gardens  in  the 
cities,  they  sought  shelter  among  the  islands  of  the  West  Indies. 
They  were  succeeded  by  a  military  population,  who  barely  ex- 
isted on  their  pay,  wholly  inattentive  to  improvements  :  the 
fields  and  gardens  grew  up  in  briars  and  bushes,  and  the  fences 
and  houses  either  rotted  down,  or  were  burned  for  fuel.  In  the 
space  of  forty  years,  the  once  flourishing  settlements  of  Florida 
dwindled  down  to  two  ragged  towns,  which,  with  all  their  de- 
pendencies, could  not  muster  six  thousand  inhabitants. 

During  the  struggle  between  the  royal  and  republican 
1811  factions  in   Spain,    general   Matthews  was  sent  by  the 

President  of  the  United  States  to  the  frontiers  of  Georgia, 
to  accept  from  the  constituted  authorities  of  East  Florida  a  tem- 
porary occupation  of  the  country,  should  it  be  invaded  by  any 
foreign  power.  The  proximity  of  Matthews  encouraged,  to  say 
the  least  of  it,  an  insurrection  in  East  Florida;  and  he  ultimately 
took  possession  of  Amelia  Island,  and  held  it  a  considerable  time. 
Spain  became  alarmed,  and  procured  the  interference  of  the  Bri- 
tish minister  at  Washington,  whose  expostulations  procured  the 
recall  and  disgrace  of  general  Matthews ;  and  Amelia  Island  was 
restored  to  Spain. 

In  the  month  of  August,  1814,  colonel  Nichols  brought 
1814  into  the  bay  of  Pensacola  a  British  fleet,  from  which  he 

manned  the  forts  of  Barrancas  and  St.  Michael  with 
troops,  and  hoisted  the  British  flag.  On  the  31st,  he  published 
a  proclamation,  dated  at  '^Head  Quar^ters,  Pensacola,""  in  which 
he  calls  on  the  people  of  Louisiana  and  Kentucky  to  join  his 
standard,  and  release  themselves  from  the  slavish  yoke  of  the 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  95 

United  States.  The  Indians  were  abundantly  furnished  with 
arms  and  ammunition,  and  commissioned  to  butcher  the  defence- 
less inhabitants  of  the  frontier  states  ;  ten  dollars  a-piece  were 
offered  for  the  scalps  of  men,  women,  or  children. 

On  the  6th  of  November,  general  Jackson,  with  five  thousand 
Tennessee  militia,  and  a  considerable  Indian  force,  arrived  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Pensacola,  and  sent  major  Pierre  with  a 
flag,  to  inform  governor  Manrequez  of  the  object  of  his  visit. 
On  approaching  one  of  the  fortifications,  the  flag  was  fired  on  by 
the  cannon  of  the  fort,  on  which  the  major  returned.  General 
Jackson,  with  the  adjutant-general  and  a  small  escort,  immediate- 
ly reconnoitred  the  fort,  and  found  it  manned  with  British  and 
Spanish  soldiers.  He  returned,  encamped  for  the  night,  and 
prepared  to  carry  the  town  by  storm  in  the  morning.  On  the 
morning  of  the  7th,  he  marched  with  the  regulars  of  the  third, 
thirty-ninth,  and  forty-fourth  infantry,  part  of  general  Coffee's 
brigade,  the  Mississippi  dragoons,  part  of  the  West  Tennessee 
regiment,  commanded  by  lieutenant-colonel  Hammond,  and  part 
of  the  Chactaws,  commanded  by  major  Blue  of  the  thirty-ninth, 
and  Major  Kennedy  of  the  Mississippi  troops.  Jackson  had  en- 
camped on  the  north  side  of  the  town,  on  the  Blakeley  road, 
which  passed  by  the  forts  St.  Bernard  and  St.  Michael. 

The  British  naturally  supposed  that  the  attack  would 
1814  be  made  from  that  quarter,  and  were  prepared  to  rake 
Nov.  14  the  road  with  their  batteries.  To  cherish  this  idea,  a 
part  of  the  mounted  men  were  ordered  to  show  them- 
selves in  that  direction,  while  the  army  was  marched  past  the 
rear  of  the  forts,  to  the  east  of  the  town,  undiscovered,  till  with- 
in a  mile  of  the  streets.  They  were  now  fully  exposed  to  Fort 
St.  Michael  on  the  right,  and  seven  armed  vessels  on  the  left : 
several  block-houses  and  batteries  of  cannon  defended  the  streets. 
They  however  marched  into  the  town  with  perfect  firmness,  and 
with  trifling  loss.  As  the  centre  column,  composed  of  the  regu- 
lars, entered,  a  battery  of  two  cannon  was  opened  on  it,  with  ball 
and  grape,  and  a  shower  of  musketry  from  the  houses  and  fences. 
They  had  made  but  three  fires,  when  the  battery  was  stormed 
by  captain  Laval,*  and  the  fire  of  the  regulars  soon  silenced  the 

•  This  promising  officer  was  killed  in  the  act  of  storming  the  batten-. 


96  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

musketry.  Governor  Manriquez  met  the  troops  in  the  streets, 
and  begged  colonels  Williamson  and  Smith,  the  first  officers  he 
met,  to  show  mercy  to  the  town  ;  which  request,  by  the  orders 
of  the  general,  was  granted,  on  an  unconditional  surrender  of  the 
town  and  forts.  This  was  agreed  to ;  and  the  citizens,  with  their 
property,  were  protected.  Still  Spanish  treachery  could  not  be 
evaded  :  the  fort  St.  Michael  was  withheld  till  twelve  o'clock  at 
night.  On  the  morning  of  the  8th,  the  fort  of  Barrancas  was 
blown  up  with  a  tremendous  explosion,  all  the  cannon  spiked 
except  two,  and  every  combustible  matter  burnt  to  ashes.  This 
act  enabled  Nichols  to  escape  from  the  harbour  with  his  fleet. 
Captain  Woodbine  and  the  Red  Sticks  were  conveyed  by  Nichols 
to  the  Appalachicola  river,  where  a  strong  fort  was  built,  about 
twenty-five  miles  above  the  mouth,  and  manned  with  three  hun- 
dred troops,  to  which  there  was  an  immediate  resort  of  Indians 
and  runaway  negroes.  A  small  fort  was  also  built,  about  two 
miles  below  the  junction  of  the  Chattahochee  and  Flint  rivers, 
and  one  mile  south  of  the  old  Appalachicola  fort. 

The  principal  fortifications  of  the  harbour  being  destroyed  at 
Pensacola,  general  Jackson  evacuated  the  town,  after  holding 
possession  only  two  days.  Major  Blue  was  despatched,  with  a 
thousand  mounted  men,  against  the  forts  on  the  Appalachicola, 
while  the  general  proceeded  to  the  defence  of  New-Orleans, 

The  Spaniards  immediately  commenced  rebuilding  the  fortifi- 
cations at  Barrancas,  in  which  Nichols  proffered  his  assistance, 
but  the  governor  answered  him,  that  when  he  needed  any  assist- 
ance, he  would  call  on  his  friend  general  Jackson.  The  whole 
conduct  of  the  general  appears  to  have  been  satisfactory  to  the 
Spaniards.  At  parting,  he  notified  them,  if  any  injuries  had 
been  done  to  private  property,  to  draw  on  him  for  payment :  no 
demands  were  made  ;  and  although  many  thousand  dollars  da- 
mages were  in  1825  proven  to  have  been  suffered,  yet  it  was 
ever  the  opinion  of  general  Jackson,  that  five  hundred  dollars  of 
damage  had  not  been  sustained. 

About  the  first  of  August,  colonel  Clinch  received  ad- 

1816  vice  from  general  Gaines,  that  he  had  ordered  a  supply  of 

provisions,   two  eighteen-pounders,  a  five-inch  howitzer, 

and  a  quantity  of  ordnance  stores,  to  ascend  the  Appalachicola 


VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA.  97 

river  to  Camp  Crawford  ;  and  in  case  any  opposition  should  be 
made  by  the  negro  fort,  he  was  instructed  to  reduce  it.  He 
immediately  despatched  Laforka,  an  Indian  chief,  to  the  bay, 
for  intelligence.  He  returned  on  the  15th,  with  news  of  the 
arrival  of  lieutenant  Loomis  in  the  bay,  with  two  gun  vessels, 
and  two  transports,  laden  with  provisions,  ordnance,  stores,  &c. 
On  the  17th,  the  colonel  descended  the  river  with  one  hundred 
and  sixteen  chosen  men,  in  two  companies,  the  one  commanded 
by  major  Muhlenberg,  and  the  other  by  captain  Taylor.  On  the 
same  evening,  he  was  joined  by  major  M'Intosh,  with  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  Indians  ;  and  the  next  day,  by  captain  Isaacs  and 
Mad  Tyger,  with  a  large  body  of  Indians,  badly  armed.  The 
meeting  was  accidental :  the  Indians  were  on  a  long  projected 
expedition  against  the  negroes,  with  an  intention  of  restoring  them 
to  their  owners.  A  council  was  held,  and  an  agreement  entered 
into,  respecting  the  campaign.  The  Indians  were  ordered  to 
keep  parties  in  advance,  and  secure  every  negro  that  could  be 
found.  On  the  19th,  they  brought  in  a  prisoner  taken  with  a 
scalp,  who  said  that  the  black  commandant  of  the  fort,  and  a 
Chactaw  chief,  with  a  party  of  men,  had  returned  the  day  before 
to  the  fort  from  the  bay,  where  they  had  taken  a  boat  and  killed 
several  Americans.  On  the  20th,  at  two  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
they  arrived  within  cannon-shot  of  the  fort,  and  landed  behind 
a  skirt  of  woods.  Major  M'Intosh  was  ordered  to  surround  the 
fort  with  one-third  of  his  men,  and  keep  up  an  irregular  fire, 
while  Laforka  was  sent  to  notify  lieutenant  Loomis  of  the  arrival 
of  the  troops.  The  enemy  retired  within  the  fort,  and  kept  up 
a  constant  roar  of  artillery,  which  did  no  execution,  and  only 
frightened  the  Indians. 

On  the  23d,  lieutenant  Loomis  sent  intelligence  that  he  had 
sent  out  a  watering  party,  who  were  attacked  by  the  negroes  and 
Indians;  that  a  midshipman  and  two  sailors  were  killed,  one 
sailor  taken,  and  one  made  his  escape  :  he  asked  assistance  to 
convoy  up  the  boats.  In  the  evening,  the  Indians  demanded  a 
surrender  of  the  forts,  but  were  treated  with  great  contempt  by 
the  negroes,  who  hoisted  a  red  flag  with  the  English  jack  over  it. 

On  the  2  1th,  lieutenant  Wilson  was  ordered  to  descend  the 
river  with  a  party,  to  assist  in  bringing  up  the  boats.     On  the 


'98  VIEW  OF  WEST  FLORIDA. 

26th,  they  arrived  within  four  miles  of  the  fort;  and  the  colonel 
went  on  board  the  gun-boat  149.  After  reconnoitring  the  river 
in  company  with  the  commander  of  the  boat,  he  ordered  major 
Muhlenberg  and  captain  Taylor  to  cross  over  to  the  west  side  of 
the  river,  with  their  companies,  to  erect  a  battery;  while  lieute- 
nant M.  Garrick,  with  a  party  of  men,  and  the  main  body  of 
Indians,  were  left  to  secure  the  rear. 

The  battery  was  immediately  commenced  ;  the  vessels  were 
ordered  up,  and  the  transport  Similante  was  directed  to  be  in 
readiness  to  land  the  artillery  under  cover  of  the  night.  At  six 
in  the  morning,  the  two  gun-boats  sailed  up  in  handsome  style, 
and  made  fast  near  the  battery.  In  a  few  minutes  after,  they 
received  a  shot  from  a  32-pounder:  it  was  immediately  returned 
in  a  gallant  manner.  On  the  fifth  discharge,  a  hot  shot  from 
gun-boat  No.  154  entered  the  magazine,  and  blew  up  the  fort — 
the  explosion  was  awful,  and  the  scene  horrible  beyond  descrip- 
tion. The  fort  contained  about  one  hundred  men,  and  two  hun- 
dred women  and  children  :  not  more  than  one  sixth  part  were 
saved.  The  cries  of  the  wounded,  and  the  yells  of  the  Indians, 
rendered  the  confusion  most  dreadful.  The  fort  was  situated  on 
a  beautiful  high  bluff,  with  a  large  creek  below,  and  a  swamp 
above,  which  rendered  an  approach  with  artillery  extremely 
difficult.  The  parapet  was  fifteen  feet  high  and  eighteen  thick, 
and  was  defended  by  one  32,  three  24's,  two  9's,  and  two  6 
pounders,  with  an  elegant  5i  inch  howitzer. 

The  property  taken  and  destroyed  amounted  to  two  hundred 
thousand  dollars :  three  thousand  stands  of  arms,  and  six  hundred 
barrels  of  powder,  were  destroyed  ;  one  magazine,  containing 
one  hundred  and  sixty-three  barrels  of  powder,  was  saved. 

The  negro  force  had  been  rapidly  increasing  from  runaways : 
their  fields  extended  fifty  miles  up  the  river.  The  Chactaw  chief, 
and  the  negro  commandant,  named  Gargon,  were  put  to  death 
by  the  Indians. 

On  the  30th,  the  ordnance  and  stores  were  sent  to  Camp  Craw- 
ford, in  small  boats. 

On  the  1st  of  September,  colonel  Clinch  received  notice  that 
a  large  Seminole  force  was  descending  the  river  to  attack  him. 
He  immediately  placed  himself  in  a  position  to  receive  them  ,- 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  99 

but  they  dispersed  without  making  an  attack,  or  even  showing 
themselves. 

The  Seminole  Indians,  together  with  many  vagabond  Creeks, 
excited  by  Nichols  and  Woodbine,  began,  soon  after  the  esta- 
blishment at  Appalachicola,  to  commit  depredations  on  the 
frontiers  of  Georgia.  General  Gaines,  stationed  at  Fort  Scott, 
demanded  the  murderers:  the  Seminoles  refused  to  give  them  up. 

A  requisition  was  made  on  Georgia  for  five  hundred  more 
troops.  The  Seminole  force  was  estimated  at  two  thousand  five 
hundred.  The  whole  force  under  general  Gaines,  when  joined 
by  general  Glasscock  from  Georgia,  and  six  hundred  Cherokees, 
amounted  to  two  thousand  five  hundred.  But  the  Georgia  mili- 
tia were  raised  for  a  term  of  two  months  only:  they  were  scarcely 
collected  before  they  were  dismissed,  without  having  efiected 
any  essential  service. 

The  Seminoles  are  said  to  have  sprung  from  a  wandering  tribe 
of  Creeks  or  Muscogulgees,  who,  many  years  ago,  came  from 
the  north-west;  they  were  kindly  treated  by  the  Appallachee  and 
Yamasee  Indians  of  Florida.  They  increased  in  numbers  and 
strength,  and  pushed  new  settlements  up  the  Chattahochee,  to 
Coweta.  They  at  length  excited  the  jealousy  of  the  Appalla- 
chians;  a  war  ensued,  in  which  the  Appallachees  were  destroyed. 
The  original  Seminoles  retained  the  settlements  on  the  Talla- 
hassee, Mickasukey  and  Suwannee,  while  the  colonies,  at  the 
heads  of  the  water-courses,  became  independent  and  warlike  na- 
tions. The  latter,  after  a  severe  war  with  the  United  States,  had 
made  peace  with  general  Jackson:  many  of  their  warriors,  how- 
ever, had  fled  to  Florida,  and  assisted  in  exciting  the  Seminoles 
to  hostilities. 

In  December,  general  Gaines  despatched  major  Twigs  with 
two  hundred  and  fifty  men,  to  an  Indian  town,  near  the  Flint 
river,  with  orders  to  bring  the  chiefs  to  the  fort.  He  arrived 
early  in  the  morning,  and  was  fired  on  by  the  Indians;  he  then 
returned  their  fire,  and  killed  four  warriors,  and  wounded  many 
more.  In  the  cabin  of  Enemathla,  the  chief,  was  found  a  Bri- 
tish uniform,  of  scarlet  cloth,  with  gold  epauletts,  and  a  certifi.- 
cate,  signed  by  the  secretary  of  Nichols,  stating  that  Enemathla 
^yas  a  faithful  British  subject,  &c.    In  a  few  days  after,  colonel 


100  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

Arbuckle,  with  three  hundred  men,  was  attacked  about  twelve 
miles  from  Fort  Scott;  one  of  his  men  was  killed,  and  three 
wounded.  The  Indians  were  defeated  with  a  loss  of  ten  killed. 
General  Gaines  despatched  lieutenant  Scott,  with  fifty  men, 
down  the  river,  to  meet  and  support  major  Muhlenberg,  who 
was  ascending  with  two  boats  loaded  with  provisions.  The  Se- 
minoles  formed  an  ambuscade  on  the  bank  of  the  Appalachicola, 
about  a  mile  below  the  junction  of  the  Flint  and  Chattahochee 
rivers,  at  a  place  where  the  boats  had  to  pass  near  the  shore.  On 
the  first  discharge,  lieutenant  Scott  and  the  best  of  his  men  felli 
only  six  men  escaped;  four  of  these  were  badly  wounded:  there 
were  seven  women  on  board,  who  shared  the  common  fate  of 
the  soldiers.  Lieutenant  Scott  had  met  major  Muhlenberg;  had 
left  twenty  of  his  men,  and  received  as  many  sick,  and  the  wo- 
men, with  some  regimental  clothing,  and  was  returning  to  the 
fort.  Two  covered  boats  were  sent  down  the  river,  under  the 
command  of  captain  Clinch,  to  support  Scott;  he  passed  the 
scene  of  action  on  the  night  after  the  engagement.  On  the  15th, 
the  transports,  under  major  Muhlenberg,  were  attacked  by  an 
Indian  force,  amounting  to  twelve  hundred,  placed  on  both  sides 
of  the  river. 

The  attack  was  continued,  with  little  intermission,  to  the 
19th;  but  little  impression  was  made,  as  the  boats  were  fortified 
with  bulwarks,  to  secure  the  men  from  the  enemy's  shot.  Dur- 
ing the  four  days  of  the  attack,  only  two  men  were  killed,  and 
thirteen  wounded.  The  boats  finally  arrived  safely  at  Fort  Scott. 
About  this  time,  captain  M'Intosh  was  attacked  in  a  small  house, 
twelve  miles  from  Fort  Scott;  although  surrounded  several  days, 
he  defended  himself  without  loss.  The  Indians  at  length  retired 
with  considerable  loss,  and  the  party  was  called  into  the  fort. 

On  the  22d  of  January,  general  Jackson  concluded  a 
1818.  treaty  with  the  Creek  Indians;  and   in  February,   the 
Creek  warriors  agreed  to  march,  under  their  chief,  MTn- 
tosh,  to  fight  the  Seminoles  in  Florida. 

About  the  1st  of  March,  general  Jackson  arrived  at  Fort  Scott, 
and  took  command  of  the  southern  army.  M'Intosh,  with  his 
Creeks,  marched  down  the  west  bank  of  the  Chattahochee,  witli 
provisions  for  six  days  only.    On  the  12th  of  March;  they  arriv- 


YIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  101 

cd  at  Chaubulle  creek;  the  waters  being  high,  the  Indians  were 
obliged  to  leave  their  baggage  and  provisions,  and  swim  a  con- 
siderable distance,  as  the  swamp  was  six  miles  wide.  The 
Hitchetaw  town,  commanded  by  the  Red-ground  king,  Econ- 
chatti  Micco,  was  surrounded;  but  he  escaped.  The  Indians 
were  starving;  but  here  they  obtained  food,  and  then  pursued 
the  fugitives;  came  up  with  them,  and  took  fifty-six  men,  and 
one  hundred  and  eighty  women  and  children:  the  rest  escaped. 
A  quantity  of  cattle  were  taken. 

On  the  26th,  general  Jackson  left  Fort  Gadsden,  and  marched 
towards  the  Mickasukey  towns,  in  East  Florida.*  On  the  14th, 
he  met  an  abundant  supply  of  provisions.  His  force  consisted  of 
five  hundred  regulars,  one  thousand  militia,  and  eighteen  hun- 
dred Indians.  M'Intosh  had  not  joined  him  with  his  seven  hun- 
dred Creeks.  On  the  1st  of  April,  the  Mickasukey  towns  were 
destroyed,  and  the  Fowl  towns  directly  after.  The  Indians  made 
little  resistance.  One  thousand  head  of  fine  cattle,  and  many 
thousand  bushels  of  corn,  were  taken.  Jackson  then  proceeded 
to  St.  Mark's:  the  fort  surrendered.  Arbuthnot,  the  prophet 
Francis,  and  another  Indian  chief,  were  taken  here.  The  two 
latter  were  immediately  hanged.  The  fort  was  strongly  fortified, 
and  mounted  twenty  pieces  of  heavy  ordnance.  The  garrison 
were  sent  to  Pensacola.  M'Intosh  here  took  about  one  hundred 
Indian  prisoners. 

At  Mickasukey,  three  hundred  scalps  were  found ;  fifty  of 
them  were  suspended  over  the  square,  on  a  painted  war-pole. 
They  were  of  every  description;  men's,  women's,  and  infants': 
and  most  of  them  fresh. 

Early  in  April,  general  Jackson  marched  for  Suwannee, 
where  about  two  thousand  Indians  and  negroes  were  collected, 
acting  under  the  orders  of  Arbuthnot,  who  had  a  schooner,  load- 
ed with  arms,  ammunition,  and  military  stores,  lying  opposite 
the  mouth  of  the  Suwannee  river,  in  Vacassar  bay.  On  the  ap- 
proach of  our  troops,  a  show  of  resistance  was  made ;  but  the 
main  body  of  the  Indians  fled  to  St.  Augustine.  They  were  pur- 
sued some  distance,  when  a  camp  of  negroes  was  discovered  in 

*  Appalachicola  river  was  then  the  boundary  of  the  two  provinces; 

0 


102  VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

the  night;  they  fought  desperately,  and  did  not  give  way  until 
eighty  out  of  three  hundred  and  forty,  were  killed.  Three  hun- 
dred Indian  women  and  children  were  taken  prisoners;  a  great 
many  cattle  were  taken;  and  the  Indians  killed  many  more,  to 
prevent  their  falling  into  our  hands. 

Arbuthnot,  ignorant  of  the  proximity  of  Jackson,  approached 
the  camp  in  a  canoe,  with  two  negroes  and  an  Indian,  in  the 
evening,  and  was  taken;  some  boats  were  then  sent  down  the 
river,  and  the  schooner  seized.  On  the  1st  of  May,  a  court  mar- 
tial was  held  on  Arbuthnot  and  Ambrister,  of  which  general 
Gaines  was  president.  The  charges  were,  exciting  the  Indians 
and  negroes  to  commit  murders,  and  supplying  them  with  arms 
and  ammunition;  and,  secondly,  acting  as  spies.  They  were  both 
found  guilty:  Arbuthnot  was  sentenced  to  be  hung,  and  Am- 
brister to  be  shot.  The  sentence  was  immediately  executed. 
Arbuthnot  was  the  bosom  friend  of  Woodbine;  had  been  in 
every  part  of  Florida,  exciting  the  Indians  and  negroes;  and  was 
the  author  of  this  war.  Ambrister  was,  in  appearance,  a  fine  young 
man,  about  twenty-five  years  old,  and  was  a  lieutenant  of  engi- 
neers. He  was  sometimes  called  Warburton.  He  died  like  a 
weak  woman. 

The  Indian  war  being  thus  despatched,  the  general  discharged 
the  Tennessee  volunteers;  and,  with  the  regulars  and  friendly 
Indians,  marched  for  Pensacola. 

On  the  13th  of  April,  M'Intosh  met  M'Queen,  with  a  party  of 
Seminoles  and  fugitive  Red  Sticks,  thirty  miles  east  of  Micka- 
sukey;  a  running  fight  took  place;  M'Queen  retreated,  and 
M'Intosh  pursued,  about  three  hours;  killed  thirty-seven,  took 
one  hundred  women  and  children  and  six  men  prisoners,  and 
seven  hundred  head  of  cattle.  M'Intosh  then  joined  general 
Jackson  at  Suwannee. 

About  the  last  of  this  month,  lieutenant  Eddy  was  attacked 
by  a  party  of  Indians,  while  ascending  the  Escambia  river  with 
a"  boat  loaded  with  provisions:  he  had  one  man  killed,  and  two 
wounded.  Major  Young,  at  Fort  Montgomery,  put  himself  at 
the  head  of  seventy-five  mounted  men,  and  pursued  the  murder- 
ers w^ithin  one  mile  of  Pensacola,  where  he  encountered  them  at 
%e  bayou  Texar,  killed  thirty,  and  took  seventy-four  prisoners.. 


VIEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA.  103 

When  Jackson  had  arrived  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Pensacola, 
and  learned  that  the  governor  had  refused  permission  for  boats 
loaded  with  provisions,  bearing  the  American  flag,  to  ascend  the 
Escambia,  to  furnish  his  troops — while  they  had  issued  provi- 
sions, arms,  and  ammunition  to  the  savages — he  determined  to 
enter  the  town  again,  and  expel  the  treacherous  Spaniards.  The 
governor  was  apprised  of  his  approach,  and  sent  to  warn  him 
that  he  would  be  opposed  by  the  whole  Spanish  force.  The  ge- 
neral said  he  would  answer  him  the  next  morning,  and  continu- 
ed his  march.  At  nine  o'clock  the  next  morning,  he  took  pos- 
session without  opposition.  The  governor  had  abandoned  it,  and 
taken  shelter  in  the  fort  of  Barrancas. 

Three  days  after,    the  army  was  marched  to  the 

1818.  Barrancas,  and  a  situation  taken  about  four  hundred 
May  28.  yards  west  of  the  fort,  where  the  men  were  set  to 

work  during  the  night,  to  erect  a  breastwork.  In  the 
morning  it  was  discovered  by  the  Spaniards,  who  commenced 
firing  on  it  with  two  twenty-four  pounders;  the  fire  was  return- 
ed by  a  howitzer.  At  three  o'clock  a  flag  was  sent  by  the  fort, 
and  a  capitulation  followed.  The  governor  and  garrison  were 
sent  to  Havana. 

Captain  Girt  was  sent,  with  a  company,  to  scour  the  country 
between  the  Pensacola  and  Perdido  bays;  and  captain  Bowles  to 
perform  a  similar  service,  about  the  Uche  and  Holmes's  old 
fields,  on  the  Chactawhatchee. 

Colonel  King  was  left  in  the  command  of  Pensacola,  while 
general  Jackson  marched  with  the  volunteers  to  Tennessee. 

A  treaty  of  amity,  settlement,  and  limits,  was  at 

1819.  length  concluded  between  His  Catholic  Majesty  and 
Feb.  22.  the  United  States,  by  which  the  two  Floridas  and  the 

adjacent  islands  were  ceded  to  the  latter.  West  Flo- 
rida then  extended  westwardly  to  the  Appalachicola  river.  The 
exchange  of  flags  under  this  treaty,  took  place  on  the  17th  of 
June,  1821,  when  general  Jackson  was  appointed  governor  of 
the  Floridas,  with  very  ample  legislative,  judicial,  and  executive 
powers. 

The  Spaniards  carried  away  with  them  to  the  Havana,  very 
important  documents  relating  to  the  property  of  the  provinces, 


104  riEW  OP  WEST  FLORIDA. 

in  violation  of  the  second  article  of  the  treaty.  Many  titles  have, 
bv  these  means,  been  rendered  obscure.  Individuals  have  been 
put  to  great  expense,  in  obtaining  copies  from  Havana;  and,  at 
the  same  time,  great  facilities  have  been  given  to  swindling  spe- 
culators, in  support  of  fraudulent  claims. 

The  energetic  measures  of  the  governor  saved  several  boxes 
of  important  papers;  though,  to  accomplish  it,  he  was  obliged  to 
imprison  the  ex-governor,  Calleava,  with  some  of  his  officers. 

Governor  Jackson  removed  the  dividing  line  between  East 
and  West  Florida,  from  the  Appalachicola  to  the  Suwannee  river, 
thus  rendering  them  more  equal  in  size;  and  established  in  each, 
courts  with  civil  and  criminal  jurisdiction.  At  the  same  time,  h& 
published  several  ordinances  for  their  direction  in  the  distribu- 
tion of  public  justice. 

On  the  30th  of  March,  congress  passed  an  act,  erecting 

1S22.  into  a  territory  the  two  Floridas;  and  his  excellency, 
William  P.  Duval,  was  appointed  governor.  A  legis- 
lative council  was  formed,  which  held  its  first  session  in  June. 
At  this  council,  West  Florida  was  divided  into  two  counties, 
Escambia  and  Jackson.  East  Florida  was  also  divided  into  Duval 
and  St.  John's  counties.  Congress  had,  at  their  last  session,  es- 
tablished a  superior  court,  to  be  held  in  each  district  of  the  terri- 
tory, corresponding  to  Jackson's  division.* 

The  legislative  council,  in  June,  passed  an  act,  appoint- 

1823.  ing  commissioners  to  locate  a  common  seat  of  govern- 
ment. In  October,  the  site  was  fixed  near  the  Old  Fields 
ef  Tallahassee,  the  centre  of  the  Fowl  towns.  The  town  was 
surveyed  the  next  winter,  and  the  public  offices  were  soon  after 
removed  to  that  place,  where  the  legislative  council  have  since 
lielu  their  sessions. 

*  The  territory  was,  in  1826,  divided  into  three  judicial  districts. 


APPENDIX. 


No.   I. 

ANTIQUITIES  OF  FLORIDA. 

Copy  of  a  Letter  from  Judge  Brackenridge,  of  Florida^ 
to  Col.  White,  Delegate  in  Congress  from  that  Terri- 

tory. 

Washington,  January  14,  1827. 

Sir:  In  compliance  with  your  request,  I  will  now  proceed  to 
give  a  brief  topographical  and  historical  sketch  of  the  curious  and 
interesting  part  of  our  territory,  in  which  our  capital,  Tallahassee, 
is  situated.  The  twenty  townships  exposed  to  sale  last  May 
twelvemonth,  contain  a  very  large  proportion  of  excellent  land, 
which  has  been  nearly  all  purchased,  with  a  view  of  settlement. 
In  appearance,  it  is  entirely  unlike  any  part  of  the  United  States, 
so  near  the  seaboard.  Instead  of  being  a  plain  of  unvaried  sur- 
face, it  resembles  the  high  lands  above  the  falls  of  the  rivers  in 
the  Atlantic  states,  and  is  beautifully  diversified  by  hill  and  dale, 
and  rendered  picturesque  by  the  number  of  lakes,  whose  pure 
waters  reflect  the  forests  of  oak,  which  frequently  clothe  the  sides 
of  the  hills,  down  to  their  very  margins.  These  lakes  receive 
a  number  of  streams,  which  flow  from  the  higher  grounds,  and 
lose  themselves  in  their  placid  bosoms.  The  largest  of  them  are 
called  the  lamony,  Jackson,  and  Mickasukey,  each  of  which  is 
from  thirty  to  forty  miles  in  circumference ;  but  there  are  many 
others  of  a  smaller  size,  affording  many  beautiful  situations  for 
country  residences,  where  the  natural  open  groves  of  oak,  hickory, 
beech,  and  magnolia  grandiflora,  surpass  in  magnificence  the 
proudest  parks  of  the  English  nobility.  The  soil  of  the  uplands 
bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  best  part  of  Prince  George's 
county,  Maryland  j  and  the  face  of  the  country  is  not  unlike  the 


106  APPENDIX. 

south  side  of  the  Potomac,  opposite  Washington  city.  In  the 
valleys,  there  is  a  much  heavier  growth  of  timber,  and  frequently 
deep  cane-brakes.  There  are,  also,  frequently  to  be  met  with, 
grassy  ponds,  surrounded  by  glades,  which  afford  excellent  pas- 
ture. The  strawberry,  the  wild  grape,  and  plum,  are  found  every 
where,  and  the  numerous  flowers  which  embalm  the  air,  during  a 
great  part  of  the  year,  may,  perhaps,  have  occasioned  the  name 
of  Florida  to  be  given ;  for  I  will  presently  show,  that,  after 
Mexico,  this  was  the  first  part  of  the  American  continent  which 
became  the  scene  of  Spanish  adventure.  The  only  regret  which 
I  feel  in  contemplating  this  beautiful  region,  is  its  very  limited 
extent — an  Oasis,  which  appears  to  have  been  formed  by  nature, 
in  one  of  her  most  sportive  and  fantastic  humours.  The  general 
substratum,  perhaps  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  is  a 
soft  limestone,  of  recent  formation.  In  the  pine  wood  plain, 
which  stretches  towards  the  highlands  of  Tallahassee,  the  stone  is 
often  found  in  masses  on  the  surface. 

About  sixteen  miles  from  the  port  of  St.  Mark's,  we  begin  to 
ascend,  and  enter  the  country  already  described  ;  the  ridge  form- 
ing, in  some  measure,  a  barrier  to  the  passage  of  the  water  to 
the  sea ;  on  the  contrary,  the  streams,  in  general,  rising  near  the 
summits  of  the  hills,  descend,  until  they  reach  the  general  bed 
of  the  limestone,  where  they  either  sink  into  the  fissures  of  the 
rock,  or  spread  out  in  lakes,  which  have  their  subterranean  pas- 
sages ;  but  they  again  rise  on  the  south  side  of  the  ridge,  and 
form  some  of  the  largest  springs  in  the  world.  The  Wakully 
comes  forth  at  once,  a  noble  river,  two  hundred  yards  in  width, 
its  source  not  less  than  one  hundred  feet  in  depth,  and  so  trans- 
parent, that  a  person  standing  by  the  side  of  it,  feels  as  though 
he  were  on  the  edge  of  a  precipice.  The  lakes  of  Tallahassee 
abound  in  fish;  the  trout,  bream,  perch,  and  soft-shelled  turtle ; 
and  in  winter,  with  wild  fowl.  The  soil,  as  well  on  the  uplands 
as  in  the  valley,  is  adapted  to  the  culture  of  the  sugar  cane,  rice, 
sea-island  cotton,  and  Indian  corn.  Hitherto  it  has  been  healthy, 
and  it  is  fair  to  presume  that  it  will  continue  so :  the  winters 
are  of  course  mild,  and  being  within  the  reach  of  the  sea  breeze, 
the  heat  of  summer  is  greatly  moderated. 

The  appearances  of  a  dense  population,  which  seems  at  one 


APPENDIX.  107 

time  to  have  covered  this  country,  has  induced  me  to  make  some 
inquiry.  While  at  Havana,  I  could  learn  nothing ;  but  while 
at  Charleston,  I  met  with  an  English  work,  Roberts's  account  of 
Florida,  1763,  which  gives  a  piece  of  history  apparently  but  little 
known.  The  district  of  Appalachee,  it  appears,  was  inhabited  by 
a  race  called  Atimaco  Indians,  with  whom  the  Spaniards  had  be- 
come intermingled.  The  Yamasee  Indians,  who  lived  near  St. 
Augustine,  backed  by  those  of  Appalachee,  made  frequent  excur- 
sions into  the  new  settlements  of  South  Carolina,  threatening 
them  with  total  destruction.  In  consequence  of  this.  Col,  Moore, 
governor  of  that  state,  made  three  inroads  into  their  country  in 
the  years  1702, 1704  and  1706, marching  totheFlint  river,  and  then 
taking  a  direction  to  the  south,  towards  Tallahassee.  In  his  last 
expedition,  he  entirely  defeated  the  Spanish  governor,  a  Don  Juan 
Mexia,  killing  and  taking  prisoners  above  eight  hundred  of  the 
Spaniards  and  Indians — Don  Mexia  himself  being  one  of  the  pri- 
soners. Col.  Moore  transported  fourteen  hundred  of  the  Indians, 
and  fixed  them  in  a  settlement  near  the  Savannah  river.  The  settle- 
ments were  completely  destroyed.  This  agrees  tolerably  well  with 
the  traditionary  account  of  the  old  Indian  Chefixico,  who  says  that 
his  father  told  him  the  settlements  formed  by  the  intermarriage  of 
the  Spaniards  and  Indians,  had  been  destroyed  by  a  great  warrior, 
after  three  different  invasions.  Chefixico  says  that  when  a  boy. 
the  country  was  so  open  as  to  be  scarce  of  game,  and  was  not  re- 
sorted to  by  the  Indians  until  the  forests  grew  up ;  that  it  was 
then  full  of  orange  and  fig  trees,  and  the  roads  and  bridges  still 
to  be  seen.  The  traces  of  the  roads  are  still  visible,  and  also  nu- 
merous sites  of  villages,  forts,  and  private  residences.  A  number 
jof  towns  are  laid  down  on  the  old  maps,  the  principal  of  which 
are,  St.  JNIatthew,  St.  Juan,  Aspalaga,  Ocon,  Tapalaga,  St.  Mark 
de  Appalachee,  Ayavala,  San  Pedro,  &c.  No  such  place  as  St,  Loui.s 
is  marked,  and  I  am  at  a  loss  to  know  on  what  authority  the  ruins 
of  a  fort  near  Tallahassee  has  been  called  by  that  name. 

The  district  of  Appalachee,  we  learn,  from  Garcillaso  de  la  Vega, 
was  very  populous  at  a  period  much  more  remote.    Pamphile  de 
Narvaez  was  the  first  who  discovered  the  bay  of  Appalachee,  but 
was  compelled  to  retreat  on  board  his  vessels  with  great  los^;.- 
This  is  the  same  person  who  had  beon  appointed  by  the  govornor 


10$  APPENDIX. 

of  Cuba  to  supersede  Cortes  in  the  conquest  of  Mexico.  Eleven 
years  after  the  landing  of  Narvaez,  that  is,  in  1530,  the  celebrated 
Ferdinand  de  Soto  landed  at  Tampa  bay,  and  marched  along  the 
eoast,  until  he  came  to  Appalachee,  of  which  a  very  curious  and 
interesting  description  is  given.  "The  governor  and  his  com- 
panions having  been  informed,  in  the  town  of  Osachile,  that  the 
province  of  Appalachee,  which  they  had  heard  so  highly  praised, 
as  well  on  account  of  the  abundance  and  fertility  of  the  soil,  as 
for  the  valour  of  its  inhabitants,  was  now  at  no  great  distance, 
were  desirous  to  see  whether  it  was  as  fertile  as  it  was  represented 
to  be."  After  a  slow  and  tedious  march,  opposed  at  every  step 
by  parties  of  Indians,  and  after  several  bloody  engagements,  he 
reached  the  province.  "  At  daylight,"  he  observes,  "  the  Spaniards 
proceeded  through  extensive  fields  of  corn,  beans,  pumpkins,  and 
other  vegetables,  which  extended  on  either  side  of  the  road,  far- 
ther than  the  eye  could  reach.  Between  the  fields,  a  great  num- 
ber of  houses  were  scattered  about,  without  any  order,  as  in  the 
villages.  On  the  next  day  the  governor  went  in  advance  with 
two  hundred  cavalry  and  one  hundred  infantry,  and  reached  the 
principal  town,  which  he  found  deserted.  It  consisted  of  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  large  and  good  houses,  in  which  he  lodged  his  army, 
while  he  himself  occupied  the  residence  of  thecacique.  Besides  this 
town,  there  was  throughout  the  whole  district,  at  the  distance  of 
half  a  league,  a  league,  and  a  league  and  a  half,  villages  containing 
sixty  or  a  hundred  houses,  besides  a  vast  number  of  dwellings  scat- 
tered about  without  order.  The  face  of  the  whole  province  is 
delightful, the  land  fertile,  with  a  greatabundanceof  provisions, and 
a  plenty  of  fish,  which  the  natives  catch  all  the  year  and  preserve 
for  use.  The  governor  and  his  followers  were  delighted  to  see  this 
country  and  its  fertility,  but  found  the  Indians  fierce  and  warlike. 
To  show  the  fertility  of  this  province,  it  suffices  to  say,  that  the 
whole  of  the  Spanish  army,  together  with  the  Indians  in  their  ser- 
vice, exceeding  fifteen  hundred,  and  three  hundred  horses,  sub- 
sisted on  the  supplies  taken  at  first,  and  when  they  stood  in  need 
of  any  addition,  they  never  went  more  than  a  league  and  a  half 
to  procure  it.  The  country  is  also  well  suited  to  the  rearing  of 
every  kind  of  live  stock,  having  fine  woods,  excellent  water, 
lakes,  ponds,  and  reeds,  which  cattle  eat  so  readily,  as  not  to  ro- 


APPENDIX,  109 

quire  any  kind  of  grain  in  addition.  It  is  also  well  adapted  to 
the  culture  of  silk,  from  the  great  quantity  of  mulberry  trees ; 
and  there  is,  besides,  an  abundance  of  fish,  of  an  excellent  qua- 
lity." This  description  is  wonderfully  accurate.  The  settlement 
of  this  country  may  perhaps  be  dated  from  the  year  1530,  which, 
until  the  destruction  in  1706,  would  be  nearly  two  hundred  years. 
It  is  probable  that  a  part  of  De  Soto's  army  remained  in  posses- 
sion; we  have,  however,  no  authentic  account  of  the  exact  period 
at  which  the  Spaniards  made  their  settlements.  It  is  stated  by 
Roberts,  thatprevious  to  their  destruction  by  governor  Moore,  they 
carried  on  a  considerable  trade  with  Havana  by  small  vessels. 
After  the  destruction,  the  country  appears  to  have  been  lost  sight 
of  by  European  powers ;  the  Spaniards  made  no  attempt  to  set- 
tle it  again,  and  it  was  not  until  about  the  year  1763,  that  the 
British  built  the  present  fort  of  St.  Mark's,  but  formed  no  set- 
tlement, perhaps  on  account  of  the  hostility  of  the  Muskogee 
Indians;  who  then  possessed  it.  During  the  period  the  Spaniards 
subsequently  possessed  it,  the  Seminoles  and  Muscogees  carefully 
forbade  any  one  to  enter  it.  As  a  proof  how  little  it  was  known 
to  the  Spaniards,  I  will  mention  the  fact,  that  there  is  not  a  sin- 
gle Spanish  grant  in  the  whole  of  it;  the  grant  of  Forbes,  merely 
approaches  its  borders.  In  some  old  maps  it  is  marked  'the 
Apalache  old  fields.'  The  march  of  general  Jackson  into  this 
district,  in  1818,  in  pursuit  of  the  Seminole  Indians,  was  the  first 
notice  we  ever  had  of  it.  It  is  now  about  three  years  since  our 
settlements  began,  and  contains  a  population  of  about  two  thou- 
sand souls,  which  is  rapidly  increasing.  By  the  last  census,  Tal- 
lahassee contained  about  eight  hundred,  and  five  or  six  mercantile 
establishments,  which  do  an  extensive  business.  One  wing  of 
the  Capitol,  a  handsome  brick  building,  is  now  completed,  and 
occupied  this  winter  by  the  legislative  council.  The  country 
begins  to  wear  the  appearance  of  cultivation ;  good  roads  are 
made  in  all  directions,  and  carts,  wagons,  and  carriages,  are  con- 
stantly travelling  them.  The  grant  to  general  Lafayette,  con- 
taining 23,000  acres  of  the  best  land,  adjoining  the  town,  remains 
a  wilderness ;  but  it  is  to  be  hoped,  that  something  will  be  done 
with  it  before  long :  for,  so  large  a  body  of  land  remaining  un- 
improved, must  undoubtedly  tend  to  retard  the  progress  of  the 
P 


1 10  APPENDIX. 

town.  If  the  grape,  the  olive,  and  the  silk  worm,  can  succeed 
any  where  in  America,  it  must  be  here.  This  present  to  the 
good  old  General,  no  doubt,  frequently  occupies  his  thoughts, 
not  as  an  object  of  sordid  speculation,  but  as  the  means  of  uniting 
his  name,  and  his  interests,  with  the  very  soil  of  our  Republic. 
I  am,  respectfully, 

Your  most  obdt.  servt. 

H.  M.  BRACKENRIDGE. 
Col.  J.  M.  White, 

Delegate  from  Florida. 


No.  11. 

LAND  TITLES  IN  FLORIDA. 

The  lands  in  West  Florida,  at  the  exchange  of  governments, 
were  generally  royal  domains.  The  population  was  mostly  con- 
fined to  the  city  of  Pensacola.  The  few  settlements  made  in  the 
country,  were  held  under  conditional  grants,  sales,  or  compro- 
mises. Conditional  grants  or  concessions  were  made  to  "each 
newly  arrived  family,  possessed  of  the  necessary  qualifications, 
to  be  admitted  among  the  cultivators  of  the  province,"  on  the 
conditions  of  pasturage  and  cultivation;  the  cultivation  to  be  made 
within  three  years  after  the  date  of  the  grant;  and  before  this  was 
performed,  the  holder  could  not  alienate  the  property.  The 
grantee  must  be  a  native,  or  a  naturalized  subject  of  Spain,  and 
he  was  required  to  make  oath,  that  no  stranger  was  interested  in 
the  application,  and  that  no  sale  should  in  future  be  made  to  a 
stranger;  that  he  would  fulfil  the  conditions  of  the  grant,  and 
that  he  had  received  no  anterior  grant. 

The  first  step  necessary  to  obtain  a  grant,  was  to  present  a  pe- 
tition to  the  sub-delegate,  or  the  person  empowered  to  sell  or 
grant  lands ;  he  referred  the  petition  to  the  surveyor  general,  to 
learn  whether  the  land  applied  for  was  vacant,  and  royal  do- 
main. It  was  then  submitted  to  the  fiscal,  or  attorney  general, 
who  determined  whether  there  were  anv  legal  objections  to  the 


APPENDIX.  Ill 

grant.  When  both  the  preceding  reports  were  favourable,  the 
sub-delegate  fixed  the  terms,  and  made  the  concession.  It  was 
then  sent  to  the  office  of  the  intendant,  for  confirmation.  The 
sub-delegate  did,  in  some  instances,  grant  concessions,  without 
the  previous  formalities,  but  then  he  was  supposed  to  do  it  on 
his  own  responsibility. 

The  quantity  granted,  was  regulated  by  the  cap- city  of  the 
petitioner  to  improve  it.  It  was  never  to  exceed  eight  hundred 
arpents,  but  when  that  was  improved  agreeable  to  the  terms  of 
the  grant,  an  additional  quantity  might  be  obtained.  On  this 
subject,  the  sub-delegates  were  usually  very  liberal.  If  a  man, 
possessing  many  cattle  and  negroes,  presented  his  petition,  he 
was  generally  indulged  with  a  large  grant,  perhaps  half  a  league 
square. 

Sales. 

In  purchasing  lands,  the  same  qualifications  were  required  of 
the  purchaser,  as  were  required  of  the  grantee,  and  no  one  was 
allowed  to  purchase  any  more  than  he  could  pasture  or  cultivate. 
Lands  were  always  sold  at  auction,  as  they  might  be  demanded, 
a  price  being  first  affixed  by  the  fiscal,  or  by  appraisers,  appoint- 
ed by  him:  below  that  price,  they  could  not  be  sold.  Sales  were 
also  reported  to  the  intendant,  for  completing  the  title.  All  titles 
were  to  be  recorded  in  the  office  of  finances. 

Compromise. 

When  a  petitioner  stated  that  he  had  rendered  services  to  the 
king,  suflPered  losses  in  his  service,  or  by  his  servants,  or  that 
debts  were  due  him  by  the  government,  lands  were  often  grant- 
ed him  by  way  of  compromise.  In  that  case,  it  was  regular  to 
have  his  audited  account  filed  on  the  protocol ;  indorsed  as  dis- 
charged, by  the  indemnity;  and  the  certificate  of  conveyance 
certified  the  whole  transaction. 

In  1823,  a  board  of  commissioners  was  appointed  by  congress, 
to  ascertain  the  titles  to  lands  in  each  district  of  Florida.  The 
board  for  West  Florida,  completed  their  labours  in  the  beginning 
of  1825,  much  to  the  satisfaction  of  government,  and  to  the  in- 
habitants of  the  country  in  general.  A  small  portion  of  the  lands 
in  this  district,  were  confirmed  by  the  commissioners,  a  few 


112  APPENDIX. 

tracts  over  five  thousand  acres,  remain  to  be  decided,  among 
which,  the  most  conspicuous  are  the  claims  of  Joh.T  Forbes  and 
Company,  Ferdinand  Yerra,  Pedro  Alba,  Millande  Carrera,  and 
Margaret  Gouquet. 

John  Forbes  &  Co. ,  claimed  a  large  tract  of  land,  east  of  the 
Appalachicola  river,  under  a  treaty  of  cession  from  the  Seminole 
and  Tallapoosa  Indians,  which  grant  was  confirmed  by  governor 
Folch.  The  same  company  also  claim  a  large  tract,  adjoining  the 
former,  as  surviving  partners  of  Panton,  Leslie  &  Co.  These  two 
claims  embrace  nearly  the  whole  county  of  Gadsden,  and  part  of 
Leon,  estimated  at  1,200,000  acres.  The  commissioners  gave  it  as 
their  opinion,  that  neither  the  Indians,  nor  governor  Folch,  had 
any  power  or  authority  to  make  such  grants.  A  third  tract,  on 
the  west  side  of  Appalachicola  river,  nearly  equal  in  size  to  the 
two  former,  was  claimed  by  the  same  company.  The  considera- 
tion for  these  several  grants,  was  certain  spoliations  and  robberies 
committed  by  the  Indians,  on  the  trading  establishments  of  these 
companies.  The  principal  objection  to  the  title  of  the  last  claim, 
is  want  of  a  reference  to  the  king. 

Yerra  claimed  twenty-five  thousand  arpents  of  land,  on  the  Co- 
necuh river.  The  commissioners  reported  this  claim  to  be  a  for- 
gery. 

Carrera  claimed  ten  thousand  arpents  of  land  on  the  Escambia 
river,  in  consideration  of  having  built  mills,  &c.  The  commis- 
sioners think  the  claim  a  valid  one. 

The  claim  of  Gouquet  to  ten  thousand  arpents,  on  the  Big  Spring 
of  Chapola,  is  reported  to  have  been  antedated  or  forged. 

A  claim  of  Pedro  Alba  to  18,900  arpents,  on  the  peninsula,  op- 
posite to  Pensacola.    Reported  no  evidence  of  title. 

The  ordinance  of  Ferdinand  VI.,  1754,  forms  the  basis  of  all 
the  Spanish  land  claims.  But  that  ordinance  has  not  been  found 
in  Florida.  The  commissioners  were  guided  principally  by  the 
regulations  of  Morales,  intendant  of  Louisiana,  published  17th 
July  1799 

111  the  winter  of  1825,  the  boards  of  commissioners  were  su- 
perseded, by  the  appointment  of  a  register  and  receiver,  at  Talla- 
hassee, the  seat  of  government;  and  twenty-four  townships  of 
l&nd,  situate  in  Leon  county,  were  sold  at  public  auction.  About 


APPENDIX.  113 

the  same  quantity,  situate  in  Leon  and  Gadsden  counties,  is  ad- 
vertised to  be  sold,  in  January  1827.  [adjourned  till  May]  A 
large  proportion  of  the  lands  in  West,  and  several  townships  in 
East  Florida,  are  surveyed. 

In  the  month  of  February,  1826,  a  bill  was  introduced  in  the  house 
of  representatives  of  the  United  States,  giving  the  right  of  pre- 
emption to  certain  actual  settlers,  on  the  public  lands  in  Florida. 
The  following  discussions,  which  took  place  on  that  subject,  will 
show  the  principles  involved  in  the  question.  The  bill  finally 
passed,  and  became  a  law. 

Pre-emption  Rights  in  Florida. 

The  house  being  in  committee  of  the  whole,  Mr.  Forsyth  in 
the  chair,  on  the  following  bill : 
"A  bill  giving  the  right  of  pre-emption,  in  the  purchase  of  lands, 

to  certain  settlers  in  the  territory  of  Florida. 

Be  is  enacted,  S^-c.  That  every  person,  or  the  legal  represen- 
tatives of  any  person,  who,  being  either  the  head  of  a  family,  or 
twenty-one  years  of  age,  did,  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of  January, 
in  the  year  1825,  actually  inhabit  and  cultivate  a  tract  of  land 
situated  in  the  territory  of  Florida,  which  tract  is  not  rightfully 
claimed  by  any  other  person,  and  who  shall  not  have  removed 
from  the  said  territory,  shall  be  entitled  to  the  right  of  pre-emp- 
tion in  the  purchase  thereof,  under  the  same  terms,  restrictions, 
conditions,  provisions  and  regulations,  in  every  respect,  as  are 
directed  by  the  act,  entited  '  an  act  giving  the  right  of  pre-emp- 
tion, in  the  purchase  of  lands,  to  certain  settlers  in  the  Illinois 
territory,'  passed  5th  February,  1813.  Provided,  That  no  person 
shall  be  entitled  to  the  provisions  of  this  section,  who  claims  any 
tract  of  land  in  said  territory,  by  virtue  of  a  confirmation  of  the 
commissioners,  or  by  virtue  of  any  act  of  congress. 

Sect.  2.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  any  person,  and 
the  legal  representative  of  any  person,  entitled  to  a  preference 
in  becoming  the  purchaser  from  the  United  States  of  a  tract  of 
land  at  private  sale,  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  act,  who 
is  settled  on  the  fraction  of  a  section,  or  a  fractional  quarter  sec- 
tion, containing  less  than  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres,  shall 
have  the  privilege  of  purchasing  one  or  more  adjoining  fraction- 


114  APPENDIX. 

al  quarter  sections,  or  the  adjoining  quarter  section,  including 
their  improvements,  or  the  fraction  improved  by  them,  at  their 
option. 

Sect.  3.  And  he  it  further  enacted,  That,  in  cases  where  two 
or  more  persons  entitled  to  the  right  of  pre-emption  shall  be 
settled  on  one  quarter,  or  fractional  quarter  section  of  land, 
each  person  shall  be  authorized  to  purchase  one  or  more  quar- 
ter sections,  or  fractional  quarter  sections  of  the  section,  or 
fractional  section  of  land  on  which  they  are  so  settled,  or  the 
next  adjoining  section ;  and  the  section,  or  fractional  section  of 
land,  upon  which  such  persons  are  settled,  shall  be  equally 
divided  between  them,  in  such  manner  as  the  register  and 
receiver,  within  whose  district  the  land  lies,  shall  direct  and 
determine,  so  as  to  secure,  as  far  as  may  be  practicable,  to  every 
such  person,  their  improvements,  respectively ;  and  where  the 
improvements  of  such  person  shall  be  upon  two  or  more  quarter 
sections,  or  two  or  more  fractional  quarter  sections,  such  per- 
son shall  be  entitled  to  purchase  the  quarter  sections,  or  fractional 
quarter  sections  upon  which  his  improvements  shall  be. 

Sect.  4.  ,8.nd  he  it  further  enacted.  That  any  person  or  per- 
sons who  have  settled  on  and  improved  any  of  the  lands  in  the 
said  territory,  reserved  for  the  use  of  schools,  before  the  survey 
of  such  lands  were  actually  made,  and  who  would  have  had  the 
right  of  pre-emption  thereto  by  existing  laws,  had  not  the  same 
been  so  reserved,  shall  have  the  right  of  pre-emption  thereto, 
under  the  same  terms  and  conditions,  and  subject  to  the  same 
restrictions,  provided  for  in  other  cases  of  a  right  of  pre-emption 
in  said  territory;  and  the  register  and  receiver  of  the  proper  land 
district,  shall  have  power  to  select  any  other  vacant  and  unap- 
propriated lands,  in  the  same  township,  and  as  near  adjacent  as 
lands  of  equal  quantity,  and  like  quality  can  be  obtained,  in  lieu 
of  the  section,  or  parts  of  a  section,  which  shall  have  been  enter- 
ed in  right  of  pre-emption,  according  to  the  provisions  of  this 
section." 

The  bill  having  been  read — 

Mr.  White,  of  Florida,  said,  if  this  were  a  subject  introduced 
for  the  first  time  to  the  consideration  of  congress,  he  should  ap- 
proach it  with  some  embarrassment,  not  for  the  want  of  confi- 


APPENDIX.  115 

dence  in  its  justice,  but,  at  the  introduction  of  a  new  system  of 
policy  in  the  disposition  of  the  public  lands;  and  from  a  rekic- 
tance  which  every  one  must  feel,  in  proposing  innovations  on 
established  law  and  usage.  This  is,  however,  no  new  proposi- 
tion in  the  legislation  of  the  country — it  is  coeval  with  the  ori- 
gin of  our  government;  was  practised,  previously,  by  the  former 
sovereign  in  all  the  colonies — is  identified  with  our  legislative 
history,  and  has  been  pursued,  with  unbroken  continuity,  with 
various,  but  unessential  modifications,  from  the  year  1788  to  the 
present  period.  He  did  not  perceive  any  thing  to  justify  a  de- 
parture from  it,  at  this  time,  either  in  the  condition  of  the  go- 
vernment, or  of  the  inhabitants  of  Florida.  If  there  was  any 
thing  erroneous  in  principle,  defective  in  practice,  or  injurious 
in  its  consequences,  it  ought,  and  would  have  been  discovered 
and  exploded  long  since;  the  fact,  however,  of  its  having  receiv- 
ed the  sanction  of  all  the  administrations  for  upwards  of  thirty 
years,  and  of  almost  every  successive  congress,  is  an  undoubted 
argument  in  favour  of  its  justice  and  policy;  and  it  would  be  ad- 
mitting the  last  sister  into  the  Union,  most  ungraciously,  to  deny 
her  rights  which  the  munificent  legislation  of  the  nation  has  con- 
ferred on  every  other  new  state  and  territory.  Sir,  I  should  not 
like  to  be  the  messenger  of  such  unwelcome  intelligence,  to  a 
people  proud  to  acknowledge  the  repeated  evidences  of  your  li- 
beral and  expanded  policy;  and  who  would  not  like  to  recur  to 
so  signal  an  instance  of  a  departure  from  precedent,  so  incon- 
sistent with  the  liberal  spirit  that  has  characterized  your  legisla- 
tion, and  so  blighting  to  their  hopes  and  prospects.  The  policy 
of  all  the  governments  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic,  has  been  to 
extend  their  settlements  as  widely  as  possible,  to  attach  the  in- 
habitants to  the  country,  and  their  government,  by  giving  them 
an  actual  share  in  the  real  property,  that  they  might  not,  in  times 
of  difficulty,  return  the  answer  of  the  Roman  people  on  Mount 
Aventine,  to  the  ambassadors  of  the  senate.  Pioneers  and  adven- 
turers of  new  colonies  and  settlements,  formed  under  so  many 
difficulties  and  privations,  at  the  sacrifice  of  so  many  comforts, 
and  contributing  so  many  important  benefits  to  the  country,  in 
increasing  its  facilities,  extending  its  empire,  and  protecting  its 
orders,  have  always  been,  and  ought  to  be  rewarded.  Influenced 


^: 


116  APPENDIX.  , 

by  these  considerations,  the  governments  of  France,  England < 
and  Spain,  have  made  gratuitous  grants  of  land  to  their  subjects 
who  improve,  inhabit,  and  cultivate  them.  The  exercise  of  this 
indulgence  has  been  so  universal,  that  it  is  considered  insepara- 
ble from  the  colonial  state.  The  United  States,  recollecting  the 
favours  extended  to  themselves  by  the  parent  government,  and 
animated  by  the  same  just  and  liberal  policy,  have  not  been  less 
bountiful  to  their  citizens. 

A  recurrence  to  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  will  demonstrate 
that  the  petitions  of  the  people  of  Florida,  upon  which  the  land 
committee  have  reported  this  bill,  are  neither  new  nor  unreason- 
able, but  that  they  have  been  sanctioned  by  numerous  precedents. 
He  conceived  there  was  no  reason  deemed  sufficiently  forcible 
to  justify  a  departure  from  the  system  in  Florida.  Previously 
to  making  a  particular  reference  to  those  laws,  it  might  remove 
some  obscurity,  and  obviate  some  objections,  to  notice  a  misap- 
prehension of  many  gentlemen,  in  regard  to  settlements  on  the 
public  lands.  It  has  been  alleged,  that  the  existing  laws  forbid 
settlements  on  the  public  lands,  and  denounce  heavy  penalties 
against  all  such  intruders,  who  were  located  there  without  au- 
thority; and  some  call  them  squatters,  which,  so  far  as  it  is  in- 
tended, as  either  descriptive  or  derogatory,  was  entirely  unjusti- 
fiable. These  inhabitants  are  small  planters,  whose  lands  in  the 
old  states  have  been  exhausted  by  cultivation,  and  who,  animat- 
ed with  the  laudable  desire  of  improvin|^  their  condition,  and 
that  of  their  rising  families,  have  encountered  all  the  hardships 
of  penetrating  to  the  borders  of  the  country,  disregarding  the 
difficulties  of  the  journey,  and  unappalled,  either  by  the  labours 
of  the  forest,  or  the  enemy  in  its  bosom.  Any  imputations  upon 
their  motives,  or  question  as  to  their  right,  would  be  the  strong- 
est censure  upon  our  own  forefathers,  who  sought  this  continent, 
influenced  by  the  same  praiseworthy  considerations.  A  more  re- 
spectable population  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  of  the  states.  If, 
however,  sir,  there  was  a  law  of  the  United  States  interdicting 
settlements  upon  the  public  lands,  I  could  plead,  as  an  excuse 
for  them,  the  uniform  legislation  of  congress  rewarding  its  vio- 
laters,  and  quote  the  old  maxim,  "communis  error,  facit  jus" — 
he  was  fortunately,  however,  not  reduced  to  such  an  alternative. 


APPENDIX.  117 

The  law  does  not  prohibit  such  settlements,  and  he  would  show 
that  the  act  of  1807,  which  was  considered  the  basis  of  such  ex- 
elusion,  did  not  embrace  this  class  of  settlers;  and  if  it  had,  that 
law  was  practically  repealed.  That  act,  which  is  entitled  ''An 
act  to  prevent  intrusions  on  the  public  lands,"  provides,  that  if 
any  one  shall  take  possession  of,  or  attempt  to  survey  lands  ced- 
ed to  the  United  States,  he  shall  forfeit  his  claim,  and  the  presi- 
dent may  remove  him  by  force.  This  law  was  passed  not  long 
after  the  cession  of  Louisiana  to  the  United  States,  and  its  evi- 
dent object  was  to  prevent  surveys  of  large  claims,  the  validity 
of  which  were  doubted,  and  to  prohibit  those  having  unlocated 
floating  permits,  from  being  surveyed  and  settled  on  the  best 
lands  of  that  rich  territory,  and  hence  they  employ  the  phrase- 
ology "forfeit  his  claim."  The  government  were  desirous  of 
prohibiting  by  force,  if  necessary,  the  location  of  these  floating 
and  fraudulent  claims,  that  the  occupancy  of  them,  after  the 
change,  might  not  be  pleaded  as  a  prescriptive  right.  Another 
consideration  which  probably  impelled  the  enactment  of  that  law, 
was  to  enable  the  president,  in  a  summary  way,  to  preserve  the 
valuable  timber,  by  the  expulsion  of  intruders,  without  a  resort 
to  the  tedious  and  protracted  process  of  law,  and  the  consequent 
destruction  of  the  public  property,  in  the  meantime.  It  never  was, 
and  could  not  be,  the  intention  of  that  law,  or  any  other  of  the 
United  States,  to  prohibit  settlements  upon  the  public  lands. 
The  register  was  authorized  to  grant  permits  to  settlers.  The  act 
of  1807,  was  re-enacted  in  express  terms  in  that  of  26th  of  March, 
1816;  contains  the  same  provisions,  so  far  as  the  settlements  were 
concerned,  and  superseded  that  act.  This  statute  expired,  by  its 
own  limitation,  one  year  thereafter,  in  1817,  when  an  act  was 
passed,  obviously  to  remedy  the  defects  of  the  other,  and  to  pro- 
vide more  effectually  for  the  same  object.  The  necessity  of  one 
part  having  been  dispensed  with,  in  the  adjustment  of  land  titles, 
it  was  provided  that  the  secretary  of  the  navy,  under  the  direc^ 
tion  of  the  president,  should  lay  off"  districts  which  might  be  use- 
ful for  public  timber,  and,  by  proclamation,  to  prohibit  intrusions 
on  those  reserved  districts,  under  severe  penalties;  if  any  order 
of  this  kind  had  been  made,  or  any  districts  selected,  and  the 
public  notified  by  proclamation,  all  who  settled  within  the  pro-- 

Q 


^IP  lis 


APPENDIX. 


hibited  district,  would  incur  the  imputation  and  penalty  imposed 
by  the  act  of  1807.  Since  the  passage  of  the  last  act,  there  has 
been  no  autliority  given  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  to 
registers,  to  grant  permits,  because  none  were  necessary  to  au- 
thorize a  settlement  upon  the  public  lands ;  they  have,  on  the 
contrary,  been  rewarded  by  a  privilege  of  purchase  similar  to 
what  is  proposed  in  this  bill.  This,  however,  gives  as  small  a 
quantity  as  ever  has  been  given,  and  smaller  than  has  been  ac- 
corded in  many  places,  as  a  reference  to  the  laws  providing  for 
the  right  of  pre-emption  will  demonstrate.  In  Ohio,  a  grant  of 
this  kind  was  made  to  the  United  Brethren  on  the  Muskingum  ; 
and  one  million  of  acres  afterwards  given  to  John  C.  Symmes, 
upon  condition,  which  having  failed,  600,000  acres  were  given 
to  settlers  at  the  government  price,  with  the  privilege  of  enter- 
ing six  hundred  and  forty  acres  by  each  individual ;  the  same 
right  was  extended  b}'-  law,  to  the  settlers  at  Galliopolis,  and  in 
the  district  of  Cincinnati. 

In  Illinois,  by  an  act  of  congress  passed  in  1814,  after  dona- 
tions had  been  given  b}^  law,  the  right  of  pre-emption  was  given, 
up  to  February,  1813,  of  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  sixty, 
nor  more  than  six  hundred  and  forty  acres:  in  Indiana,  up  to 
1813,  both  subsequent  to  the  law  of  1807.  In  Michigan,  to  1804, 
with  other  indulgences  to  the  settlers.  In  Mississippi,  after  great 
liberality  in  granting  donations,  pre-emptions  were  allowed  up 
to  1807,  and  the  purchasers  given  to  1813  to  pay  for  the  lands. 
In  Missouri,  Louisiana,  and  Arkansas,  the  same  rights  were 
given  to  settlers.  It  is  manifest,  sir,  from  a  reference  to  these 
laws,  that  the  system  has  been  adopted,  and  continued  almost 
uniformly,  in  all  the  states  and  territories  where  there  were 
public  lands;  and,  if  it  was  inexpedient,  why  has  it  not  been  ar- 
rested before  now?  All  that  is  solicited  for  Florida,  is  what  has 
been  granted  elsewhere.  This  bill  does  not  provide  to  the  same 
extent  that  others  have.  In  Louisiana  and  Mississippi,  these 
rights  were  given  to  settlers  for  ten  years  after  the  change  of 
government.  The  country  he  had  the  honour  to  represent,  was 
surrendered  in  1821;  this  bill  only  provides  for  four  years  in- 
stead of  ten;  in  some  others  they  were  allowed  three  hundred 
and  twent)^,  and  six  hundred  and  forty  acres  of  land;  and,  in 


'^Jt' 


APPENDIX.  *  119 

most  instances,  time  has  been  given  for  payment.  By  the  terms 
of  the  bill  under  consideration,  they  have  the  riglit  of  purchase 
for  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres,  for  which  they  pay  cash.  This, 
sir,  is  a  most  reasonable  request,  as  is  shown  by  the  foregoing 
comparison,  if  it  is  granted.  As  it  is  an  exercise  of  bounty,  the 
people  of  Florida  will  not  stop  to  inquire  what  has  been  done 
elsewhere,  but  offer  their  sincere  benedictions  for  the  govern- 
ment that  has  protected  their  families  in  the  enjoyment  of  their 
homes;  in  the  formation  of  which  they  have  expended  their  only 
means  of  purchasing,  in  competition  with  others,  attracted  by 
their  improvements. 

Are  there  any  circumstances  or  difficulties  connected  with  the 
settlement  of  Louisiana  or  Mississippi,  to  distinguish  them  from, 
or  give  them  a  preference  over,  this  territory  ?  If  there  was  any 
difference  in  point  of  peril  and  privation,  it  was  on  the  side  of 
Florida.  After  the  change  of  government,  the  present  inhabit- 
ants travelled,  from  the  southern  states,  several  hundred  miles 
through  the  Creek  nation,  or  around  it,  through  forests,  cutting 
roads  and  constructing  bridges,  swimming  creeks  and  rivers, 
and  after  their  arrival,  for  the  first  two  or  three  years,  under  the 
necessity  of  purchasing  provisions  at  three  or  four  times  the 
amount  they  now  cost. 

Is  it  equitable  or  proper,  that  me'n  who  have  encountered  all 
these  difficulties,  submitted  to  these  dangers  and  privations,  and 
furnished  these  facilities  for  others  to  get  into  the  countr)-,  should  be 
put  into  equal  competition  with  those  who  have  made  no  expendi- 
tures, and  availed  themselves  of  the  conveniences  of  their  more 
intrepid  pioneers?  Is  it  just,  sir,  that  one  who  has,  by  improv- 
ing the  country,  increased  the  value  of  all  the  contiguous  lands, 
and  whose  labour  alone  has  given  additional  value  to  the  spot  on 
which  he  has  located  his  family,  shall  be  expelled  without  an  equiva- 
lent, from  his  home,  by  affording  to  the  ruthless  speculator,  an  op- 
portunity to  buy  it  over  him  ?  Sir,  some  have  pretended  to  doubt 
the  policy  of  these  laws,  from  the  beginning.  I  would  inquire  of 
such,  how  would  you  ever  sell  those  frontier  lands  without  roads 
and  settlers  ?  If  any  gentleman  supposes,  that,  upon  an  enlarged 
view  of  this  subject,  the  United  States  will  lose  by  the  passage 
of  this  law,  he  will  be  greatly  mistaken,  unless  they  avail  them- 


120  APPENDIX. 

selves  of  the  labour  of  those  adventurous  citizens,  without  a  fair 
equivalent.  The  value  above  the  government  price  is  derived 
from  their  labour,  and  the  means  they  have  furnished  in  pene- 
trating the  country.  See  the  returns  of  the  sales  in  Tallahassee ; 
refer  to  the  price  of  lands  in  the  states  ;  when  it  sells  for  twelve 
dollars  per  acre,  ten  of  that  is  derived  from  the  improvement, 
because  land  in  its  vacant  state  requires  that  sum  to  improve  it. 
I  do  not  hesitate  to  believe,  that  the  land  in  the  state  in  which 
these  settlers  found  it,  was  not  worth  more  than  the  sum  they 
are  required  to  pay  by  this  law.  It  is  a  sound  principle  in  poli- 
tics and  ethics,  that  he  who  benefits  the  public,  is  entitled  to  his 
reward.  That  the  country  has  been  greatly  improved  by  the  la- 
bour of  these  individuals,  cannot  be  denied ;  and  what  will  be 
their  reward  if  this  law  does  not  pass  ?  Their  means  of  pur- 
chasing have  been  exhausted  in  the  improvements  of  the  country, 
and  the  high  price  of  provisions;  and  the  inevitable  consequence 
will  be,  that  they  will  be  turned  from  their  houses,  forced  from 
their  plantations,  by  the  rapacity  of  the  heartless  speculator, 
with  but  an  inconsiderable  augmentation  to  the  treasury.  You 
cannot  conceive,  sir,  the  distress  that  it  will  occasion.  They 
have,  on  account  of  the  causes  enumerated,  but  moderate  means. 
They  cannot  enter  the  lists  of  competition  with  those  who  are 
attracted  by  their  improvements,  the  result  of  toil  and  labour,  in 
which  they  had  no  participation,  and  for  which  they  feel  no 
sympathy. 

Mr.  White  could  not,  in  justice  to  the  subject,  dispense  with 
the  necessity  of  informing  the  house,  how  these  things  were  ma- 
naged. A  sale  of  public  lands  is  advertised — the  sharpers  of  the 
adjoining  states,  strengthened  by  the  aids  of  usurers  and  banks, 
club  together  their  funds — flock  to  the  country  like  vultures,  at 
*'  death's  prophetic  knell,"  traverse  all  the  roads  made  by  the 
honest  settlers;  survey  the  whole  district;  take  notes  of  every 
well-improved  place;  ascertain  whether  there  is  a  spot  endeared 
to  a  planter,  on  account  of  its  containing  the  bones  of  a  wife, 
child,  or  friend ;  and  when  the  sale  begins,  the  planters  are  in- 
formed privately,  that  unless  they  pay  so  much  to  this  '■'•holy 
alliance,^^  their  farms  and  houses  will  be  taken  from  them.  The 
unpleasant  alternative  is  presented,  either  to  tender  the  bribe,  or 


APPENDIX.  181 

■abandon  the  possession.  If  it  is  given  cither  in  money  or  in 
bond,  all  others  are  forbidden  to  bid  for  the  land,  and  it  is  pur- 
chased at  the  price  proposed  in  this  bill,  from  the  United  States, 
and  perhaps  the  same  sum  to  the  company.  Should  it  not  be  gi- 
ven, the  land  is  purchased  for  a  few  dollars  more  than  the  means 
of  the  honest  settler,  who  is  sacrificed,  and  the  public  treasury 
augmented  a  few  cents.  It  is  to  prevent  this  vile  bartering,  or 
the  consequent  injuries  to  those  who  will  not  engage  in  it,  that 
this  law  is  desirable.  Such  were  the  excesses  to  which  these 
practices  were  carried,  in  the  southern  part  of  Alabama,  that 
their  courts  were  crowded  with  suits,  upon  notes  of  this  descrip- 
tion. Instances  equally  distressing  have  occurred,  and  will  again 
occur,  in  Florida. 

By  the  passage  of  this  law,  you  save  from  ruin  an  industrious, 
enterprising  class  of  men,  who  have  confided  in  your  munifi- 
cence, from  a  knowledge  of  your  long  continued  legislation  on 
the  same  subject.  It  is  also  important  in  a  political  point  of 
view.  The  lands  on  our  borders  and  frontiers,  should  be  occu- 
pied by  men  who  are  competent  and  willing  to  repel  the  first 
invasion  of  our  country.  Should  this  class  be  driven  from  the 
lands,  and  they  were  succeeded  by  the  quarters  of  southern 
planters  and  speculators,  what  will  be  our  condition  in  time  of 
war?  It  is  important  that  small  planters  should  be  encouraged, 
and  a  dense  and  efficient  population  invited  and  encouraged  at 
the  limits  of  the  confederacy,  devoted  to  the  government,  by  a 
grateful  recollection  of  its  favours.  One  successful  sortie  of  an 
enemy,  and  the  occupation  of  a  favourable  point,  might  cost  the 
government  more  than  all  the  lands  in  a  district  would  sell  for, 
to  remove  him. 

In  every  view  of  the  subject,  precedent,  good  faith,  and  policy;, 
in  my  humble  judgment,  this  law  ought  to  pass. 

Wednesday ,  Feb.  22U 

Pre-emption  Rights. — The  act  giving  the  right  of  pre-emp- 
tion in  the  purchase  of  lands,  to  certain  settlers  in  the  Territory 
of  Florida,  was  read  a  third  time;  and  on  the  question  of  its  pas- 
sage— 

Mr.  Vinton  of  Ohio  said,  that  when  this  bill  was  yesterday 
before  a  committee  of  the  whole,  indisposition  had  prevented 


122  APPENDIX. 

him  from  offering  any  remarks  in  relation  to  it.  He  was  of  opi- 
nion that  the  bill  ought  not  to  pass.  From  the  experience  he 
had  had  since  he  was  a  member  of  the  committee,  he  was  satis- 
fied the  House  must  break  down  its  legislation  on  this  subject, 
or  this  policy  would  break  down  the  land  system.  The  land  po- 
licy not  only  embraced  the  actual  sale  of  lands,  but  the  regula- 
tion and  settlement  of  lands.  Donation  and  pre-emption  rights 
originated  in  different  causes,  some  of  which  are  complicated, 
and  require  legislative  interference.  There  is,  however,  a  class 
of  donation  and  pre-emption  rights,  which  unless  checked,  would 
lead  to  the  consequences  which  he  feared.  Many  of  these,  like 
those  in  the  bill  before  the  house,  have  reference  to  individuals 
who  are  merely  trespassers  on  the  public  lands ;  and  who  come 
without  any  grounds  of  justice,  to  ask  the  house  to  give  them 
sanction  and  privilege.  No  man  has  a  right  to  take  possession 
of  the  public  property  in  this  way.  It  was  a  violation  of  the 
great  principle  on  which  the  right  of  property  rests.  It  had  been 
argued  yesterday,  that  we  are  bound  to  do  this  for  Florida,  be- 
cause we  have  adopted  the  policy  in  other  states.  This,  in  his 
opinion,  instead  of  being  an  argument  in  favour  of  the  measure, 
was  rather  an  argument  against  it.  It  evinces  a  power  which  is 
already  injurious,  and  which  will  soon  become  too  powerful  to 
be  resisted.  All  the  country  which  remains  to  be  settled  will 
thus  be  brought  into  the  same  situation,  and  the  land  system  will 
by  this  means  be  either  trammelled  or  broken  down.  He  thought 
the  house  would  be  of  opinion  that  we  had  gone  far  enough,  and, 
because  we  had  sanctioned  former  trespassers,  would  not  go  on 
to  extend  these  evils. 

He  was  of  opinion  that  some  of  the  precedents  which  gentle- 
men had  yesterday  brought  forward,  were  by  no  means  analogous 
to  this  case.  The  instances  of  John  Cleves  Symmes  and  the 
Moravian  Brethren,  had  been  cited  as  precedents.  There  was 
no  analogy  between  these  cases  and  the  present  bill.  The  grant 
to  the  Moravian  Brethren,  which  was  for  the  purpose  of  extend- 
ing the  blessings  of  Christianity,  could  not  be  made  analogous  to 
the  cases  of  trespassers,  who  came  there  unlawfully  to  settle  on 
the  public  lands.  There  could  be  no  kind  of  analogy  between 
the  two  cases.    The  claim  of  John  Cleves  Symmes  also  differed 


APPENDIX.  123 

from  this  case,  and  rested  on  a  basis  of  equity.  It  was  a  case  in 
which  the  parties  claiming  relief  had  held  under  contract  with 
Symmes,  and  they  could  not,  in  justice,  be  considered  as  trespass- 
ers on  the  public  lands.  There  was  no  case  in  the  state  of  Ohio 
in  which  trespassers  had  received  countenance;  yet  it  was  yester- 
day argued  that  this  provision  had  already  been  extended  to  everj'^ 
other  part  of  the  country. 

A  few  words  on  the  effects  of  this  system.  This  policy  of  ex- 
tending donations  and  pre-emption  rights  to  trespassers,  had  been 
adopted  by  Michigan  three  or  four  years  ago,  when  a  bill  passed 
in  congress,  giving  these  rights  to  settlers  in  Mackinac  previous 
to  1812,  if  they  rendered  obedience  and  submission  to  the  laws 
of  the  United  States.  It  was  known,  that  among  these  people, 
there  were  persons  who  had  been  attached  to  the  British  interests, 
and  to  the  British  service,  during  the  late  war.  The  commissioners 
provided  under  this  act,  by  an  extraordinary  construction  of  its 
meaning,  decided  that  they  would  require  no  evidence  of  allegi- 
ance ;  but  would  wait  until  the  record  of  conviction  for  treason 
should  be  exhibited  against  any  of  these  settlers.  It  turned  out, 
that  not  only  had  some  of  these  claimants  been  in  British  service, 
but  that  one  of  them  had  actually  commanded  the  expedition 
which  took  Fort  Michillimackinac,  and  had  let  in  a  flood  of  Indi- 
ans on  our  territory. — -In  Missouri  and  Illinois,  similar  grants 
had  been  made.  Some  five  years  ago,  a  treaty  had  been  nego- 
tiated with  the  Cherokees,  by  which  lands  were  ceded  to  them 
on  the  west  of  the  Mississippi ;  a  territory,  as  was  presumed, 
beyond  the  reach  of  settlement,  as  it  had  been  beyond  the  reach 
of  surveys.  When  the  Indians,  under  this  treaty,  went  to  take 
possession  of  the  lands,  they  found  other  settlers  upon  them;  and, 
at  the  very  last  congress,  an  act  had  passed,  giving  pre-emption 
rights  to  the  individuals  who  had  been  found  there.  By  another 
treaty,  a  tract  of  land  west  of  the  Mississippi  had  been  given  to 
the  Indians  in  exchange  for  a  tract  on  the  east  of  that  river. 
The  land  ceded  to  the  Indians  in  this  instance,  was  situated  in 
the  territory  of  Arkansas.  When  the  Indians  went  into  Arkan- 
sas to  settle,  they  found  the  lands  settled  by  persons,  to  the  num- 
ber, he  believed,  of  two  or  three  thousand,  who  were  determined 
not  to  surrender  their  lands. — During  the  last  winter,  a  delega- 


124  APPENDIX. 

tion  of  Indians  had  come  hither  to  induce  the  government  to  re- 
move those  trespassers. 

It  had  been  urged  also,  that  as  we  had  given  pre-emption  rights 
and  donations  in  Arkansas,  and  also  in  Louisiana,  we  are  there- 
fore to  give  a  sanction  to  other  settlers  to  overrun  the  public  lands 
in  Florida.  A  call  was  made,  some  time  since,  by  a  gentleman 
from  Florida,  for  information,  which  produced  a  correspondence 
from  the  General  Land  Office,  from  which  it  appeared,  that,  in 
consequence  of  the  many  donations  and  pre-emption  grants,  the 
public  lands  could  not  be  surveyed  and  sold. 

This  bill  proposes  to  give  to  every  settler  the  right  of  obtain- 
ing his  lands,  let  their  value  be  what  it  will,  let  them  be  cotton 
or  sugar  lands.  This  liolds  out  an  encouragement  to  all  who  hear 
of  this  act  of  legislation,  to  go  on  the  new  lands  and  settle. 
These  settlers  have  hitherto  stood  in  the  way  of  our  surveys, 
annoyed  our  posts,  and  will,  if  encouraged,  throw  a  clog  in  the 
way  of  the  whole  of  our  land  system. 

The  land  system,  which  is  admirable  in  itself,  will,  if  we  pro- 
eeed  with  this  legislation,  be  virtually  broken  down. — We  know 
not  what  is  going  on  where  there  are  no  surveys  and  no  settlers. 
If  we  pass  this  bill,  no  one  can  know  the  extent  of  the  grant,  or  of 
the  consequences  which  will  result  from  it,  until  these  conse- 
quences shall  become  so  important  as  to  interfere  with  the  opera- 
tions of  the  government;  and  then  it  will  be  too  late  to  correct 
the  evil.  The  whole  country  between  the  Pacific  and  the  Mis- 
sissippi must  be  settled  by  the  government ;  and  it  is  of  great 
importance,  where  all  the  public  wealth  is  in  land,  that  the  set- 
tlement of  the  country  should  be  regulated  and  controlled  by 
law.  If  we  permit  settlements  of  this  kind  to  be  made,  they 
will  interfere  with  our  Indian  relations. 

It  is  not  from  any  particular  hostility  to  this  bill,  that  he  made 
this  remark.  If  the  House  intended  to  proceed  on  this  system, 
the  present  bill  ought  to  pass ;  but  if  the  House  concurred  with 
him  in  the  propriety  of  checking  it,  it  would  be  right  to  reject 
this  bill.  If  we  go  on,  he  would  ask  why  the  trespassers  of  1S24, 
in  the  states  of  Indiana  and  Ohio,  do  not  stand  on  the  same  ground 
with  the  trespassers  in  Michigan  and  Florida?  The  House  must 
be  prepared  to  grant  equal  privileges  to  all.    By  the  passing  of 


APPENDIX.  125 

this  bill,  if  you  throw  open  the  gates,  and  admit  any  more  tres- 
passers, the  consequence  must  be,  that  the  present  land  system 
will  be  broken  down. 

Mr.  White,  of  Florida,  said,  after  the  explanation  which  had 
been  given  of  the  principle  and  policy  on  which  the  bill  now 
under  consideration  was  founded,  and  no  amendment  having  been 
proposed  in  committee  of  the  whole,  he  could  not  have  anticipat- 
ed such  formidable  opposition  on  its  final  passage,  and  particu- 
larly from  the  gentleman  from  Ohio.  He  has  said  it  was  time  to 
break  down  the  sj^stem,  and  denounced  all  who  are  intended  to 
be  embraced  by  this  bill,  as  trespassers  on  the  public  lands;  and 
has  also  asserted  that  their  improvements  cover  all  the  good  lands 
of  the  territory.  He  denied  that  either  of  the  propositions  were 
correct.  The  inhabitants,  whose  rights  were  intended  to  be  se- 
cured by  the  passage  of  this  bill,  were  not  trespassers.  The  act 
of  1807,  entitled  "An  act  to  prevent  intrusions  upon  the  public 
lands,"  was  passed  shortly  after  Louisiana  was  surrendered  to 
the  United  States.  There  were,  at  that  time,  numerous  unlocat- 
€d  claims  derived  from  the  French  and  Spanish  governments, 
founded  on  permits,  requests,  and  floating  concessions. 

That  act  was  intended  to  prevent  the  location  and  survey  of 
those  incomplete  titles,  and  at  the  same  time  to  authorize  the  pre- 
sident of  the  United  States  to  preserve,  by  force,  if  necessary, 
not  only  the  domain,  as  this  government  acquired  it,  in  the  treaty 
with  France,  but  also,  to  invest  him  with  discretionary  power  to 
prevent  these  locations  of  claims,  many  of  which  were  consider- 
ed invalid,  and  in  the  hands  of  those  who  did  not  intend  to  be- 
come citizens  of  the  United  States;  the  pretext  for  locating  which, 
might  have  led  to  serious  disturbances  in  the  condition  that  coun- 
try  was  in  at  that  time.  Another  consideration,  which  induced 
the  passage  of  that  law,  was  the  preservation  of  the  public  tim- 
ber on  the  lands  of  the  United  States. 

It  never  was  either  the  intention  or  policy  of  the  government 
of  the  United  States  to  prohibit  settlements  on  their  vacant  lands; 
on  the  contrary,  they  have  encouraged  it,  by  a  long  continued 
system  of  legislation,  both  before  and  after  the  act,  to  which 
alone,  the  gentleman  must  refer,  in  pronouncing  them  trespassers. 
By  the  provisions  of  that  act,  the  register  of  the  Land  Office  was 
R 


126  APPENDIX. 

authorized  to  grant  permits  of  settlements  to  every  American 
citizen  who  should  apply  for  that  privilege.  Does  this  look  like 
an  intention  of  the  government,  at  the  time  of  the  enactment  of 
that  law,  to  interdict  settlements  on  the  public  lands?  No  sir, 
neither  that  law,  nor  any  other  to  be  found  in  the  Statute  Book 
of  the  United  States,  will  justify  the  statement  of  the  gentleman. 

In  the  act  of  1818,  the  same  provisions  are  incorporated,  and 
the  same  permission  given.  That  act  expired  in  one  year,  and 
with  it  expired  the  only  law  then  in  force,  or  which  has  been 
subsequently  enacted,  to  provide  for  granting  permits  to  emi- 
grants settling  on  the  public  lands.  Every  citizen,  looking  to  the 
history  of  our  legislation,  feeling  himself  justified  by  established 
precedents,  and  in  the  absence  of  any  prohibition,  could  settle 
any  where  on  the  public  lands  he  thought  proper,  without  incur- 
ring the  imputation  of  trespassing,  or  the  penalties  of  intrusion. 

From  the  expiration  of  the  act  of  1816,  in  the  year  1817,  to 
the  present  time,  there  has  been  no  law  interdicting  settlements 
on  the  public  lands  of  the  United  States. 

One  of  the  great  objects  in  the  act  of  1807,  the  preservation  of 
the  public  timber,  was  provided  for  in  another  and  better  mode 
in  1817.  He  alluded  to  the  law  authorizing  the  secretary  of  the 
navy  to  reserve  certain  districts,  which  might,  in  the  estimation 
of  the  executive,  be  useful  for  timber.  With  this  enactment,  and 
the  final  adjustment  of  land  claims  in  Louisiana,  terminated  the 
law  and  its  necessity,  under  which  the  gentleman  has  considered 
it  proper  to  denominate  the  citizens  for  whose  benefit  the  law 
was  intended,  as  "  intruders  and  trespassers," — appellations 
which  neither  the  law,  nor  the  character  of  the  inhabitants, 
would  authorize  as  appropriate  or  descriptive. 

The  gentleman  says  we  have  gone  far  enough;  it  is  time  to 
stop.  Sir,  he  ought  to  have  been  here  thirty  years  ago,  when 
you  were  voting  away  such  extensive  donations  to  the  state  he 
represents;  his  arguments  might  have  been  more  forcible  then 
than  now;  but  how  does  the  account  stand?  Ohio  has  gotten  all 
that  she  could  ask,  and  it  is  time  to  stop;  '"'the  system  is  a  bad 
one."  Is  this  consistent  with  the  equality  and  propriety  that 
should  characterize  the  legislation  of  this  great  nation?  Ohio  has 
been  satisfied,  and  it  is  time  to  stop.   The  gentleman  has  attempt- 


APPENDIX.  127 

ed  to  explain  how  these  grants  were  made  to  the  state  of  Ohio; 
and,  however  ingenious  he  may  be,  and  is  capable  of  being,  in 
the  explanation,  he  cannot  separate  it  from  the  present  bill.  One 
million  of  acres  of  land  was  given  to  John  C.  Symnies,  upon 
pertain  conditions;  they  were  not  complied  with;  the  land  re- 
verted to  the  United  States;  and  by  law,  six  hundred  thousand 
acres  were  given  to  purchasers  at  the  government  price.  Yes, 
sir,  by  a  law  of  congress;  and  the  gentleman  attempts  to  explain 
it  by  saying,  that  they  were  purchasers  under  Symmes.  Does  this 
constitute  any  equitable  or  legal  claim  on  the  United  States  ? 
Whatever  might  have  been  their  demands  on  the  original  grantee, 
they  assuredly  had  none  on  our  government;  and  this  act  in  fa- 
vour of  Ohio,  was  a  bounty  of  six  hundred  thousand  acres  to 
them,  on  the  same  terms  that  this  bill  proposes,  to  give  one  or 
two  hundred  to  the  settlers  in  Florida.  If  that  gentleman  could 
have  been  here,  and  by  the  power  of  his  arguments  prevented 
the  passage  of  that  law,  he  would  have  saved  more  to  the  go- 
vernment than  will  be  saved  by  preventing  the  passage  of  this. 
But  is  this  all  that  has  been  granted  to  Ohio  ?  Sir,  I  have  taken 
a  note  of  all  the  laws  which  have  been  passed  on  this  subject, 
and  I  find  in  that  catalogue,  a  grant  to  the  "  United  Brethren," 
in  Ohio,  on  the  Muskingum;  a  grant  to  the  French  settlers  at 
Galliopolis;  I  find,  also,  a  grant  to  settlers  in  the  land  district  of 
Cincinnati,  How  much  has  been  given  to  this  favoured  state  by 
all  this  munificent  legislation,  I  have  not  taken  the  trouble  to 
estimate;  but  since  Ohio  has  received  all  that  she  can  get,  and  is 
now  rich  and  powerful,  "it  is  time  to  stop;"  we  have  gone  far 
enough.  Sir,  this  logic  may  suit  that  gentleman,  but  it  would 
sound  most  ungraciously  in  the  ears  of  those  I  have  the  honour 
to  represent;  and  it  would  have  been,  some  years  ago,  most  un- 
welcome intelligence  to  those  he  now  represents.  The  gentleman 
has  told  us  of  the  abuses  which  have  been  practised  in  Michigan 
and  Louisiana,  under  similar  laws  to  the  one  under  considera- 
tion. If  such  have  existed,  it  is  the  misfortune  of  the  govern- 
ment and  its  agents.  It  does  not  grow  out  of  the  system  itself, 
and  is  no  argument  against  its  propriety.  If  he  had  read  this  bill, 
however,  with  his  accustomed  perspicacity,  he  would  not  have 
anticipated  any  such  results  as  he  has  deprecated,  in  regard  to 
the  obstructions  of  the  surveys. 


128  APPENDIX. 

This  law  cannot  create  any  such  inconvenience.  It  proposes 
to  give  to  each  settler  a  quarter  section  of  land  at  a  specified 
price,  to  be  bounded  by  sectional  lines,  if  the  surveys  are  com- 
pleted; if  not,  to  be  bounded  in  the  same  way  when  they  shall 
be  completed;  and,  in  this  way,  all  the  difficulties  in  regard  to 
the  surveys  are  obviated. 

Sir,  I  do  not  ask  for  the  people  I  represent,  more  than  has 
been  conceded  elsewhere;  and  it  is  difficult  for  me  to  perceive 
the  force  or  propriety  of  adopting  an  uninterrupted  system,  con- 
tinued and  uniform,  sanctioned  by  nearly  every  congress  for 
thirty  years;  and  when  you  reach  the  most  exposed  and  frontier 
country  of  all  your  new  territories,  say  it  is  time  to  stop.  We 
are  told,  however,  that,  by  a  law  passed,  and  one  in  contempla- 
tion, eighty  thousand  acres  are  already  given.  The  donations  up 
to  1819,  when  the  treaty  was  concluded,  were  only  eighteen  in 
number,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  reports  of  the  commissioners;  and 
I  do  not  believe  that  the  land,  if  sold,  would  pay  for  the  survey- 
ing. The  other  class  in  contemplation,  in  Escambia  county, 
where  the  greatest  number  reside,  is  of  the  same  character. 
Those  further  east  are  more  valuable;  but,  admitting  that  the 
whole  was  good  land,  and  add  to  it  that  proposed  to  be  embraced 
by  this  bill,  and  how  will  it  compare  with  the  six  hundred  thou- 
sand acres  in  Ohio  ?  This,  however,  is  not  to  be  considered  as 
purely  donation.  By  the  regulations  and  ordinances  of  the  Spa- 
nish authorities,  in  force  in  Florida,  every  person  who  settled  in 
these  provinces,  and  inhabited  and  cultivated  the  land  for  a  par- 
ticular number  of  years,  was  entitled  to  a  gratuitous  concession 
from  that  government;  and  by  the  treaty  between  Spain  and  the 
United  States,  the  latter  covenanted  to  confirm  all  titles  to  the 
same  extent,  that  would  have  been  confirmed  under  the  Spanish 
government.  The  actual  occupation  under  that  government,  has 
always  been  considered  as  constituting  an  inchoate  right,  or 
equitable  title,  to  be  perfected  in  the  same  manner  that  such 
titles  would  have  been  under  the  Spanish  government.  Upon 
this  principle,  the  United  States  have  adjusted  all  the  equitable, 
as  well  as  legal  claims,  up  to  the  change  of  government.  Such 
were  the  laws  for  Missouri,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana.  The 
pre-emption  laws  have  originated  from  considerations  entirely 


APPENDIX.  129 

different.  I  have  shown  in  the  remarks  I  had  the  honour  to  offer 
in  explanation  of  the  objects  of  the  bill  on  yesterday,  what  was 
granted  to  IllinoivS,  Indiana,  Michigan,  Missouri,  Mississippi, 
and  Louisiana.  The  gentleman  says  there  are  no  recent  instances, 
and  that  it  ought  tjo  be  stopped.  In  Arkansas,  I  think  so  late  as 
the  year  1823  or  1824,  congress  passed  an  act,  giving  pre-emption 
to  all  the  settlers  embraced  in  a  treaty  with  the  Chactaws,  any 
where  in  that  territory — Cherokees,  I  am  informed  by  the  ho- 
nourable gentleman  from  Arkansas — and  in  lieu  of  pre-emptions 
granted  by  an  act  of  1814.  I  thank  the  gentleman  for  the  in- 
formation, but  it  does  not  alter  my  argument.  It  is  to  show  that 
this  house  have  recently  legislated  upon  the  subject,  and  the  ex- 
tension that  we  contend  for  has  been  granted  to  Arkansas.  The 
gentleman  is  equally  mistaken  in  supposing  that  this  law  will 
cover  all  the  good  lands.  The  Indians  were  removed  in  the  fall 
of  1824.  This  bill  extends  the  right  of  preference  in  purchasing, 
to  the  1st  of  January,  1825.  It  would  be  most  surprising,  if 
many  could  have  ''inhabited  and  cultivated"  the  lands  occupied 
by  them  until  October  or  November,  1824,  before  the  1st  of  Ja- 
nuary, 1825.  Besides,  sir,  if  that  were  the  fact,  I  contend  that 
the  government  of  the  United  States  have  no  equitable  or  moral 
right  to  more  than  the  lands  are  worth  in  their  unimproved 
state. 

The  gentleman  has  attempted  to  give  an  estimate  of  the  lands, 
and  their  value;  let  him  look  to  the  returns  of  the  sales  of  unim- 
proved lands  in  the  vicinity  of  the  seat  of  government;  it  did 
not  average  two  dollars  per  acre  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood 
of  Tallahassee.  This  sale  will  demonstrate  what  lands  are  worth 
in  the  woods.  It  is  proper,  however,  to  remark,  that  there  were 
other  causes,  which,  in  some  measure,  produced  this  result:  If, 
then,  sir,  the  lands  on  which  these  settlers  live,  are  worth  more 
at  this  time,  from  what  is  it  derived  ?  Their  own  labour:  and  is 
it  just,  that  the  government  should  appropriate  the  labours  of  its 
own  citizens  to  fill  its  coffers?  Sir,  it  would  be  making  slaves  of 
the  most  deserving  of  our  population.  If  the  land  is  worth  one 
dollar  and  a  quarter  or  two  dollars,  in  the  woods,  and  it  costs 
ten  dollars  to  clear  it,  is  it  fair,  honest,  or  magnanimous,  to  take 
from  the  settler,  encouraged  to  locate  himself  there  by  your 


130  APPENBIX. 

laws,  more  than  the  value  of  the  land  in  its  unimproved  condi- 
tion ?  Look,  then,  to  the  sales  in  the  woods  in  that  country,  and 
you  have  the  estimate,  and  very  near  to  the  sum  proposed  to  be 
given  by  this  law.  Mr.  White  said  that  he  had  attempted  on 
yesterday,  to  prove  that  the  United  States  would  make  but  little 
by  the  refusal  to  pass  this  law;  whilst  this  deserving  class  of  in- 
habitants, who  have  cut  roads,  constructed  bridges,  and  felled 
the  forests,  would  be  placed  at  the  mercy  of  a  class  of  specula- 
tors, who  are  so  well  disciplined  in  the  arts  of  their  profession, 
and  so  familiar  with  the  distress  they  have  occasioned,  that  the 
people  have  as  little  hope  of  compassion  from  them  as  from  an 
inquisitor,  or  mercy  from  a  Shylock. 

It  is  impossible  to  prevent  combinations  at  those  sales.  No 
matter  what  the  demand  is,  to  a  certain  extent  it  has  and  will 
be  continued.  By  passing  this  law,  the  individuals  who  are  em- 
braced by  it  (and  their  numbers  have  been  greatly  exaggerated), 
will  be  secure,  and  the  government  have  a  fair  equivalent  for 
the  land  in  the  state  they  found  it — when  you  take  in  connexion 
the  increased  value  of  the  land  around  their  settlements,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  facilities  they  have  created  to  get  to  them,  and 
the  comforts  and  conveniences  they  afford  to  new  emigrants. 
Whenever  improvements  are  found  to  be  valuable,  the  company 
of  speculators,  through  their  foreman,  notify  the  farmer,  whose 
means  of  purchasing  has  been  exhausted  in  the  improvement  of 
the  country,  and  in  purchasing  every  article  at  four  times  its 
present  price,  that  unless  he  will  pay  so  much  to  the  company, 
they  will  bid  for  the  land  against  him.  In  this  way  the  honest 
planter  is  obliged  to  compromise,  and  perhaps  pay  them  as  much 
as  the  government,  or  be  sacrificed. 

It  is  to  prevent  this,  sir,  that  this  bill  is  intended,  and  to  re- 
ward the  enterprise  of  your  adventurous  citizens;  who  have  en- 
countered all  the  perils  and  difficulties  of  a  settlement  in  that 
country.  Another  consideration  has  great  force  in  recommending 
the  passage  of  this  bill.  Florida  is  your  most  exposed  frontier, 
having  an  extensive  seacoast.  It  is,  therefore,  the  policy  of  the 
government  to  have  as  dense  a  population  as  possible,  and  every 
advisable  means  should  be  adopted  for  that  object.  Should  the 
lands  fall  into  the  hands  of  speculators,  or  large  planters,  who 


APPENDIX,  131 

will  quarter  their  negroes  near  your  borders  and  coasts,  the  con- 
sequence will  be  equally  injurious  to  the  population  of  the  terri- 
tory, and  the  security  of  the  country.  For  these  reasons,  sir, 
and  those  I  had  the  honour  to  submit  on  yesterday,  I  trust  the 
bill  may  pass. 

The  question  was  then  taken,  and  the  bill  was  passed,  and 
sent  to  the  senate  for  concurrence. 


No.  III. 

CANALS. 


The  internal  navigation  of  Florida  is  a  subject  equally  im- 
portant to  the  territory,  the  adjoining  states,  and  the  whole 
American  republic.  The  seacoast  is  about  twelve  hundred  miles 
in  extent,  and  the  southern  part  in  particular,  the  most  danger- 
ous, perhaps,  of  the  western  continent.  It  has  been  found,  that 
the  insurance  offices  of  the  Atlantic  cities,  during  the  year  1826, 
lost,  by  wrecks  on  the  coast  of  Florida,  the  enormous  sum  of 
500,000  dollars  ;  a  sum  more  than  sufficient  to  complete  a  ship 
canal  across  the  peninsula,  from  the  St.  John's  to  the  Suwannee 
river.  The  draught  of  water  on  the  St.  John's,  as  well  as  on 
the  Mississippi  bar,  is  about  twelve  feet,  at  middle  tide  :  that, 
of  course,  ought  to  be  the  depth  of  water  in  the  canal.  The 
highest  ground,  between  the  two  rivers,  is  estimated  at  forty 
feet ;  but,  for  safety,  let  us  say  sixty  feet,  in  the  deepest  cut. 
Col.  White  estimates  the  distance  here  at  eighteen  miles  :  for 
his  very  valuable  letters  to  the  secretary  at  war,  and  the  com- 
mittee on  roads  and  canals,  here  inserted,  I  am  indebted  to  his 
politeness.  But,  instead  of  eighteen  miles,  let  us  take  forty 
miles  as  the  length  of  the  canal,  and  estimate  the  expense,  per 
mile,  at  eleven  thousand  dollars ;  and  it  will  amount  to  no  more 
than  440,000  dollars  :  sixty  thousand  dollars,  therefore,  would 
be  saved  in  one  year,  over  and  above  all  the  expenses  of  the 
work  ;  and  hundreds  of  lives  would  be  saved  annually,  in  addi- 
tion.   This  would  disarm  the  southern  navigation  of  all  its  dan- 


132  APPENDIX. 

gers,  and  all  its  terrors.  This  canal  would,  in  effect,  bring  New- 
Orleans,  and  the  Mexican  ports,  eight  hundred  miles  nearer  to 
the  Atlantic  states.  It  would  unite  the  eastern  and  western  states 
more  closely  than  any  other  public  improvement  could  do.  In 
times  of  war,  the  advantages  resulting  from  such  a  canal  would 
be  incalculable.  It  is  around  our  numerous  capes  and  islands, 
projecting  far  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  that  our  commerce  is 
most  vulnerable  :  there,  it  is  exposed  to  the  sudden  attacks  of 
foreign  cruisers  and  pirates  of  every  description.  This  canal 
would  save  our  government  from  the  necessity  of  keeping  a  fleet 
in  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  in  times  of  peace  ;  and  in  times  of  war, 
it  would  facilitate  the  transportation  of  troops  and  military  stores 
from  the  eastern  and  western  shores,  and  afford  a  safe  retreat  for 
the  small  prizes,  which  might  be  taken  in  the  southern  waters. 
By  increasing  the  value  of  land  in  its  vicinity,  it  would  throw 
a  large  fund  into  the  national  treasury;  and  by  increasing  the 
population,  it  would  gieatly  strengthen  the  southern  frontier  of 
our  republic.  To  the  inhabitants  of  the  territory,  it  would  afford 
employment,  encourage  industry  and  enterprise,  and  bring  a 
market  to  their  doors. 

Since  the  accomplishment  of  the  New-York  canal,  the  diffi- 
culties to  be  encountered  in  the  construction  of  such  works  are 
greatly  diminished  ;  and  a  canal  of  forty  miles,  in  a  comparative- 
ly level  country,  although  drawing  twelve  feet  of  water,  bears 
but  a  small  proportion  to  one  of  three  hundred  miles,  carried 
over  rivers,  valleys,  and  mountains. 

To  the  westward  of  the  peninsula,  the  navigation  of  the  sea- 
coast  is  comparatively  safe  ;  but  an  internal  boat  navigation  can 
be  so  easily  obtained,  and  it  would  so  greatly  facilitate  the  com- 
munication from  every  part  of  the  territory,  that  there  can  be  no 
doubt  of  its  early  completion.  Eleven  miles,  at  most,  of  canal, 
would  complete  an  inward  passage  from  the  Appalachee  to  the 
Perdido  bay,  a  distance,  by  water,  of  three  hundred  miles. 

The  Appalachee  and  Appalachicola  bays  are  already  connected 
by  St.  George's  sound.  The  navigation,  by  vessels  drawing  six 
feet  w?.ter,  is  good,  with  the  exception  of  one  narrow  oyster  bar, 
which  crosses  the  sound  about  midway:  through  this,  a  channel 


APPENDIX.  133 

could  easily  be  opened:  at  present,  at  low  tide,  there  is  not  more 
than  four  feet  water  on  this  bar. 

To  connect  the  bays  of  Appalachicola  and  St.  Andrew's,  three 
routes  are  presented: — 

1st.  Up  the  Appalachicola  river,  thirty-five  miles,  to  its  junc- 
tion with  the  Chapola  river  ;  then  up  the  Chapola,  and  Hort's 
lake,  ten  miles,  opposite  to  the  heads  of  Welappo  creek ;  thence 
by  a  canal,  three  miles,  to  the  Wetappo;  thence  down  the  We- 
tappo,  seven  miles,  to  the  east  arm  of  St.  Andrew's  bay. 

2d.  Up  the  Appalachicola  river,  seven  miles,  to  Wimico  lake ; 
thence  across  the  lake,  seven  miles  ;  thence  by  a  canal,  three 
miles,  into  St.  Joseph's  bay  ;  thence  across  the  bay,  twenty 
miles  ;  thence  round  Cape  False  to  the  sound,  behind  Crooked 
and  Hummock  islands,  twelve  miles  ;  thence  through  the  sound 
to  St.  Andrew's,  twenty  miles. 

3d.  From  the  Appalachicola  bay,  through  the  Indian  pass,  to 
the  peninsula  south  of  St.  Joseph's,  sixteen  miles  ;  then  by  a 
canal  across  the  peninsula,  to  avoid  Cape  St.  Blass,  one  mile  ; 
thence  round  Cape  False,  as  before. 

In  these  three  routes,  there  is  only  one  mile  of  difference  in 
the  distance.  In  the  first  route,  the  currents  of  the  rivers  are  to 
be  overcome  :  in  the  second,  the  west  end  of  Wimico  lake,  and 
the  south  shore  of  St.  Joseph's  bay,  are  quite  shoal :  in  the ' 
third  route,  both  sides  of  the  peninsula  are  shoal,  and  the  Indian 
pass  is  also  considerably  obstructed  by  oyster  bars. 

A  canal  of  five  miles  would  connect  the  Wapaluxy  creek,  of 
St.  Andrew's,  with  the  Pond  branch  of  the  Chactawhatchee  river. 
A  canal  of  one  mile  would  connect  the  Big  Lagoon,  below  Bar- 
rancas, with  the  Perdido  bay.  And  a  canal  of  four  and  a  lialf 
miles  would  connect  the  La  Lance  creek,  of  the  Perdido,  with 
Bonsecure,  a  creek  and  bay  of  Mobile  harbour. 

The  following  is  extracted  from  the  Macon  Messenger  (Ga.) 
of  Jan.  14,  1826,  and  probably  expresses  some  views  of  the  sub- 
ject, more  correctly  than  it  could  be  done  in  other  words: — 

"But  I  understand,  from  high  authority,  that  congress  would- 

prefer  that  a  state,  territory,  or  a  company,  should  execute  any 

of  those  canals  she  has  in  contemplation,  to  doing  it  herself  out 

of  the  national  funds  ;  but  she  would  require   ample  assurance 

S 


134  APPENDIX. 

that  the  object  be  effected  agreeably  to  the  designs  laid  down  in 
her  system  ;  to  the  end  that  chartered  companies  may  not  be- 
come an  encumbrance  to  her  and  the  community,  by  a  partial 
execution  of  the  work  upon  those  localities,  and  deprive  her, 
hereafter,  of  doing  it  in  a  manner  and  magnitude  beneficial  to 
the  Union.  Hence,  the  above  canal  would  be  considered  as  the 
foundation  of  canalling  in  the  southern  states  ;  and  if  executed 
upon  a  smaller  scale  than  above  described,  would  be  inadequate 
to  the  connecting  purposes  which  it  should  be  ultimately  calcu- 
lated to  combine.  The  territory  of  Florida  is  anxious  for  this 
canal  to  be  effected,  and  will  give  every  assistance  in  its  power 
congenial  with  its  territorial  rights.  As  she  is  at  this  time  unable 
to  effect  it  herself,  she  is  desirous  it  may  be  done  by  congress, 
or  a  company  chartered  for  that  purpose  ;  and  as  congress,  by 
her  system,  cannot  arrive  at  this  canal,  for  the  purpose  of  exe- 
cuting the  work,  in  probably  less  than  twelve  or  fifteen  years, 
it  would  be  a  great  acquisition  to  the  states  on  the  west  and  east 
of  the  peninsula,  for  a  company  to  be  organized,  and  commence 
it  with  as  little  delay  as  possible.  If  it  could  be  completed  in 
five  years  from  the  next  session  of  congress,  there  is  but  little 
doubt,  by  the  time  she  would  be  ready  to  commence  this  canal, 
it  would  half  pay  for  itself  in  tolls,  besides  the  facilities  it  would 
afford  to  wealth  and  commerce,  the  community,  and  the  world 
at  large.  xV  party,  consisting  of  an  assistant  engineer  and  a  first 
rate  surveyor,  together  with  other  requisite  assistance,  is  now 
made  up,  provided  a  civil  engineer  of  established  science  in  le- 
velling, measuring  work,  and  making  out  estimates,  can  be  pro- 
cured to  head  the  survey.  Exertions  are  making  to  procure  the 
service  of  an  engineer,  whose  experience  and  judgment  are  ade- 
quate to  the  importance  of  this  object ;  which,  if  found  in  time 
to  enter  upon  the  route  by  the  first  of  December,  the  practicabi- 
lity and  expense  can  be  ascertained,  and  if  found  favourable,  re- 
turned to  congress,  with  a  memorial  for  a  charter,  before  the 
rising  of  the  next  session. 

"If  practicable,  the  stock,  more  than  sufficient,  may  be  said 
to  be  already  made  up.  It  is  unfortunate  that  an  engineer  of  the 
qualities  required  cannot  at  this  time  be  heard  of  in  the  southern 


APPENDIX.  133 

states.*  Two  months'  services  would  suffice  to  lay  the  founda- 
tion of  this  canal,  and  for  the  incorporation  of  the  company.  If 
he  could  not  attend  upon  the  execution  of  the  work,  it  would  be 
immaterial :  the  canal  could  go  on,  whilst  he  might  be  engaged 
in  the  survey  of  other  localities  for  canals;  in  some  other  section 
of  the  country. 

''Having  pointed  out  the  locality,  together  with  a  few  outlines 
of  the  proposed  canal,  let  us  now  attempt  to  enumerate  some  of 
the  advantages.  It  will  at  once  strike  the  competent  and  reflect- 
ing mind,  that  the  distance  from  the  northern  ports,  to  that  class 
of  our  numerous  coasting  vessels,  trading  to  the  gulf  of  Mexico, 
Orleans,  Tampico,  Vera  Cruz,  Honduras,  &c.  would  be  materi- 
ally shortened,  and  rendered  far  more  secure  than  by  Avay  of  the 
Bahamas  and  Cuba;  thereby  cutting  off  that  long,  circuitous, 
dangerous,  and  piratical  route,  and  preserving  the  lives  of  hun- 
dreds of  our  northern  countrymen  from  shipwreck,  and  from  those 
lawless  piratical  savages  of  the  ocean.  With  regard  to  military 
and  naval  advantages,  it  will  also  strike  the  reflecting  mind,  that 
in  case  of  war,  at  some  future  day,  in  which  it  is  not  impossible 
that  the  United  States  may  be  enveloped,  in  the  course  of  fifteen 
or  twenty  years,  (and  perhaps  less)  with  some  foreign  power,  it 
would,  in  such  an  event,  become  a  matter  of  deep  interest  to 
congress,  to  avail  herself  of  all  the  advantages  the  southern  sec- 
tion of  the  Union  could  afford.  Consequently,  looking  ahead, 
she  would  find  it  indispensably  necessary  to  establish  another 
naval  depot  in  the  southern  states,  upon  the  eastern  side  of  the 
peninsula  of  Florida,  to  act  in  concert  with  Pensacola,  in  annoy- 
ing the  enemy  in  southern  latitudes,  and  in  defence  of  the  south. 
Thus  it  will  be  readily  perceived,  that  an  enemy  might  be  an- 
noyed and  weakened,  with  treble  the  ease,  success,  and  security, 
from  the  suggested  co-operation,  in  such  case,  through  the  Flo- 
rida canal,  between  the  resources  of  Pensacola,  and  the  resources 
of  a  naval  depot  and  fortress  upon  the  Atlantic  side  of  the  Flori- 
das,  than  from  the  northern  ports.  Their  union  would  still  be 
strengthened,  in  at  least  a  threefold  degree,  by  the  superior  ad- 
vantages of  this  canal,  through  which  they  could  be  readily  sup- 

*  Lieutenant  Swift  was  sent  to  examine  the  ground,  in  the  beginning'  of  the 
winter  5  but  he  has  not  yet  reported. 


136  APPENDIX. 

plied  aud  supported  from  the  interior  of  South  Carolina,  Georgia, 
Alabama,  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  and  Kentucky,  at  either  point, 
vice  versa,  with  provisions,  munitions  of  war,  troops,  &c.  &c. 
Again:  suppose  we  were  now  at  war,  and  our  navy  or  privateers- 
men  were  to  take  a  prize  in  the  West  Indian  seas  ?  Could  they 
not  stand  a  far  better  chance  of  getting  such  prize  into  Pensacola, 
or  a  southern  naval  depot  upon  the  eastern  side  of  the  peninsula, 
than  into  one  of  the  northern  ports  ?  Particularly  in  case  of  in- 
clemency of  the  winter  season  in  northern  latitudes,  and  the  coast 
perhaps  lined,  as  it  were,  with  the  ships  of  our  enemy.  Hence 
this  canal  would  unite  a  common  cause  between  the  Union,  South 
Carolina,  Georgia,  the  Floridas,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Tennessee, 
and  Kentucky,  in  case  of  an  invasion  by  a  foreign  enemy  in  the 
south.  They  could  then  receive  the  invaders  upon  the  margin  of 
the  ocean,  and  send  them  back,  with  a  conviction  that  republican 
governments  are  based  upon  the  virtue  and  wisdom  of  their  le- 
gislators, and  the  union  of  the  people.  Thus  it  may  be  foreseen 
that  Tnany  important  naval  and  military  advantages  may  in  the 
course  of  time  and  events  be  expected  to  arise,  with  the  increas-^ 
ing  importance  and  wealth  of  the  Floridas,  and  the  southern  and 
western  sections  of  the  United  States,  from  this  proposed  large 
canal.  With  regard  to  its  mercantile  and  commercial  advantages, 
it  will  be  perceived  that  the  vessels  and  steam-boats,  which  this 
canal  would  be  calculated  to  float  between  the  Atlantic,  Mobile, 
and  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  would  literally  svjeep  the  mouths  of  all 
those  noble  rivers,  that  flow  from  a  wealthy  interior  into  the 
bays  of  Appalachee,  Appalachicola,  and  Mobile  ;  thereby  con- 
centrating hereafter  a  reciprocal  and  extensive  safe  inland  trade, 
between  the  western  waters  and  sections  of  the  Union,  with  the 
Atlantic.  The  states  on  each  side  of  the  isthmus  would  be  more 
reciprocally  benefited  by  this  canal,  than  Florida.  From  the 
mouth  of  the  St.  John's,  steam-boats  can,  and  do  even  now,  avail 
themselves  of  a  safe  inland  passage,  in  the  rear  of  the  numerous 
islands  upon  the  coast  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina,  as  far  north 
as  Charleston  and  Georgetown,  even  up  to  Cheraw.  If  bound 
to  either  of  the  latter  ports,  they  would  find  as  safe  a  passage 
from  St.  John's  to  Savannah  river,  through  Augustine  creek,  in 
the  rear  of  Wilmington  island,   into  Calaboga  sound,  as  tiiey 


APPENDIX.  137 

now  find  from  Savannah  to  Charleston  ;  which  city  would  pro- 
bably attract  a  considerable  share  of  the  western  trade,  by  the 
way  of  the  St.  John's.  This,  I  conceive,  in  some  instances 
might  be  the  case,  as  it  would  be  impo,ssible  to  prevent,  by  co- 
ercion, the  western  merchants  and  planters  from  centring  where 
there  is  the  most  capital,  European  and  West  India  shipping, 
and  large  importing  and  exporting  merchants,  if  their  interests 
or  inclination  should  lead  them  to  such  a  port.  I  lay  it  down  as 
a  general  rule,  that  agriculture  and  commerce  are  always  prone 
to  come  together  at  the  most  habitual  point  of  concentration  upon 
the  margin  of  the  ocean,  or  at  the  head  of  navigation  for  Europe- 
an shipping,  upon  a  river,  or  bay,  where  a  city,  from  its  long 
standing  and  locality,  holds  out  the  greatest  capital,  and  has  got 
the  trade,  both  by  sea  and  from  the  interior,  turned  and  settled, 
in  its  favour. 

*'  Consequently,  each  seeking  their  actual  interests,  let  us  sup- 
pose a  ship  to  leave  Liverpool  in  pursuit  of  Alabama  cotton. 
She  must  cross  the  Atlantic  within  two  to  four  days'  sail  of 
Charleston,  Savannah,  or  St.  Mary's,  (being  the  only  three  ports 
of  note  into  which  she  could  gain  an  entrance  ;)  from  thence 
she  must  now  keep  away,  make  the  Man  of  War  Keys,  sail  down 
the  dangerous  coast  of  Abaco  island,  pass  the  Hole  in  the  Wall, 
cross  the  Bahama  banks,  (if  not  cast  away  on  the  Abaco,)  steer- 
ing her  course  through  numerous  small  islands  and  keys  of  rock  in 
every  direction,  for  the  Double-head  Shot  Keys ;  then  steer  up  the 
north  side  of  Cuba,  through  piratical  waters,  sail  the  extent  north- 
westwardly of  the  gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  Balize,  and  from  thence 
ascend  the  rapid  current  of  the  Mississippi,  one  hundred  and 
thirty  miles  to  New-Orleans.  This  would  comprise  a  circuitous 
and  dangerous  route  of  at  least  fifteen  or  eighteen  hundred  miles' 
sailing  distance,  from  the  point  where  she  was  within  two  to  four 
days'  sail  of  Charleston,  Savannah,  or  St.  Mary's  ;  where,  at 
either  port,  by  the  facilities  of  the  above  proposed  canal,  she 
could  obtain  her  cargo  of  Alabama  cotton,  and  be  on  her  return 
voyage  to  Liverpool,  before  she  could,  upon  an  average  calcula- 
tion of  the  winds,  arrive  at  New-Orleans  ;  and  at  the  same  time, 
while  saving  the  worst  half  of  her  voyage,  Avould  avoid  those 
dangers,  which  are  sometimes  incalculable. 


ISS  APPENDIX. 

"  It  must  be  recollected,  that  sloops  and  schooners  cannot  carry- 
more  than  two  or  three  hundred  bales  of  cotton  at  a  load ;  where- 
as steam-boats  can  transport,  in  less  time,  eight  hundred  or  a 
thousand  bales  at  each  cargo,  with  equal  safety;  consequently, 
they  would  have  the  superiority  over  the  present  coasting  vessels 
from  Mobile  to  New-Orleans  and  New-York,  by  way  of  the 
Balize,  and  the  cape  of  Florida ;  and  thereby  change  the  channel 
of  that  part  of  the  trade  to  New-York,  through  some  of  the  ports 
on  the  coast  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina  ;  thereby  facilitating 
a  mutual  interest,  by  this  improvement,  from  Mobile  through 
the  ports  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina  to  New-York.  Again, 
it  is  natural  to  calculate,  that  European  and  American  merchants 
would  prefer  giving  more  for  Alabama  cotton  in  either  of  the 
above  Atlantic  ports,  than  to  run  all  those  hazards  and  delays 
with  their  shipping  and  cargoes,  together  with  additional  insur- 
ance, by  proceeding  from  Liverpool  or  the  northern  ports  to 
New-Orleans,  by  the  way  of  Cuba,  in  pursuit  of  this  cotton. — 
Hence  I  feel  wjarranted  in  saying,  besides  the  numerous  and 
important  advantages  to  the  southern  section  of  the  Union,  in 
case  of  war,  and  to  the  world  at  large,  with  regard  to  commerce, 
together  with  the  protection  of  our  coasting  trade  to  the  gulf  of 
Mexico,  and  the  preservation  of  the  lives  of  our  northern  mari- 
ners from  shipwreck  and  pirates,  the  tolls  of  this  canal  would 
prove  vastly  lucrative  to  the  stockholders." 


House  op  Representatives. 

Tuesday,  February  2\st,  1826. 

Mr.  White,  of  Florida,  moved  to  postpone  all  the  orders  of  the 
day,  in  order  to  take  up  the  bill  for  a  survey  of  a  route  for  a 
canal  between  the  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Mr.  White  said  he  would  briefly  state  to  the  House  his  reasons 
for  claiming  their  indulgence,  before  the  important  question  that 
engrossed  their  attention  was  disposed  of.  The  season  was  now 
far  advanced,  and  unless  the  bill  was  speedily  passed,  it  would 
be  impossible  that  the  survey  and  estimates  could  be  made  before 
the  summer  or  fall  months,  when  it  would  be  too  unpleasant  and 


APPENDIX,  139 

hazardous  for  the  engineers  to  execute  the  work ;  and  if  it  was 
postponed  until  fall,  no  report  could  be  made  in  time  to  be  con- 
sidered and  acted  upon  at  the  next  session  of  congress.  Mr.  W. 
did  not  wish  to  be  importunate ;  but,  in  a  question  of  such  mag- 
nitude, involving  considerations  of  political  and  commercial  im- 
portance, so  intimately  connected  with  the  trade,  security  and 
defence  of  the  nation,  he  trusted  the  House  would  indulge  him 
with  the  passage,  at  this  time,  of  the  bill,  having  for  its  object 
the  procurement  of  information  in  which  every  section  of  the 
continent  has  so  deep  an  interest.  If  he  could  suppose  that  it 
would  produce  any  discussion,  he  would  not  press  it,  but  believ- 
ing that  every  gentleman  had  given  so  much  consideration  to  the 
subject,  as  would  justify  their  voting  directly  upon  it,  he  trusted 
the  orders  of  the  day  would  he  postponed,  and  that  the  House 
w^ould  resolve  itself  into  a  committee  of  the  whole  for  its  con- 
sideration. 

He  was  authorized  by  the  kind  indulgence  of  the  gentleman 
entitled  to  the  floor,  to  call  up  this  subject,  on  account  of  its 
importance  and  immediate  necessity. 

The  question  was  then  taken  on  the  postponement  of  all  the 
other  orders  of  the  day — Ayes  78,  Noes  55. 


IN  SENATE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

January  19,  182&. 

Mr.  Hendricks,  from  the  select  committee  on  roads  and  ca- 
nals, to  whom  was  referred  "  a  bill  for  the  survey  of  a  route 
for  a  canal  between  the  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,"  re- 
ported : 

That  they  have  given  the  subject  all  the  examination  which 
the  means  afforded  enabled  them  to  bestow.  No  documents 
accompanying  the  bill,  they  have  availed  themselves  of  the  in- 
formation of  several  gentlemen  acquainted  with  the  character  of 
the  country  through  which  the  proposed  canal  is  intended  to 
pass;  and  from  the  best  lights  afforded,  they  have  no  hesitation 
in  forming  the  opinion,  that  the  great  importance  of  a  canal 
communication  between  the  waters  of  the  Atlantic  coast  and  the 


14G  APPENDIX. 

Gulf  of  Mexico,  justifies  the  expenditure  proposed,  to  determine 
the  fact  whether  such  communication  be  practicable  or  not.  Nor 
would  the  committee  hesitate  in  recommending  the  measure, 
were  the  probability  of  a  favourable  result  to  the  examination 
much  more  remote  than  it  is.  The  committee  are  of  opinion, 
from  all  the  information  which  they  have  been  able  to  procure, 
that  this  work  is  not  only  practicable,  but  much  more  easily  ac- 
complished than  former  estimates  and  opinions  have  supposed. 

The  committee  would  further  remark,  that,  from  an  examina- 
tion of  the  maps  and  charts  of  the  coast  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Mississippi  river  to  the  Appalachicola,  or  the  Vaccassar  bay,  and 
from  information  to  be  relied  on  in  relation  to  that  coast,  they 
are  induced  to  report  an  amendment  to  the  bill,  by  which  the 
survey  will  be  extended  west,  through  the  bays  of  St.  Andrew's, 
St.  Rosa,  Pensacola,  Perdido,  Mobile,  and  Pascagoula,  and 
through  lakes  Borgne  and  Pontchartrain,  to  the  Mississippi,  by 
the  Iberville,  or  the  canal  Carondelet.  It  is  believed  that  through 
the  lakes,  bays,  and  inlets  of  this  coast,  a  perfect  inland  naviga- 
tion may  be  effected  to  the  Vaccassar  bay,  a  distance  of  three 
hundred  and  fifty  miles,  by  cutting,  at  a  few  points,  in  all  not 
exceeding  twelve  miles.  The  appropriation  proposed  in  the  bill, 
it  is  believed,  will  be  sufficient  for  this  additional  purpose. 

Much  valuable  information  on  these  subjects  is  contained  in 
the  letter  from  Mr.  White,  the  delegate  from  the  territory  of 
Florida,  addressed  to  the  committee,  and  to  which  they  ask 
leave  to  refer  as  part  of  their  report. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

Washingto7i,  January  \Sth',  1826. 

Sir:  In  obedience  to  your  request,  I  herewith  send  a  copy  of 
a  letter  I  had  the  honour  to  address  to  the  secretary  of  war,  re- 
questing a  survey  and  estimate  of  a  canal,  or  ship  channel,  across 
the  promontory  of  Florida,  with  a  copy  of  his  answer,  stating 
that  the  appropriation  for  such  objects  having  been  exhausted, 
the  reconnoissance  could  not  be  made,  unless  the  necessary  funds 
were  placed  under  the  direction  of  his  department. 

It  will  be  seen,  by  a  perusal  of  that  letter,  that  I  had  intended 
to  communicate  some  interesting  facts.,  in  regard  to  the  practica- 


i 


APPENDIX.  141 

bility  of  Ibnning  an  inland  navigation,  from  the  Mississippi  to 
the  point  at  which  the  proposed  ship  channel  should  commence 
on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Since  the  introduction  of  the  bill  refer- 
red to  your  committee  in  the  senate,  I  take  the  liberty  to  sug- 
gest the  propriety  of  an  additional  provision,  directing  a  continua- 
tion of  the  survey,  from  the  Appalachicola  river  to  the  Missis- 
sippi; and  availing  myself  of  your  invitation,  will  now  say,  what 
I  intended,  under  other  circumstances,  to  address  to  the  secre- 
tary of  war. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  Mississippi,  after  receiving  to  its 
bosom  all  the  streams  that  flow  from  the  mountains,  through  the 
fertile  regions  of  the  west,  its  bed  is  unable  to  contain  them. 
Large  navigable  rivers  and  bayous  burst  from  its  sides,  and, 
flowing  through  the  valley,  some  of  them  find  an  outlet  in  the 
gulf.  Of  this  description  is  the  Manshac  or  Iberville,  about 
ninety  miles  above  New-Orleans,  running  into  Lake  Maurepas, 
which  communicates  \yith  the  gulf  through  Lakes  Pontchartrain 
and  Borgne.  The  Manshac  runs  into  Amite  river,  and  from  their 
junction,  sixteen  miles  from  the  Mississippi,  the  united  streams 
present  a  fine  body  of  water  to  the  lakes,  sufficient  for  all  the 
purposes  of  navigation.  The  depth  of  the  water  in  Pontchartrain 
is  generally  from  eighteen  to  twenty  feet.  The  bay  of  Manshac 
was  opened  some  years  since  by  general  Wilkinson,  wide  enough 
for  the  passage  of  boats;  but,  during  the  late  war,  the  American 
commander,  apprehending  the  approach  of  the  British  troops 
through  that  channel,  ordered  it  to  be  obstructed,  by  falling  a 
quantity  of  cypress  trees  across  it,  which  presents  an  obstacle  to 
navigation,  until  they  are  removed.  It  is  believed,  that,  by 
clearing  out  these  obstructions,  deepening  and  widening  the  bed, 
constructing  small  levees  for  a  short  distance,  and  cutting  off  a 
small  point  at  the  mouth  of  this  estuary,  a  considerable  portion 
of  the  waters  of  that  immense  river  would  find  an  outlet  to  the 
gulf,  through  the  lakes;  which  would  greatly  improve  their  na- 
vigation, by  an  accumulation  of  water,  sufficient  to  overcome 
the  feeble  resistance  of  the  tides,  and  form  a  current  outward  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  By  this  mode  of  conducting  off  the  surplus 
waters  of  the  Mississippi,  two  great  evils  would  be  avoided;  the 
incumbent  waters  in  the  rivpr,  and  tlio  reflux  from  the  swamps. 
T 


142  APPENDIX. 

both  of  which  have  been  found  to  be  detrimental  to  the  planter> 
on  its  borders. 

It  is  beheved  by  every  person,  practical  or  scientific,  that  the 
levees  cannot  be  extended  farther  up  the  Mississippi,  without 
manifest  danger  to  New-Orleans  and  the  contiguous  country;  and 
every  one  must  be  convinced,  that  they  are  inferior  to  artificial 
sluices  or  canals,  that  would  convey  the  superabundant  water  to 
the  sea  by  other  routes  than  the  river.  It  will  be  seen  by  Cu- 
vier's  Essay  on  the  Theory  of  the  Earth,  that  the  learned  M.  de 
Prouy  had  communicated  important  facts,  to  explain  the  changes 
which  took  place  on  the  shores  of  the  Adriatic:  having  been  ap- 
pointed to  examine  into  the  causes  of  the  devastations  occasioned 
by  the  overflowings  of  the  Po,  he  ascertained  that  this  river, 
since  it  was  confined  by  dykes,  had,  by  deposites,  so  raised  the 
level  of  its  bottom,  that  its  surface  was  higher  than  the  roofs  of 
the  houses  in  Ferrara. 

The  Adige  and  the  Po,  like  the  Mississippi,  are  higher  than 
the  adjacent  country;  and  the  remedy  against  the  disasters  of  an- 
nual overflowings  is  suggested,  by  opening  new  channels  to  dis- 
charge the  waters. 

I  beg  leave  to  make  an  extract  from  a  work  of  the  most  learn- 
ed and  philosophical  writer  that  I  have  seen,  of  all  who  have 
written  upon  the  subject  of  the  Mississippi.  "A  deep  canal 
ought  to  be  cut,  to  carry  a  current,  from  the  river,  at  all  seasons, 
and  above  and  below  its  efflux,  a  strong  levee  formed,  from  the 
river,  to  whatever  lake  was  made  the  deposite.  We  are  far  from 
expecting  that  this  improvement  will  be  carried  into  effect, 
though  its  beneficial  consequences  are  too  obvious  to  demand  de- 
monstration. Two  causes  oppose  themselves  to  all  human  im- 
provements; the  difficulty  of  convincing  the  public  of  their 
utility  and  practicability,  and  the  greater  difficulty  of  withdraw- 
ing men  from  their  habitual  course."  When  the  waters  of  the 
main  stream  flow  out  through  the  valley,  and  meet  with  no  de- 
posite or  outlet,  such  as  the  lakes,  they  rest  on  the  back  lands, 
and  produce  a  reflux  towards  the  river.  By  forming  this  commu- 
nication, all  these  evils  to  the  inhabitants  are  obviated,  and  the 
terrors  of  a  crevasse  in  the  levee,  with  its  consequent  destruction, 
avoided. 


APPENDIX.  143 

ll  is  not  incumbent  upon  me  to  discuss  this  subject  here,  fur- 
ther than  to  exhibit  such  a  view  of  it,  as  will  demonstrate  to  the 
committee  the  necessity  of  at  least  a  survey,  that  congress  may 
be  enabled  to  act  upon  the  certain  information,  and  official  respon- 
sibility, of  its  own  engineers.  There  are  several  points  below 
the  Manshac,  at  which  communications  might  be  formed  with 
Lake  Pontchartrain  by  cutting  less  than  five  miles.  One  at  Ben- 
net  quarre,  where  it  is  said  that  the  river,  at  low  water,  is  ten 
feet  higher  than  the  lake;  the  greatest  elevation  of  the  river,  at 
that  point,  during  the  spring  floods,  is  estimated  at  twenty-three 
feet;  this  quantity  expanding  over  such  a  surface  as  the  lake, 
would  produce  but  a  slight  effect,  whilst  it  would  greatly  dimi- 
nish the  body,  and  consequently  the  danger  of  the  river. 

Should  either  of  those  two  points  be  found  too  difficult,  or  im- 
practicable, a  canal  has  been  projected  and  surveyed,  at  or  near 
New-Orleans,  from  the  river  into  the  lake;  either  of  which  will 
accomplish  the  object  of  a  commencement  of  an  inland  naviga- 
tion from  the  Mississippi,  around  our  southern  coast,  to  the  At- 
lantic. Through  the  lakes,  and  behind  the  islands,  which  stretch 
along  the  coast  of  the  gulf,  there  is  a  safe  interior  passage  to  Mo- 
bile bay,  a  distance  of  one  hundred  and  seventy  miles,  free  for 
vessels  of  any  size  that  might  be  employed  in  that  trade,  without 
any  impediments,  except  the  slight  obstructions  between  the 
river  and  lakes.  Between  the  bays  of  Mobile  and  Pensacola,  a 
distance  of  fifty  miles,  there  are  but  two  interruptions  to  the 
water  communication — a  portage  from  Bon  Secours  bay  to  Per- 
dido,  of  four  and  a  half  miles,  and  a  half  mile  from  the  latter  to 
the  Grand  Lagoon,  which  communicates  with  Pensacola  bay, 
near  the  point  lately  selected  by  the  United  States  for  a  navy 
yard,  and  naval  depot;  making  an  inland  navigation  for  that  dis- 
tance, by  cutting  five  miles  only,  almost  in  a  direct  line,  through 
a  level  country,  and  a  soil  mixed  with  clay  and  sand,  furnishing 
every  prospect  of  easy  excavation. 

But,  sir,  to  show  that  nature  herself  intended  this  route  to  be 
continued,  I  beg  leave  to  point  the  attention  of  the  committee  to 
the  facilities  it  embraces.  Santa  Rosa  sound  makes  out  from  the 
bay  of  Pensacola  forty  miles,  to  Chactawhatchee  bay,  of  about 
the  same  length;  from  the  end  of  which,  a  few  miles  up  East 


144  APPENDIX. 

river,  will  reach  a  point  within  five  miles  of  the  west  end  of  St. 
Andrew's  bay,  through  a  soil  and  surface,  presenting  no  difficul- 
ties to  the  continuation  of  the  work;  from  that  point  to  the  east 
end  of  the  bay,  in  a  line  with  the  whole  route,  is  about  twenty- 
four  miles;  from  thence  to  the  Chapola  river,  at  a  point  near 
which  there  is  a  large,  open,  natural  communication,  from  the 
Appalachicola,  is  about  two  miles.  Thus,  with  the  inconsider- 
able obstructions  at  the  Mississippi,  the  removal  of  small  impe- 
diments at  a  few  points,  and  the  cutting  of  twelve  miles,  an 
inland  navigation  may  be  effected  of  three  hundred  and  fifty 
miles,  from  the  Mississippi  to  the  Appalachicola,  the  place  at 
which  the  survey  is  to  terminate,  by  the  bill  referred  to  your 
committee. 

It  is  seldom  that  nature  is  so  bountiful  to  a  people,  as  to  those 
of  the  southern  and  western  states;  bountiful  in  the  luxuriance 
of  soil,  and  in  the  value  and  variety  of  products,  and  bountiful 
to  excess  in  the  facilities  of  commerce.  The  rivers  that  flow  into 
the  Mississippi  connect  together  the  western  states,  while  the 
southern  are  connected  by  the  sounds,  lakes,  and  bayous,  which 
form,  and  the  rivers  which  flow  into  this  great  inland  channel, 
extending  around  our  southern  coast.  The  body  and  branches  of 
this  mighty  river  and  canal,  will  hold  them  united  by  the  indis- 
soluble link  of  trade,  interest,  and  intercourse,  whilst  the  ship 
channel  will  connect  them  with  the  east,  at  every  harbour,  port, 
and  point  of  contact,  from  the  Alleghany  to  the  gulf,  and  from 
the  Sabine  to  the  Atlantic. 

To  effect  an  inland  navigation  of  unbroken  continuity,  for 
three  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  by  cutting  twelve  miles, — such  is 
the  labour  to  be  performed;  so  cheap,  natural,  and  so  essential  to 
an  iminteiTupted  communication  from  the  north  and  east,  to  the 
west,  and  from  the  west  to  the  extreme  south,  and  from  thence 
to  the  Atlantic!  Moreover,  sir,  the  states  of  Tennessee  and  Ala- 
bama  contemplate  a  canal  from  the  Tennessee  to  the  Alabama 
river;  of  which  the  bay  of  Mobile  will  be  the  outlet;  thus  ren- 
dering this  canal  important  to  those  states,  and  more  valuable  to 
the  Union.  The  people  of  the  west  have  long  had  to  contend 
agaiost  difficulties  and  dangers  in  transporting  their  produce  to  a 
foreign  market.   Though  nature  had  given  them  a  great  outlet  to 


APPKNIJIX.  145 

ihc  sea,  it  is  far  removed  from  the  course  ol"  European  trade; 
plunging  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  they  have  many  perils  to 
brave,  many  leagues  to  traverse,  before  they  reach  the  Atlantic. 
The  dangers  of  the  navigation  subject  them,  on  their  outward 
passage,  to  shipwreck  and  plunder.  Should  they  be  fortunate 
enough  to  escape,  on  their  return  home,  with  the  produce  of 
their  enterprise,  they  are  retarded  by  the  Gulf  Stream,  Florida 
capes,  and  the  still  more  appalling  dangers  of  pirates. 

Nature  has  given  to  the  west  the  finest  river  in  the  world  : 
and  if  the  government  will  remedy  the  defects  of  its  distant  dis- 
emboguement,  they  start  with  their  Atlantic  brethren,  in  the 
equal  race  of  wealth  and  prosperity,  on  the  great  highway  of 
European  commerce,  and  the  issue  is  left  to  their  energy. 

From  the  lowness  of  its  banks,  and  the  fragility  of  its  levees, 
the  Mississippi  often  bursts  its  embankments,  and  overwhelms 
the  farms  that  cover  its  bottoms;  and  it  would  be  idle  to  say  to 
the  committee  that  such  inundations  over  fields  of  cotton  and  su- 
gar are  ruinous  in  the  extreme.  To  diminish  this  danger  in  the 
slightest  degree,  would  be  a  national  benefit,  far  greater  than 
would  be  commensurate  with  the  cost  to  be  incurred.  I  have, 
therefore,  suggested,  that,  by  clearing  out  the  Manshac,  the  first 
vStage  in  the  great  route  of  natural  canalling,  you  give  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi an  outlet  through  which  much  of  its  surplus  volume  would 
pass,  into  the  lakes  first,  and  then  into  the  gulf,  without  hazard 
to  its  borders,  and  with  manifest  relief  to  its  levees.  It  is  thus 
that  another  eligible  mouth  is  created,  where  it  is  so  eminently 
useful;  a  portion  of  its  waters,  too  great  for  its  bed,  and  current 
drawn  oif,  a  surplus  ruinous  to  its  settlers,  and  hazardous  to 
New-Orleans.  By  this  work  the  marshes  are  drained,  the  hot- 
bed of  fever  broken  up,  and  death  strangled  in  its  cradle.  By 
draining  the  delta  of  the  Mississippi,  millions  of  acres  of  land  are 
reclaimed  from  inundation;  a  boundless  field  for  industry  and  en- 
terprise opened  to  the  growers  of  sugar,  and,  in  the  course  of 
time,  our  country  freed  from  the  tribute  she  now  pays  to  the 
West  India  Islands,  for  the  purchase  of  this  necessary  article  of 
consumption. 

This  canal  would  connect  all  the  bays  and  rivers  of  the  gulf, 
furnish  a  safe  and  easy  conveyance  from  all  their  ramifications, 
of  the  valuable  timber  and  productions  of  their  borders,  to  the 


146  APPENDIX. 

ports  from  which  they  could  be  most  conveniently  shipped,  give 
an  increased  value  to  the  public  lands  through  which  it  would 
pass,  and  thus  remunerate  the  government  for  its  expenditures. 

In  the  letter  to  the  secretary  of  war,  as  in  this  communication, 
I  have  advanced  opinions  with  confidence,  which,  in  some  par- 
ticulars, perhaps  in  many,  may  be  erroneous:  but  that  confidence 
has  been  inspired  by  a  conviction  of  their  general  correctness,  from 
observations  dui'ing  nearly  four  years'  residence  in  the  country, 
and  the  best  information  which  I  have  been  enabled  to  obtain 
from  intelligent  persons,  whose  attention  has  been  directed  to 
its  examination.  In  my  humble  judgment,  the  expense  of  the 
work  has  been  greatly  overrated.  When  Mr.  Gallatin  estimated 
the  expense  of  the  canal  from  the  Mississippi  to  the  Atlantic,  at 
three  millions  of  dollars,  he  had  not  the  most  remote  conception 
that  nature  had  done  so  much  towards  its  accomplishment.  What 
a  different  estimate  would  he  have  made,  if  he  had  known,  that 
in  three  hundred  and  fifty  miles  of  that  distance,  only  twelve 
miles  of  excavation  was  required  ! 

When  the  subject  of  canals  is  introduced,  the  mind  is  involun- 
tarily led  to  the  estimate,  from  a  comparison  with  other  works ; 
and  as  there  is  but  one  of  great  magnitude  in  the  United  States, 
that  is  selected.  A  moment's  consideration  will  expose  the  fal- 
lacy of  such  a  calculation.  The  grand  canal  of  New-York  has 
been  cut  through  a  region  where  mountains  were  to  be  cut  down, 
and  valleys  to  be  filled  up;  miles  of  solid  granite  to  be  excavated, 
rivers  to  be  crossed  by  stupendous  aqueducts: — a  just  comparison 
would  demonstrate  that  several  miles  might  be  cut  in  Florida, 
where  one  could  be  in  New- York. 

The  peninsula  of  Florida  has  been  variously  and  erroneously 
represented,  as  it  suited  the  visionary  speculations  of  those  who 
have  written  on  the  subject.  I  have  lately  seen  it  asserted,  by 
one  writer,  that  it  was  a  solid  mass  of  limestone;  by  another,  that 
it  was  a  sand  bank;  both  equally  remote  from  the  truth.  Lime- 
stone in  masses,  may  be  found  in  situations  more  elevated  and 
remote  from  the  sea;  but  in  this  peninsula  it  occurs  in  irreguftr 
strata,  with  the  interstices  occupied  by  earths  and  exuvia.  This 
general  character  is  demonstrated  not  only  ^in  the  numerous 
sinks  and  cavities  which  indent  the  superstrata,  but  by  the  infi- 
nite number  and  variety  of  subterranean  water-courses  that  pe- 


APPENDIX.  147 

netrate  and  pervade  the  bowels  of  the  earth.  And  it  is  import- 
ant to  remark,  that  although  the  presence  of  limestone  is  a  pro- 
minent feature,  yet  it  is  only  a  portion  of  the  general  mass,  for, 
within  a  short  distance  of  the  margin  of  the  great  Alachua  prairie, 
and  near  the  centre  of  the  peninsula,  a  well  of  thirty-two  feet 
deep,  penetrated  twenty-nine  of  the  distance  through  an  uninter- 
rupted bed  of  clay,  to  a  compost  of  clay,  sand,  and  shells,  where 
water  was  obtained;  and  at  another  well,  distant  three  miles,  but 
near  the  same  prairie,  limestone  occurred,  but  it  opposed  no 
other  obstacles  to  excavation  than  what  were  easily  surmounted 
by  the  axe  and  the  spade.  From  these  data,  therefore,  and  others 
afforded  by  the  spacious  and  deep  beds  of  the  lakes  with  which 
this  region  abounds,  it  is  evident  that  the  work  of  excavation  for 
a  canal  is  in  a  great  measure  performed  by  nature,  and  that  the 
remainder  may  be  completed,  without  encountering  any  of  the 
difficulties  inseparable  from  regions  characterized  by  primary 
formation. 

The  route  of  this  canal  will  pass  through  a  country  abounding 
with  lakes  and  natural-  channels,  and  where  excavation  may  be 
necessary,  it  will  be  in  clay  and  argillaceous  soil,  and  occasional 
limestone,  and  the  banks  could  be  secured,  if  occasion  required, 
by  the  cedar  and  cypress,  of  which  the  vicinity  furnishes  an  am- 
ple supply.  As  the  object  is  to  obtain  more  accurate  information, 
by  the  employment  of  scientific  engineers,  any  further  remarks 
on  this  subject  w^ould  be  superfluous. 

The  attention  of  the  American  people  has  been  strongly  di- 
rected to  internal  improvements.  The  brilliant  example  of  Great 
Britain  in  the  old  world,  and  of  the  states  of  New- York  and  Ohio 
in  the  new,  furnish  a  happy  augury  of  its  extended  utility  to  the 
citizens  of  this  Union.  The  waters  of  the  Eastern  Main,  are  al- 
ready connected  with  the  lakes  of  the  North,  which,  in  their 
turn,  by  the  enterprise  of  Ohio,  will  soon  pour  out  their  waters 
into  the  Ohio  river,  burthened  with  the  produce  of  a  mighty  na- 
tion. To  descant  on  the  utility  of  a  measure  like  this,  would  be 
\iseless.  By  it,  the  products  of  the  soil  are  wafted  to  a  distant 
depot ;  the  tiller  of  the  soil,  no  matter  in  what  latitude  he  may 
live,  no  matter  how  distant  his  destinies  may  have  thrown  him 
from  the  ocean,  finds,  by  the  bounties  of  Providence,  and  the 
enterprise  of  government,  the  merchant  at  his  door  ready  to  ex- 


148  APPENDIX. 

change  for  his  labours  the  price  of  its  value,  and  thus  new  faclli" 
ties  are  added  to  the  channels  of  commerce,  which  have  been 
scattered  by  the  bountiful  God  of  nature,  with  so  prodigal  a  hand, 
over  our  continent. 

Fifty  years  ago,  canals  were  unknown  in  England,  and  within 
that  period,  fifteen  millions  have  been  expended  in  their  construc- 
tion ;  their  foreign  commerce  has  been  enlarged,  and  their  inter- 
nal trade  has  far  exceeded  it  in  extent,  value,  and  importance. 
One  hundred  and  sixty-five  acts  of  parliament  have  been  passed 
for  making  and  perfecting  them.  What  results  may  not  be  anti- 
cipated from  this  internal  navigation  in  the  United  States  ?  By 
the  completion  of  this  work,  the  commerce  of  the  whole  conti- 
nent will  be  changed;  boats  will  pass  with  safety  from  St.  Louis 
and  Pittsburg,  to  the  interior  of  Mississippi,  Alabama,  and 
Georgia ;  these  states  will  return  their  products  through  the  same 
ehannels  to  the  centre  of  the  Union,  or  meet  shipping  for  foreign 
ports,  around  the  Florida  coast,  at  the  most  convenient  ports. 
The  period  is  not  distant,  when  a  boat  starting  at  New-York  will 
pass  up  the  grand  canal  through  the  lakes,  Ohio  canal,  and  thence 
down  the  Mississippi  along  this  channel,  and  discharge  her  cargo 
at  Mobile,  Pensacola,  and  St.  Marks,  Augustine,  Savannah,  or 
Charleston,  by  a  safe  navigation.  The  heavy  item  of  transport- 
ation in  time  of  war,  is  diminished  ten  fold.  Cuba  ceases  to  be 
of  any  importance  to  us  in  a  political  point  of  view;  the  Moro  Cas- 
tle has  no  terrors  in  time  of  war ;  the  pirates  are  broken  up;  an 
expensive  naval  armament  is  no  longer  necessary;  the  public 
lands  are  enhanced  in  value ;  the  commerce  of  the  Indies,  and 
of  the  southern  continent,  will  pass  through  our  borders,  and  the 
various  commercial,  military,  and  political  advantages  of  this 
o-reat  nation  "rising  into  destinies  beyond  the  reach  of  mortal 
eye,"  will  be  developed  and  called  into  practical  operation. 

I  beg  leave  to  call  the  particular  attention  of  the  committee  to 
the  maps  sent  herewith. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be. 

With  high  considerations  of  respect, 
Your  most  obedient  servant, 
JOS.  M.  WHITE. 
Hon.  Wm.  Hendricks, 

Chairman  of  roads  and  canals  in  the  Senate. 


APPENDIX.  140 


Extract  of  a  Letter  from  J.  M.  White,  Esq.  Delegate  from 
the  Territory  of  Florida,  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

Washington,   Nov.  20,  1825. 

Sir  :  As  delegate  from  the  territory  of  Florida,  I  deem  it  my 
duty  to  address  you  on  some  of  the  subjects  of  internal  improve- 
ment, in  that  portion  of  our  empire  immediately  under  the  con- 
trol of  your  department. 

It  is  known  to  you  that  the  territory  of  Florida  has  a  defence- 
less seacoast  of  twelve  hundred  miles,  bounded  by  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  on  the  west,  and  on  the  east  by  the  Atlantic.  From  Su- 
wannee river  to  Tampa  bay,  and  from  thence  to  St.  Augustine, 
a  distance  of  seven  or  eight  hundred  miles,  there  is  no  safe  an- 
chorage, and  scarcely  a  settlement  on  the  coast.  It  is  proposed, 
by  a  canal  or  thorough-cut  from  Vaccassar  bay,  near  the  mouth 
of  the  Suwannee  river,  to  the  St.  John's  river,  to  connect  the  wa- 
ters of  the  gulf  and  the  Atlantic.  The  distance  across  the  pe- 
ninsula is  said  to  be  about  ninety  miles,  and  the  distance  of  cutting, 
to  unite  the  waters  of  both,  is  said  to  be,  by  one  route^  eighteen 
miles,  and  by  another  only  twelve  miles.  The  Suwannee  river 
discharges  itself  into  Vaccassar  bay,  which  is  represented  to  be 
spacious,  affording  a  good  harbour  and  anchorage.  It  is  very  pro- 
bable, that,  should  engineers  report  in  favour  of  a  ship  channel, 
which  will  be  more  particularly  referred  to  hereafter,  it  may  re- 
quire double  the  distance  of  canalling,  say  twenty-four  or  thirty- 
six  miles,  to  avoid  the  sinuosities  of  the  streams ;  or  some  other 
points  more  advantageous  for  its  commencement  and  termination 
may  present  themselves  to  intelligent  and  skilful  engineers, 
who  may  be  ordered  to  the  spot;  but  I  am  assured  the  distance 
of  canalling  will  not  exceed  the  last  mentioned  distance. 

The  facilities  of  this  enterprise  are  at  once  visible  from  an  ex- 
amination of  the  map  ;  its  advantages  to  a  comprehensive  mind 
will  readily  occur  from  the  same  inspection.  The  largest  portion 
of  East  Florida  is  a  peninsula,  four  or  five  hundred  miles  from 
the  Georgia  line  on  the  north,  to  cape  Sable  on  the  south,  and 
only  ninety  from  east  to  west.  The  produce  of  the  Western  States 
rolling  down  the  Mississippi,  and  that  of  the  states  of  Missis- 
U 


15®  APPENDIX. 

sippi,  Alabama  and  Georgia,  and  the  territory  of  Florida,  by 
their  numerous  rivers,  pass  into  the  gulf  and  along  the  coast  of 
Florida,  around  the  peninsula,  twelve  hundred  miles.  By  a  ca- 
nal or  thorough-cut,  the  distance  would  be  shortened  about  one 
thousand.  The  navigation  around  the  capes  of  Florida  is  the 
most,  dangerous  on  the  American  coast.  The  Tortugas  banks, 
Florida  reefs,  and  shoals  of  the  Bahamas,  combined  with  the 
depredations  of  pirates,  occasion  to  our  citizens  an  annual  loss, 
estimated  at  five  hundred  thousand  dollars.  It  would  be  needless 
to  say  that  this  canal  or  cut  would  furnish  a  safe  navigation,  as 
well  as  a  short  one,  and  the  annual  loss  we  now  sustain  would 
be  doubly,  perhaps  four-fold  sufficient  to  complete  it. 

I  would  beg  leave  strongly  to  call  your  attention  to  this  sub- 
ject at  the  present  moment.  Congress,  at  the  last  session,  appro- 
priated thirty  thousand  dollars  to  make  estimates  and  surveys  for 
internal  improvement  on  an  extensive  plan ;  and,  whilst  we  are 
yet  a  territory ;  that  the  withering  doctrine  of  state  rights  may 
not  blight  the  hopes  of  a  rising  country,  we  ask  your  aid.  After 
the  survey  is  completed,  such  an  appropriation  as  was  made  by 
congress  to  connect  the  waters  of  the  Muskingum  with  the 
Cuyahoga,  a  stream  of  Lake  Erie,  or  the  one  subsequently  made 
to  connect  the  Wabash  and  the  St,  Mary's,  and  the  Plein  and 
Chicago  flov.'ing  into  Lake  Michigan,  will  be  entirely  adequate. 

The  great  duty  of  a  government  is  to  defend  the  territory 
committed  to  its  charge,  and  its  first  policy,  to  invite  emigration 
to  its  borders.  The  United  States  have  in  Florida  about  twenty 
millions  of  acres  of  lands.  These  have  been  partly  surveyed, 
and  one  inconsiderable  sale  effected,  and  much  of  it  is  yet  un- 
known and  unexplored.  By  this  canal,  emigration  would  be  in- 
vited to  the  interior,  and  extend  its  progress  to  the  rich  streams 
with  which  it  would  communicate.  Farm  houses  and  villages 
would  spring  up  in  what  is  now  a  wilderness,  and  the  tide  of 
population  roll  on  to  the  shores  of  the  ocean.  Lands  which  are 
now  a  lake  or  morass,  would  bloom  with  rice  or  cotton. 

It  is  not  in  this  alone  that  a  canal  would  benefit  the  territory. 
It  would  give  to  her  means  and  facilities  of  defence  which  the 
nature  of  her  coast  has  denied  :  it  would  make  her  ports  the  de- 
pots of  foreign  wealih,  and  the  emporium  of  western  product&. 


APPENDIX.  151 

To  the  government,  an  immense  profit  would  accrue,  from  the 
increased  value  of  public  lands;  many  thousand  acres  may  be 
reclaimed  from  inundation,  and  a  considerable  saving,  by  what 
then  would  no  longer  be  necessary,  the  expensive  equipment  of 
vessels,  for  the  suppression  of  piracy.  This  canal  has  much 
higher  claims  to  the  attention  of  the  government  than  the  single 
interest  of  the  territory  can  give  it.  The  Western  States  of  our 
Union  are  vitally  interested  in  the  measure.  The  Mississippi 
rolls  its  majestic  course  through  four  thousand  miles  of  our  rich- 
est territory ;  the  numerous  branches  which  contribute  to  its 
grandeur,  are,  themselves,  mighty  rivers,  running  from  the  north 
and  from  the  south,  from  the  east  and  west,  fertilizing  the  re- 
gions through  which  they  flow,  and  connecting,  by  the  links  of 
commerce,  the  whole  Western  world. 

If,  in  a  tract  of  internal  navigation,  so  widely  extended  and  dif- 
fused, spreading  its  wealth,  facilities,  and  its  blessings,  over  moun- 
tains, plains,  and  deserts,  the  pioneer  of  commerce  should  meet 
with  some  obstructions  left  there  by  nature,  for  the  enterprise  of 
man,  it  is  his  duty  to  remove  them.  It  is  for  this  that  govern- 
ment is  instituted,  that  the  congregated  wealth,  energies,  and 
intellect  of  a  people,  should  be  united,  and  directed  to  the  diffu- 
sion of  general  good,  when  individual  means  would  fail.  It  is 
for  this,  too,  that  our  government  has,  or  ought  to  have,  the 
power,  in  its  confederated  union,  that  the  national  means  might 
be  applied  alternately,  with  undivided  strength,  to  the  perfection 
of  each  of  its  parts,  in  all  the  power  of  national  wealth,  energy, 
and  intercourse.  We  are  not  a  nation  of  soldiers  ;  and,  but  for 
an  object  such  as  this,  our  Union,  in  time  of  peace,  would  hang 
on  the  wearied  limbs  of  the  confederacy,  like  a  rusty  coat  of 
armour,  unseemly  to  the  eye,  and  burthensome  to  the  shoulders. 

It  is  estimated  that  the  produce  boated  down  the  Mississippi 
alone,  amounts  to  nearly  one-third  of  all  the  exports  of  the  United 
States.  This,  passing  into  the  gulf,  draws  its  wearied  way  round 
the  capes  of  Florida  to  the  Atlantic  coast.  By  the  proposed 
canal,  more  than  a  thousand  miles  of  sailing  would  be  saved, 
the  manifold  dangers  I  have  enumerated  shunned,  and  the  fre- 
quent wrecks,  resulting  in  the  ruin  of  thousands,  totally  avoided. 
I  would  ask,  if  these  are  not  deep  and  important  advantages?  If 
these  are  not  appalling  responsibilities  for  that  government  to 


152  APPENDIX. 

incur,  who  will  leave  longer  undone  a  work  so  cheap  in  the  exe- 
cution— so  deeply  freighted  with  blessings  to  one-half  of  its 
population  ?  I  would  ask,  if  this  would  not  stab  deeper  into 
the  vitals  of  pii-acy,  than  any  armament  the  government  can 
equip?  No  naval  force  can  approach  their  haunts,  embosomed 
in  creeks,  forests,  and  morasses.  No  piratical  force  can  approach 
our  commerce,  embosomed  in  a  canal,  through  the  heart  of  our 
country.  The  islands  that  aiford  them  shelter,  are  approached 
no  longer,  and  the  vile  trade  is  destroyed  by  robbing  them  of 
their  victims.  Such  ports  as  Key  West  will  no  longer  be  a 
grave-yard  for  our  brave  seamen,  and  the  occupation  of  their 
shores  will  cease  wnth  the  cessation  of  their  cause  and  necessity; 
our  navy  may  then  breathe  a  purer  atmosphere,  and  boast  a  no- 
bler service. 

These,  sir,  are  some  few  of  its  advantages  in  time  of  peace  : 
but,  should  our  happy  countr}"  be  again  visited  with  the  calami- 
ties of  war,  we  should  have,  from  Massachusetts  to  Mississippi, 
from  Mississippi  to  St.  Augustine,  from  one  end  to  the  other  of 
our  wide-spread  empire,  one  connected  chain  of  internal  com- 
munication. The  most  distant  sections  of  our  country  ma)'  then 
interchange  their  products,  without  the  hazard  of  foreign  aggres- 
sion. The  trade  of  the  north  and  New- York,  will  pass  up  the 
great  canal  to  Lake  Erie,  and  from  thence  through  the  Ohio  canal 
to  New-Orleans  ;  and  from  thence,  through  an  internal  naviga- 
tion, which  I  shall  have  the  honour  to  submit,  in  some  future 
communication,  to  Mobile,  Pensacola,  and  the  coast  of  Florida, 
and  up  the  numerous  rivers  of  Alabama  and  Georgia  ;  and  these 
states,  by  the  same  route,  will  send  back  their  sugar,  rice,  fruits, 
cotton,  and  timber.  The  government  would  find  a  facility  and 
safety  in  the  transportation  of  soldiers  and  munitions  of  war, 
hitherto  so  much  desired  ;  and,  b}^  the  introduction  of  steam, 
whicli  already  spreads  its  benign  influence  over  the  world,  ex- 
tending to  the  noblest  objects  of  art,  and  not  disdaining  the 
meanest,  the  transportation  of  the  mail  would  be  expedited  ; 
and  commerce,  communication,  trade,  and  a  common  interest, 
unite  together,  by  a  chain  of  gold,  the  east  and  the  west — shiver 
the  fabric  of  sectional  prejudice,  and  bring,  by  the  annihilation 
of  space  and  distance,  the  settlers  on  opposite  frontiers  into  im- 
mediate neighbourhood  with  each  other. 


APPENDIX.  153 

"  But,  sir,  in  the  now  enlightened,  though  tardy  policy  of  our 
government,  it  has  heen  deemed  sufficient,  for  the  construction 
of  a  public  work,  that  it  was  attended  with  local  advantages  alone. 
The  grand  canal  of  New-York,  which  pours  into  her  treasury, 
like  the  fabled  lap  of  Danae,  showers  of  gold,  is  local,  and  partial 
in  its  benefits.  The  hundred  canals  of  England,  which  intersect 
that  country,  are  local  and  partial  also  ;  and  so  with  the  contem- 
plated junction  of  Ohio  and  Erie,  of  Chesapeake  and  the  Dela- 
ware ;  and  these  form  a  sufficient  impulse  to  their  construction. 

In  the  canal  for  which  we  ask,  I  trust,  sir,  I  have  shown  the 
deep  local  interest  of  my  constituents.  I  trust  I  have  done  more; 
that  I  have  shown  the  deep  interest  of  the  government  itself,  and 
of  all  the  states  west  of  the  Alleghany.  I  think  I  have  shown 
it  to  be  the  most  efficacious  mode  of  suppressing  piracy  in  those 
seas,  in  which  they  are  nested,  by  deserting  the  seas  themselves, 
and  forcing  them  to  seek  a  more  honest  subsistence,  by  diverting 
the  commerce,  on  which  they  fatten,  to  a  safer  channel.  At  St. 
Augustine,  or  the  mouth  of  the  St.  John's,  where  our  commerce 
would  flow  into  the  Atlantic,  you  well  know,  sir,  there  are  no 
islands,  or  forests,  or  imbecile  governments,  to  whom  they  could 
fly  for  protection.  It  is  all  a  boundless  and  friendly  ocean,  too 
remote  from  their  harbours  to  dread  their  presence. 

We  have  yet  farther  claims  on  the  government  for  assistance. 
The  youthful  republic  of  Mexico  has  already  signalized  its  in- 
dependence by  a  projected  ship  channel,  connecting  the  waters 
of  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic,  through  the  isthmus  of  Nicaragua. 
This  done,  the  commerce  of  the  southern  continent  would  dis^ 
embogue  itself  in  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  and  pass  directly  along 
the  coast  of  Florida.  Thus,  not  only  the  w^estern  states,  who 
trade  directly  through  the  gulf  and  around  the  peninsula,  to  the 
Atlantic,  are  interested  in  the  Florida  canal :  but,  make  it  a  ship 
channel,  or  thorough-cut,  and  the  whole  eastern  section  of  our 
seacoast  and  country,  by  a  shorter  navigation,  a  safer  and  better, 
through  Florida  to  the  gulf,  and  through  Nicaragua  to  the  Paci- 
fic, w^ill  find  an  outlet  for  their  commerce.  The  mouths  into  the 
gulf  of  Mexico,  of  the  two  channels,  as  proposed  by  the  project- 
ors, are  nearly  opposite  to  each  other ;  and  commerce  would  be 
saved  around  the  coa.tof  Mexico,  of  Guatemala,  and  Cape  TTorn. 


154  APPENDIX. 

four  thousand  miles  of  perilous  navigation,  and  more  than  one 
thousand  around  the  capes  of  Florida. 

I  hope,  sir,  these  will  not  be  considered  the  day-dreams  of  a 
visionary  projector.  The  practicability  of  the  scheme  would  be 
manifest  to  your  engineers,  on  an  inspection  of  the  country. 
The  expenses  of  the  work  cannot  be  compared  Avith  those  of  any 
other  canal,  because  no  similar  experiment  has  been  made  ;  an 
estimate  from  the  expenditures  in  the  excavation  of  canals  through 
the  granitic  and  calcareous  regions,  it  will  readily  occur  to  you, 
would  be  entirely  fallacious.  The  soil  through  which  this  would 
pass,  is  of  the  description  denominated  by  the  geologist  sea 
sand  and  river  alluvion,  passing  below  where  the  mountains 
terminate  near  the  gulf,  with  few  undulations,  and  requiring,  in 
all  probability,  no  locks  or  aqueducts.  The  greatest  argument  in 
favour  of  a  thorough-cut,  or  ship  channel  without  locks,  across 
the  peninsula,  will  be  found  in  the  situation  of  the  gulf,  and  the 
-consequences  resulting  from  the  fact,  that  the  waters  of  the  gulf 
are  higher  than  the  Atlantic  by  several  feet,  owing  to  two  causes 
— the  tropical  trade  wind  blowing  from  the  coast  of  Africa  in 
that  direction,  and  impelling  the  waves  in  the  same  course  for 
twelve  hundred  leagues,  until  encountered  by  the  east  wind,  the 
water  is  heaped  up  in  the  circle,  or  what  is  called  by  the  natives 
cul  de  sac,  formed  by  the  shores  of  Mexico,  Louisiana,  and  Flo- 
rida. This  is  accounted  for,  as  you  have  no  doubt  observed,  by 
philosophical  writers,  on  the  same  principles  of  analogy  as  the 
flood  tide  in  the  Mediterranean,  and  the  accumulation  of  waters 
in  the  harbour  of  Marseilles,  and  the  Red  Sea  at  Suez.  To  this 
may  be  added  an  auxiliary  cause,  the  discharge  of  all  the  waters 
of  the  tributary  streams  into  the  gulf  This,  however,  is  of  minor 
importance  in  producing  the  constant  current  known  to  mariners 
as  the  Gulf  Stream,  when  its  extent  and  magnitude  are  consider- 
ed, and  when  we  advert  to  the  fact,  that,  of  all  the  streams  that 
flow  into  the  Mediterranean,  a  greater  quantity  is  taken  off  by 
evaporation,  which  is  demonstrated  by  the  influx  of  water  at  the 
Straits  of  Gibraltar.  Whatever  may  be  the  speculations  in  regard 
to  the  cause  of  the  elevation  of  the  waters  of  the  gulf,  one  fact 
is  clear,  that  it  must  seek  its  equilibrium  in  some  direction. 
This  it  cannot  do  between  Yucatan  and  Cuba;  beeause  the  double 


APPENDIX.  155 

cnrrent  of  air  and  water  sets  in  from  that  quarter.  The  only 
channel  left  is  on  the  north  side  of  Cuba,  along  the  Florida  coast, 
and  channel  of  the  Bahamas.  Being  unobstructed  in  that  course 
by  the  trade  winds,  and  protected  by  the  island  of  Cuba  and  the 
Bahamas,  it  pursues  its  direction  with  considerable  velocity 
around  the  Atlantic  coast,  to  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland.  It  is 
apparent,  therefore,  that  a  communication  once  effected  through 
the  peninsula,  the  waters,  which  have  the  greatest  accumulation 
on  that  part  of  the  coast  of  the  gulf,  would  seek  an  outlet  by  a 
gentle  current,  similar  to  the  one  on  the  Bahama  banks.  These 
facts,  however,  can  be  made  known  to  you  when  the  levels  are 
ascertained  by  skilful  engineers,  with  mathematical  certainty. 
Should  it  be  found,  upon  examination,  that  the  current  from  the 
gulf  to  the  St.  John's  was  too  strong  for  a  vesjel  to  stem,  the 
distance  is  so  short  that  steam-boats  would  rapidly  ply  along  the 
channel,  as  they  now  do  in  the  Mississippi,  and  tow  the  labour- 
ing vessel  to  its  destined  harbour.  It  will  not  escape  you,  that 
vessels  coming  around  the  cape,  from  the  eastward,  would  avoid 
the  influence  of  this  stream  for  one  thousand  miles,  where  it  is 
most  dangerous.  By  this  scheme,  Cuba  ceases  to  be,  what  she 
now  is,  the  key  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  trade  of  America 
would  then  pass  by  neither  of  her  coasts  ;  and  into  whatever 
hands  she  may  fall,  whether  the  Patriots,  who  now  threaten  her 
shores,  or  remain  under  the  dominion  of  pirates,  who  have  long 
governed  her  councils,  is  of  no  moment  to  us,  who  have  by  this 
found  an  outlet  of  our  own,  distant  alike  from  each  section  of  her 
treacherous  channel. 

I  have  now  endeavoured  to  present  the  facilities,  advantages, 
and  practicability,  of  a  channel  through  Florida.  If  I  have  tres- 
passed too  long  on  your  time  and  attention,  I  beg  you  to  look 
to  the  importance  of  the  subject,  to  the  deep  interest  involved, 
of  the  territory,  the  government,  the  Union,  and  the  world. — 
The  necessity  of  extending  to  settlers  the  inducement  to  emigra- 
tion; of  protecting  our  coasts  now  so  much  exposed;  of  extend- 
ing to  the  trade  of  your  western  country  the  protection  of  your 
parental  care;  of  breaking  up  the  nest  of  hornets  who  infest  our 
trade,  by  making  it  our  interest  to  desert  those  seas  in  which 
alone  they  can  harbour  themselves ;  of  counteracting  the  influ- 


I5(i  APPENDIX. 

ence  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  in  the  intercourse  from  east  to  west;  of. 
facilitating  the  intercourse  by  mail  of  our  distant  regions;  of  giv- 
ing to  government,  in  time  of  peace  or  war,  the  facilities  of  uni- 
versal internal  transportation;  and,  finally,  rendering  the  com- 
merce of  all  nations  that  trade  in  that  quarter,  tributary  to  our 
shores,  by  making  it  their  interest  to  pass  from  east  to  west,  from 
west  to  east,  from  one  great  ocean  that  circles  the  globe  to  the 
other,  directly  through  our  soil.  Such,  sir,  are  some  few  of  the 
advantages  of  a  Florida  channel,  that  I  have  attempted  imperfect- 
ly to  press  upon  your  attention.  The  undivided  interests  of  a 
mighty  empire  like  this,  are  always  pressing  and  urgent;  and  now 
that  our  climate  is  most  congenial  to  the  health  of  strangers,  I 
would  beg  leave  to  suggest  the  propriety  of  an  immediate  sur- 
vey— that  the  report  may  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  session, 
and  the  great  work,  teeming  with  blessings  to  thousands,  may  be 
immediately  consummated.  I  could  here  add,  sir,  that  our  go- 
vernment has  abandoned  the  imposition  of  taxes  for  the  purposes 
of  revenue ;  and  whilst  we  rely  for  that  object  on  imposts  and 
custom-house  duties,  there  are  no  means  so  certain  to  increase 
them,  as  the  opening  of  new  ports,  and  constructing  new  chan- 
nels of  commerce.  And  whilst  I  believe  that  such  incalculable 
benefits  will  result  from  the  work  proposed,  the  millions  who 
will  be  enriched  will  never  fail  to  remember  in  their  benedic- 
tions the  munificent  government  which  achieved  it. 
I  have  the  honour  to  be, 

With  high  considerations  of  respect, 

Your  obedient  servant, 

JOSEPH  M.  WHITE. 
Hon.  James  Barbour,  Secretary  of  War. 


Copy  of  a  Letterfrom  the  Secretary  of  War  to  J.  M.  White,  Esq. 

War  Department,  November  29th,  1825. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  me- 
moir, dated  the  28th  instant,  disclosing  the  great  benefit  which 
would  result  from  a  canal,  to  be  cut  through  the  territory  of  Flo- 
rida, by  which  a  short  and  safe  passage  might  be  substituted  for 
the  present  circuitous  and  dangerous  one  around  the  Florida 


APPENDIX.  lo# 

cape  ;  and  recommending  it  to  the  attention  of  the  executive,  so 
far  as  to  obtain  a  reconnoissance  of  the  country  by  the  United 
States'  engineers. 

It  is  due  to  the  occasion  to  acknowledge,  that  the  view  you 
have  presented  imparts  a  high  interest  to  the  subject,  and  is  en- 
titled to  the  most  respectful  consideration.  But,  at  this  time,  it 
is  impossible  to  cause  the  inspection  you  request,  as  the  means 
and  persons  under  the  control  of  this  department  are  both  want- 
ing. Should  it  be  the  pleasure  of  congress  to  place  under  the 
control  of  the  executive  the  necessary  means  for  making  further 
surveys  of  our  country,  the  measure  you  suggest  will  claim  its 
earliest  attention,  with  every  prospect,  from  its  magnitude,  of  a 
favourable  decision. 

I  am,  very  respectfully,  sir, 

Your  obedient  servant, 

JAMES  BARBOUR. 
Hon.  Jos.  M.  White, 

Delegate  from  Florida,  now  at  Washington, 


House  op  Representatives. 

Feb.  3,  1827. 

Mr.  Mercer,  from  the  Committee  on  Roads  and  Canals,  to 
which  the  subject  had  been  referred,  made  the  following  Report: 

The  Committee  on  Roads  and  Canals,  who  were  instructed 
**  to  inquire  into  the  expediency  of  making  an  appropriation  for 
opening  and  improving  the  inland  navigation  from  St.  Mary's 
river  to  the  Tortugas,  and  from  Appalachicola  river,  through 
St.  Andrew's  bay,  to  Chactawhatchee,  sufficient  for  steam  naviga- 
tion, in  the  territory  of  Florida,"  report  in  part: 

That,  among  the  objects  of  internal  improvement  submitted 
to  the  investigation  of  the  committee,  no  one  has  been  regarded 
as  more  interesting  to  the  safety  of  the  inland  navigation  of  the 
United  States,  or  more  easy  of  execution,  than  the  extension, 
where  necessary,  along  the  Atlantic  sea  board,  of  such  short  ca- 
nals across  the  peninsulas  which  now  intercept  that  long  contem- 
plated navigation,  as  shall  render  it  continuous  and  uniform 
X 


158  APPENDIX. 

throughout,  so  as  to  be,  for  vessels  of  suitable  draft,  secure  in 
war  from  the  depredations  of  a  maritime  foe,  and,  in  peace,  from 
the  dangers  of  the  sea  along  a  hazardous  coast. 

In  furtherance  of  this  sentiment,  the  committee  had  designed 
to  comprehend,  in  a  general  report,  embracing  many  objects  re- 
ferred to  them,  a  recommendation  of  a  survey,  with  a  view  to 
the  future  removal  of  the  obstructions  of  so  much  of  this  line  as 
borders  the  Florida  coast,  and  especially  at  that  inconsiderable 
bar  between  Amelia  Island  and  the  adjacent  continent  which  in- 
tercepts the  inland  approach  from  the  Bay  of  St.  Mary's  to  the 
River  St.  John's.  It  is  one  of  the  shortest  links  in  the  chain  of 
inland  navigation,  which,  leading  from  Barnstable  across  the  first 
northern  obstruction  in  the  above  line  to  Buzzard's  bay,  may 
be  conducted  to  the  borders  of  the  Mexican  province  of  Texas. 

The  River  St.  John's,  the  committee  are  assured,  affords,  at 
present,  from  its  mouth  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Amelia  isl- 
and, eight  feet  water  as  high  up  as  Lake  George,  or  for  a  distance 

of  one  hundred  miles;  and  six  feet  water  thence,  for miles, 

to  Lake  Monroe,  near  the  centre  of  Cape  Florida. 

The  shoal  between  Amelia  Island  and  the  continent,  one  mile 
and  a  half  in  length,  is  reported  to  the  committee  to  be  covered 
with  four  feet  water  at  high  tide,  and  to  be  exposed  at  the  ebb  so 
as  to  be  four  feet  above  the  adjacent  navigable  water,  and,  con- 
sequently, so  elevated  as  to  be  impassable  at  any  time  by  a  ves- 
sel drawing  more  than  four  feet  water.  To  deepen  or  cut  around 
this  shoal  a  six  feet  channel,  would  admit,  from  St.  Mary's  to 
the  head  of  the  River  St.  John's,  a  vessel  drawing  not  more  than 
six  feet  water. 

So  that  besides  the  short  but  essential  link  of  an  extensive 
chain  of  inland  seaboard  navigation,  which  this  short  excavation 
will  supply,  it  will,  at  the  same  time,  perfect,  for  steamboats 
drawing  less  than  six  feet  water,  a  secure  passage  from  Charleston, 
in  South  Carolina,  by  Savannah,  in  Georgia,  and  St.  Mary's,  to 
the  head  of  the  River  St.  John's,  and  open  to  the  purchasers  of 
the  unappropriated  lands  on  both  sides  of  that  river,  about  to  be 
offered  at  public  sale,  an  access  to  those  important  markets  for 
their  future  productions. 

From  such  an  improvement,  which  the  committee  are  assured 


APPENDIX.  159 

can  be  completed  for  ten  thousand  dollars,  an  appreciation  of  those 
lands  to  an  extent  very  greatly  exceeding  that  sum,  may,  there- 
fore, be  confidently  expected. 

Involving  the  exercise  of  an  unquestionable  power  of  the 
Federal  government  over  one  of  its  territories,  being  presented 
to  the  consideration  of  the  committee  by  a  resolution  of  the  House, 
and  a  letter  from  the  delegate  of  Florida,  addressed  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  committee,  and  making  a  part  of  this  report,  accom- 
panied by  a  map  of  a  Spanish  survey;  a  chart  founded  on  an  ex- 
amination of  the  coast  of  Florida,  by  order  of  the  secretary  of 
the  navy,  and  an  extract  from  the  letter  of  a  gentleman,  reported 
to  the  committee  to  be  a  man  of  practical  science,  all  of  which 
render  it  easy  to  measure  its  probable  cost,  that  cost  being  of  in- 
considerable amount,  and  to  be  incurred  only  after  the  previous 
examination  and  favourable  report  of  the  United  States'  Board 
of  Engineers ;  and  the  work,  if  practicable  and  successfully  exe- 
cuted, being  calculated  as  well  to  subserve  the  future  interests  of 
the  United  States  in  peace  and  war,  as  to  enhance  the  value  of 
very  extensive  tracts  of  public  land  about  to  be  sold ;  the  com- 
mittee, referring  to  the  accompanying  evidence,  and  the  advan- 
tages which  the  contemplated  improvement  promises  to  realize, 
have  considered  it  expedient  to  report. 


Washington  City,  December,  1826. 

Sir:  A  resolution  which  I  had  the  honour  to  offer  in  the  house 

of  representatives,  on  the instant,  proposing  an  inquiry  into 

the  expediency  of  making  an  appropriation  for  opening  and 
improving  an  inland  water  communication  from  St.  Mary's  to 
Cape  Florida,  and  from  Appalachicola,  through  St.  Andrew's 
bay,  to  Chactawhatchee,  was  referred  to  the  committee  of  which 
you  are  chairman. 

I  beg  leave  to  submit,  for  the  consideration  of  the  committee, 
such  suggestions  as  induced  me  to  propose  the  inquiry,  and 
which  I  trust  will  be  considered  of  sufficient  national  importance 
to  justify  the  inconsiderable  expenditure  that  would  be  required. 
As  both  these  objects  are  connected  with  the  contemplated  canal 


160  APPENDIX. 

across  the  promontory  of  Florida,  tofconnect  the  waters  of  the 
gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Atlantic,  the  one  being  at  its  disem- 
boguement  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  and  the  other  in  the  line  of  inte- 
rior navigation  along  the  coast  of  the  gulf  to  the  Mississipin ; 
a  few  preliminary  remarks  on  the  subject  of  that  great  national 
object  may  not  be  inappropriate  or  uninteresting. 

The  result  of  the  preliminary  surveys  which  have  been  made 
of  the  line  of  the  Florida  canal,  is,  in  every  respect,  such  as  to 
justify  the  patronage  extended  to  this  work  by  congress  at  the 
last  session.  It  was  evidently  the  sense  of  the  national  legisla- 
ture, that,  while  the  proposed  canal  would,  in  its  first  operation, 
benefit  the  country  through  which  it  passed,  open  the  public  do- 
main to  rapid  population,  bring  to  a  ready  sale  the  public  lands, 
and  add  to  the  aggregate  of  national  wealth  the  products  of  a  re- 
gion probably  not  equalled  in  the  United  States,  in  the  number 
and  variety  of  articles  to  whose  growth  it  is  adapted ;  it  would, 
in  its  indirect  operation,  afibrd  the  most  important  facilities  to 
the  wlio'.e  coasting  trade  of  the  northern  and  eastern  states,  and 
to  the  whole  inland  navigation  of  the  western  waters. 

It  is  in  the  highest  degree  gratifying  to  learn,  that  a  work  of 
such  singular,  and  I  may  say  unexampled  utility,  is  found,  on 
survey,  to  be  capable  of  being  excavated  on  terms  far  within  the 
general  loose  estimates  which  had  been  previously  formed.  There 
is  every  prospect  that  this  all-important  communication  between 
the  two  great  portions  of  the  Union  between  the  Atlantic  and  the 
western  waters,  can  be  opened  for  a  moderate  sum;  at  the  same 
time,  the  truest  public 'economy  would  justify  its  being  underta- 
ken and  executed  even  at  the  highest  cost  at  which  it  has  ever 
been  estimated.  A  single  supposition  will  prove  the  justice  of 
this  reinark.  Let  us  suppose  that  the  hand  of  nature  had  already 
opened  a  co»nmunication,  by  a  deep  navigable  river,  between  the 
mouth  of  St.  Mary's,  for  instance,  and  that  of  the  Suwannee,  and 
that  some  fo.eJgn  power  being  in  possession  of  the  Florida  pe- 
ninsula, should  attempt  to  sliut  us  out  from  the  navigation  of  such 
a  river.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say,  that  the  attempt  would  be 
thought  an  adequate  ciiuse  of  war;  and  that  the  blood  and  treasure 
of  this  Union  would  be  expended  to  any  amount  to  force  the  en- 
joymenL  of  6avli  a  passage.    It  cannot  then  but  be  admitted,  that 


APPENDIX-  161 

an  expenditure  of  one  or  two  millions  would  be  most  profitably 
and  economically  made,  to  construct  an  artificial  communication, 
which,  if  already  existing,  it  would  be  thought  all  important  to 
preserve,  at  whatever  cost  or  sacrifice.  It  was  a  position  often 
assumed  by  Mr.  Jefferson,  that  the  natural  situation  of  Cuba  gave 
to  that  island  such  an  effective  command  of  the  navigation  of  the 
gulf  of  Mexico  and  of  the  Mississippi,  that  they  ought  all  to  be- 
long to  a  common  jurisdiction ;  and  that  the  possession  of  Cuba 
was,  for  this  reason,  an  object  which  the  United  States  ought 
never  to  lose  from  their  sight;  that  this  island  was  essential  as 
the  bulwark  of  our  coastwise  communication  between  the  Atlantic 
and  western  waters  of  the  country.  Mr.  Jefferson  went  so  far, 
a  year  or  two  before  his  decease,  as  to  assure  a  gentleman,  from 
whom  I  had  the  information,  that  it  was  with  a  view  to  this  po- 
licy that  he  recommended  the  construction  of  gunboats.  That 
their  use  for  harbour  defence,  in  a  war  with  Great  Britain,  was 
not  the  main  thing  he  had  in  view;  which  was  a  descent  on  Cuba. 
It  wants  but  a  moment's  reflection  on  the  character  of  Mr.  Jef- 
ferson's policy,  to  understand  that  no  motive  of  aggrandizement, 
or  thirst  for  conquest,  could,  in  his  mind,  have  laid  at  the  bottom 
of  these  views.  He  regarded  Cuba  as  a  great  fortress,  standing 
midway  on  the  route  of  our  coastwise  intercommunication ;  and 
at  a  point  where  nature  has  superadded  so  many  obstacles  to  na- 
vigation, that  even  a  feeble  force,  entrenched  at  the  Havana, 
might  hold  our  whole  trade  in  check  in  this  quarter.  Such  a 
fortress,  he  saw  and  felt,  ought,  by  the  great  law  of  self  preser- 
vation, to  belong  to  the  United  States.  Now,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  important  views,  which  can  be  taken  of  the  proposed  Ca- 
nal across  the  Floridian  peninsula,  that  it  almost  wholly  destroys 
the  power  of  Cuba,  as  a  check  over  our  trade ;  this  canal  would 
be,  of  choice,  the  route  of  every  vessel  bound  into,  or  out  of  the 
gulf  of  Mexico.  Instead  of  passing  ourselves  along  the  shores 
of  Cuba,  all  the  foreign  navigation,  both  of  European  powers 
and  the  colonies,  and  of  the  new  American  republics,  would 
prefer  this  passage  to  the  difficult  and  dangerous  navigation  of 
those  already  existing  by  nature.  The  United  States  would,  con- 
sequently, lay  a  very  considerable  portion  of  the  commerce  be- 
tween America  and  Europe,  under  direct  contribution,  in  the 


1 62,  APPENDIX. 

form  of  the  tolls,  which  would  justly  be  exacted,  for  the  passage  of 
this  canal,  and  which,  as  they  would  be  adequate  to  all  the  ex- 
penses of  its  preservation  and  repair,  would  leave  the  free  pas- 
sage a  gratuitous  advantage  to  American  vessels. 

Such  would  be  the  importance  of  the  canal,  even  in  the  pre- 
sent state  of  the  neighbouring  regions.  But  when  we  look  to  the 
prospect  of  the  opening  of  a  canal  through  the  Isthmus  of  Cen- 
tral America,  we  immediately  perceive  other  and  most  important 
bearings  of  the  Florida  canal  on  the  public  prosperity.  When  the 
two  works  are  executed,  they  will  constitute  the  two  keys  to  the 
navigation  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  The  exclusive  pos- 
session of  the  Florida  canal  will  enable  the  United  States  to  make 
terms  for  a  free  passage  through  the  canal  of  Central  America; 
because,  if  this  be  denied  us,  we  can  condemn  every  vessel  bound 
to  the  Guatemalian,  to  stem  the  Gulf  Stream.  The  republics  of 
Central  America  and  of  the  United  States,  already  on  the  most 
friendly  footing,  will  be  bound  together  by  this  new  tie  of  a  mu- 
tual interest.  The  Florida  canal,  therefore,  will  be  of  the  utmost 
importance  as  the  means  of  ensuring  the  United  States  every  de- 
sirable privilege  in  any  system  of  communication  across  the 
American  isthmus  to  the  Pacific — a  communication  which  will 
unquestionably  be  burdened  with  heavy  duties  and  tolls  against 
all  states  not  possessing  such  an  oiTset.  But  in  addition  to  this, 
and  on  a  wider  view  of  the  subject,  the  moment  the  isthmus 
shall  be  excavated,  then  will  the  Florida  canal  become  the  high- 
way of  the  trade,  between  Europe  on  the  one  side,  and  Asia  on 
the  other ;  and  it  is  not  too  much  to  anticipate  a  change  in  the 
direction  of  the  world's  commerce,  like  that  eifected  by  the  cir- 
cumnavigation of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Every  subsidiary  circumstance,  favours  and  co-operates  with 
the  execution  of  the  main  design.  The  deficiency  of  harbours, 
felt  to  a  considerable  degree  in  every  part  of  the  southern  coast, 
has  been  regarded  as  one  of  the  great  obstacles  to  be  contended 
with,  in  perfecting  a  system  of  navigation  like  that  now  project- 
ed. It  appears,  however,  from  the  researches  of  the  engineers, 
that  the  bay  of  St.  Joseph's,  situated  due  north  of  Cape  St.  Blass, 
on  the  coast  of  West  Florida,  is  perhaps  the  most  valuable  bay 
possessed  by  the  United  States,  with  the  exception  of  that  of 


APPENDIX.  163 

Pensacola,  south  of  Chesapeake  bay.  Of  its  two  entrances,  the 
eastern  has  at  least  a  depth  of  twenty-two  feet,  and  the  western 
of  thirty;  and  its  position  on  the  Florida  coast,  is  the  most  fa- 
vourable that  could  be  imagined,  in  reference  to  the  proposed 
line  of  communication  from  the  great  western  waters  to  the 
Atlantic. 

The  details  of  the  interior  surveys  for  the  route  of  the  canal 
across  the  peninsula,  not  being  yet  digested  and  reported  to  the 
department,  are  known  only  in  the  general  result,  which,  as  al- 
ready stated,  is  in  the  highest  degree  favourable.  Meantime, 
however,  the  surveys  of  St.  Mary's,  St.  John's,  the  Atlantic 
coast  of  Florida  to  Boca  Ratones,  and  the  interior  course  of  the 
St.  John's  up  to  lake  Monroe,  lay  open  a  field  for  internal  navi- 
gation and  intercourse  of  a  magnitude  and  interest  wholly  unex- 
pected. 

Let  us  first  consider  the  navigation  of  the  St.  John's,  with  its 
tributary  streams,  and  the  line  of  lakes  which  it  connects  with 
each  other.  This  is  truly  a  magnificent  river.  It  preserves  an  ave- 
rage breadth  of  two  miles  for  an  hundred  miles  from  its  mouth, 
often  spreading  into  lakes  of  four  or  five  miles  in  width;  its  banks 
are  covered  with  forests;  it  is  navigable  for  large  merchant  ves- 
sels for  a  great  distance,  and  for  vessels  of  thirty  tons  as  high  as 
lake  George,  and  on  the  bar  of  that  lake  there  are  six  feet  water; 
beyond  this  the  water  deepens,  and  it  is  navigable  for  vessels  of 
the  same  size  to  its  source :  in  other  words,  it  admits  a  steam- 
boat navigation  as  far  south  in  the  territory  as  28°  30'.  Almost 
all  the  land  through  which  it  passes,  is  public  land ;  the  growth 
of  timber  is  pine,  cypress,  live  oak  and  cedar,  unequalled  in 
quantity  and  quality  in  the  United  States.  Whenever  the  lands 
are  cleared,  they  become  adapted  to  the  culture  of  sugar,  oranges, 
lemons,  limes,  almonds,  olives,  the  gourd,  rice,  &c.  according 
to  the  particular  locality  of  the  spot.  All  these  articles  have  been. 
and  at  this  moment  are,  produced  in  the  territory,  and  their  cul- 
ture is  capable  of  indefinite  extension.  To  lay  open  this  region 
to  convenient  access,  and  make  it  contribute  in  consequence  to 
the  public  and  individual  advantage,  would  require  but  little  la- 
bour and  expenditure  to  be  bestowed  in  straightening  and  deep- 
ening the  channel.   An  expense  estimated  at  ton  thousand  dollars. 


164  Appendix. 

in  the  opinion  of  competent  judges,  would  completely  open  an 
inland  tide  navigation  from  28°  30',  the  head  of  the  navigation 
of  the  St.  John's,  to  Cape  Roman  in  South  Carolina,  in  38°  8', 
bringing  to  the  Atlantic  markets  from  our  own  territory  all  the 
products  which  can  be  brought  from  the  West  Indies. 

Nor  is  the  facility  for  a  secure  line  of  inland  navigation  on  the 
eastern  coast  of  Florida,  less  important  to  the  immediate  growth 
of  the  territory  itself,  and  the  consequent  advantage  of  the  Union. 
From  St.  Mary's  to  St.  John's,  within  Amelia  island,  a  safe  and 
convenient  route  already  exists,  with  the  aid  of  some  inconsider- 
able improvement.  A  canal  of  seven  miles  in  length  would,  by 
means  of  Pablo  river  and  North  river,  connect  the  mouth  of  the 
St.  John's  with  the  harbour  of  St.  Augustine.  A  second  cut  of 
six  miles,  would  open  a  communication  from  Matanza  to  Mus- 
quito,  by  means  of  the  intermediate  rivers  and  sounds.  From 
Musquito  to  Indian  river  a  passage  would  be  opened  by  a  cut  of 
one  half  mile.  Thus,  by  three  portions  of  canal,  extending  in  the 
whole  about  thirteen  and  an  half  miles,  a  line  of  coast  of  five 
hundred  and  eighty-six  miles  would  be  opened  to  a  safe  and 
commodious  inland  communication  from  St.  Mary's  to  Tortugas. 
The  nature  of  the  soil  affords  every  facility  for  the  works  neces- 
sary for  this  object.  The  lines  necessary  to  be  opened,  pass 
through  low  grounds  of  a  mean  elevation  of  about  seventeen 
inches  above  the  tide  water,  and  afford  every  facility  for  excava- 
tion, as  they  consist  of  marl,  clay,  sand,  and  vegetable  deposite. 
It  has  been  estimated  that  fifty  thousand  dollars  would  be  more 
tlian  sufficient  to  efiect  the  whole  work  of  opening  this  line  of 
communication.  The  accomplishment,  at  so  trifling  an  expense, 
of  the  project  indicated,  would  extend  our  line  of  steam-boat 
communication  along  the  southern  coast  for  near  a  thousand  miles; 
and  within  reach,  by  a  short  passage,  of  the  island  of  Cuba,  the 
whole  West  Indian  Archipelago,  the  coasts  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
and  whatever  passage  may  be  opened  to  the  Pacific. 

The  map  of  the  globe  may  probably  be  searched  in  vain  for  a 
combination  of  similar  natural  advantages,  requiring  so  little  ar- 
tificial aid,  to  be  turned  to  such  a  prolific  account  of  private  and 
public  benefit.  It  is  confidently  hoped  that  congress  will  pursue 
the  course  they  promptly  struck  out  last  winter,  and  enter  on  the 


APPENDIX.  165 

execution  of  these  most  auspicious  operations,  in  which  the  na- 
tional revenue,  the  sale  of  the  public  domain,  the  population  of 
a  territory,  the  opening  of  new  markets  of  demand  and  supply, 
the  security  of  our  coastwise  navigation  in  all  its  extent,  and  our 
command  of  large  branches  of  commerce,  in  which,  hitherto,  we 
have  only  participated,,  are  but  a  portion  of  the  great  objects  to 
be  attained. 

The  map  which  I  have  the  honour  to  enclose,  will  furnish 
the  committee  a  more  accurate  idea  of  the  localities  of  the  coun- 
try, than  any  description  that  could  be  given.  It  was  made  with 
a  view  of  presenting  each  point,  and  is  marked  in  reference  to 
them,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  furnish  the  most  satisfactory  infor- 
mation, upon  the  first  inspection.  My  predecessor,  general  Her- 
nandes,  who  first  introduced  the  subject  of  this  interior  naviga- 
tion to  the  attention  of  our  government,  has  furnished  me  with 
a  copy  of  a  letter  written  to  one  of  the  departments  here,  seve- 
ral years  ago,  in  which  an  interesting  account  is  given  of  a  captain 
in  the  Spanish  service,  who  was  sent  by  the  provincial  government 
with  despatches  to  the  captain  general  of  Cuba,  in  1812,  in  a  ca- 
noe, with  four  men,  through  those  sounds  and  rivers,  and  occa- 
sionally at  sea,  from  the  mouth  of  one  inlet  to  another,  until  he 
arrived  at  Cape  Florida;  and  from  thence  through  the  keys  is  said 
to  be  a  safe  navigation  to  the  Tortugas,  and  from  that  point  to 
Cuba  is  only  about  sixty  miles.  The  committee  will  also  derive 
much  information  of  this  countiy  from  the  interesting  report  of 
colonel  Gadsden,  who  was  charged  with  the  survey  of  the  road  from 
St.  Augustine  to  Cape  Florida.  This  line  of  communication  from 
the  southern  extremity  of  our  continent  to  South  Carolina,  derives 
an  additional  importance  from  the  contemplated  connexion  of 
Charleston  harbour  with  the  Dismal  Swamp  canal,  which  will  fur- 
nish an  interior  passage,  at  very  trifling  expense,  to  the  seat  of 
government  of  the  United  States,  and  to  all  the  points  on  our  south- 
ern coast,  connected  by  their  numerous  rivers  with  this  commu- 
nication. If  I  may  be  permitted  to  anticipate  the  completion  of 
this  work,  and  to  refer  to  the  advantages  it  would  secure,  it  pro- 
mises results  the  most  astonishing,  to  those  who  have  never  reflect- 
ed on  the  subject,  and  developes  the  advantages  we  shall  derive 
from  the  acquisition  of  that  much  neglected  territory,  ceded  to  us 
Y 


166  APPENBIX. 

in  the  late  treaty  with  Spain.  The  island  of  Cuba,  in  its  geographi- 
cal extent,  is  very  little  greater  than  one  of  our  largest  states,  and 
j'etthe  exports  of  that  island  are  about  two-thirds  of  those  of  the 
whole  twenty-four  states.  This  great  disproportion  is  in  conse- 
quence of  the  greater  value  of  their  productions,  in  exchange  or 
for  market. 

The  territory  of  Florida,  which  is  capable  of  producing  nearly 
all  the  articles  of  Cuba,  has  scarcely  attracted,  in  five  years  which 
it  has  been  in  the  possession  of  the  United  States,  any  attention, 
in  consequence  of  the  desolation  occasioned  by  the  invasion  of 
1812,  from  which  it  is  but  just  now  recovering;  the  unadjusted 
state  of  land  titles,  from  the  delays  of  our  government;  the  very 
limited  information  of  its  resources,  and  the  want  of  this  com- 
munication, by  which  its  valuable  productions  could  be  carried 
from  the  southern  extremity  of  the  peninsula  to  Savannah  and 
Charleston,  and  from  those  places  to  the  eastern  cities,  in  their 
numerous  and  regular  packet  ships  and  merchant  vessels,  or  to 
the  centre  of  the  Union,  by  means  of  the  Dismal  Swamp  canal, 
as  before  alluded  to. 

There  are  annually  gathered  at  St.  Augustine  about  twelve 
hundred  thousand  oranges,  and  in  the  vicinity  about  three  hun- 
dred thousand  more;  there  are  some  trees  supposed  to  be  one 
hundred  and  twenty  years  old,  which  bear,  at  this  time,  four 
thousand  oranges.  This  quantity  does  not  supply  the  United 
States  with  one  twentieth  part  of  the  consumption  of  this  valu- 
able article  of  necessity,  as  well  as  luxury,  and  we  are  compelled 
to  depend  on  Portugal,  Spain,  Sicily,  France,  the  West  Indies, 
and  South  America,  for  this  delicious  fruit,  as  well  as  limes,  le- 
mons, citrons,  and  olives,  when  they  can  be  cultivated  in  Flo- 
rida, in  quantities  sufficient  to  supply  the  whole  demand  of  the 
United  States.  It  is  estimated  that  an  orange  grove  of  ten  acres, 
which  requires  the  attention  of  but  two  hands,  will  produce  as 
much  as  a  cotton  or  sugar  plantation,  by  the  employment  and 
labour  of  forty.  The  inducements  to  such  cultivation,  will  soon 
stimulate  the  activity  and  enterprise  of  those  who  are  not  so 
wedded  to  old  habits,  as  to  resist  the  impulses  of  interest,  and 
the  convictions  of  reason.  I  need  not  mention  to  the  committee 
the  valuable  staples  of  sugar,  rice,  indigo,  and  sea  island,  or  the 
long  staple,  Bourbon  cotton,  the  last  of  which  is  very  little  in- 


APPENDIX.  167 

ferior  to  that  of  Brazil,  and  which  is  now  cultivated  extensively 
for  a  considerable  distance  from  the  sea  shore,  on  the  gulf  and 
Atlantic  side  of  the  Peninsula,  and  westward  towards  St.  Mark's 
and  Pensacola. 

The  rice  lands  of  Carolina  are  now  selling  at  two  hundred  dol- 
lars per  acre,  and  those  of  Florida,  equally  well  suited  to  the 
cultivation  of  that  article,  are  selling  at  only  two  or  three  dol- 
lars; and  it  is  supposed  by  good  agriculturists,  that,  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  Indian  river,  the  rice  would  not  be  inferior  to  that  of 
Hispaniola.  It  has  been  ascertained  that  the  tobacco  of  which 
cigars  are  manufactured  in  Havana,  can  be  cultivated  to  great 
advantage  in  Florida,  and  yields  more  to  the  labour  employed 
than  any  other  cultivation.  The  quantity  of  cigars  and  tobacco 
imported  into  the  United  States,  is  supposed  to  amount  to  about 
five  millions  of  dollars  annually:  the  whole  of  this  sum  might 
be  saved  to  the  country,  by  a  course  of  policy  that  would  make 
it  the  interest  of  planters  to  direct  their  attention  to  such 
objects. 

There  is  no  part  of  our  continent  so  well  adapted  to  the  cul- 
ture of  the  vine,  of  every  description,  as  Florida.  On  gravelly 
or  sandy  soil,  it  is  known  the  vine  produces  less  fruit,  but  of 
better  flavour.  The  vineyards  in  France  are  generally  on  an  ar- 
gillaceous soil,  such  as  those  of  Montpellier  and  Bordeaux,  as 
well  as  many  ot?iers  in  Germany,  Italy,  Spain,  and  Portugal; 
and  with  the  same  kind  of  soil  and  the  same  temperature  of  cli- 
mate, we  have  reason  to  expect  corresponding  results. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  culture  of  silk,  which  has 
lately  attracted  public  attention,  and  has  been  made  the  subject 
of  congressional  inquiry,  can  be  as  successfully  carried  on  as  that 
lucrative  branch  of  manufacture  and  commerce  is  in  the  south  of 
France  or  Spain. 

Experiments  have  already  been  made,  which  demonstrate  the 
adaptation  of  our  climate  to  the  growth  of  the  mulberry  tree, 
and  practicability  of  producing  the  silk  worm  in  as  great  abund- 
ance as  they  have  it  in  Languedoc  and  Valencia.  I  will  not, 
however,  detain  the  committee  with  speculations  upon  the  ad- 
vantages of  these  fruitful  subjects  for  public  and  individual  en- 
terprise: they  are  too  obvious  to  escape  attention,  and  have  only 


168  APPENDIX. 

been  alluded  to  in  connexion  with  the  subject,  to  present  a  mi- 
niature view  of  the  advantages  the  government  would  derive 
from  such  a  work.  This  channel  would  not  only  return  to  the 
public  treasury  ten  times  the  amount  of  the  sum  expended  in 
improvement  in  the  increased  value  of  the  public  lands,  suited 
to  such  valuable  staples,  but  would  open  a  fine  field  for  enter- 
prises of  a  different  character: — the  fisheries  at  the  Florida  keys, 
the  manufacture  of  salt,  and  wrecking,  all  of  which  are  objects 
of  great  importance,  worthy  of,  and  have  received  the  attention 
of  our  government. 

It  will  afford  the  means  of  transporting  the  live  oak,  and  other 
valuable  timber,  to  our  navy  yards,  and  to  market,  from  every 
part  of  the  coast  of  East  Florida:  Whether  the  ship  canal  shall 
enter  the  ocean  at  St.  Augustine,  St.  John's,  or  St.  Mary's,  it 
will  leave  the  whole  coast,  north  and  south  of  it,  the  bartering 
ground  for  the  trade  of  the  Mississippi.  St.  Augustine,  which 
was  pronounced  by  Mr.  Volney,  the  finest  climate  on  the  con- 
tinent, and  Fernandina,  will  become  great  depots,  and  acquire  a 
consequence  which  their  natural  and  local  positions  give  them 
elevated  claims  to;  and  the  public  property,  in  their  vicinity, 
will  receive  a  corresponding  improvement  in  value. 

Upon  the  subject  of  the  other  branch  of  the  resolution,  which 
proposes  an  examination  into  the  propriety  of  opening  the  com- 
munication between  Appalachicola,  through  St.  Andrew's  bay, 
to  Chactawhatchee,  I  beg  to  refer  to  a  letter,  addressed,  at  the  last 
session  of  congress,  to  the  committee  of  roads  and  canals  in  the 
senate,  to  be  found  among  the  printed  documents  of  that  body, 
for  a  detail  of  the  situation  of  that  country,  which  has  become 
more  interesting  from  its  contiguity  to  St.  Joseph's  bay.  A  cut 
of  two  miles  would  unite  the  waters  of  the  Appalachicola,  which 
is  navigable  for  steam-boats  several  hundred  miles,  and  St.  An- 
drew's bay,  and  from  thence  to  Chactawhatchee,  another  cut  of 
four  miles  only  would  connect  them  together.  From  the  point  of 
connexion  westward,  through  St.  Rosa's  bay  and  sound,  by  Pen- 
sacola,  to  within  one  half  mile  of  Perdido,  there  is  an  open 
steam-boat  navigation;  and  from  Perdido  to  Mobile  bay,  a  cut  of 
four  miles  further  would  make  the  whole  communication  open  to 
New-Orleans.  It  is  believed  that  the  whole  work  of  excavatioHj 


APPENDIX.  16.9 

from  the  Mississippi  to  Appalachicola,  being  only  about  twelve 
miles,  might  be  accomplished  for  one  hundred  thousand  dollars, 
and  the  one  the  more  immediate  object  of  this  inquiry,  for  about 
twenty  thousand.  The  accomplishment  of  this  work  would  open 
an  interior  steam-boat  navigation  of  about  three  hundred  and  fifty 
miles  coastwise,  in  almost  a  direct  line  from  the  Mississippi  to 
the  Atlantic,  which  would  be  necessarily  connected  with  the 
ship  channel  across  the  peninsula,  which  has  not  only  attracted 
the  attention,  but  enlisted  the  support  of  the  ablest  men  of  the 
Union;  an  object  which  claims  pre-eminence  of  all  others,  for 
the  purposes  of  universal  national  benefit,  as  a  saving  to  the  go- 
vernment; as  a  source  of  incalculable  profit  to  every  commercial 
and  agricultural  citizen  of  this  Union.  It  would  save  to  the  go- 
vernment the  annual  naval  appropriation  for  the  suppression  of 
piracy:  it  would  save  half  the  amount  in  transportation  of  naval 
and  military  stores:  it  would  save  thousands  in  the  article  of 
mail  carrying:  to  merchants  of  the  north  it  would  save  an  annual 
loss  of  two  millions  of  dollars,  arising  from  wrecks  and  pirates, 
beside  the  expenses  of  insurance:  to  the  people  of  the  west  it 
would  save  the  heavy  loss  the)^  now  incur  by  their  unnatural 
trade  of  selling  their  produce  at  New-Orleans,  and  buying  their 
goods  in  the  Atlantic  cities,  when  their  merchandise  should  be 
returned  to  them  through  the  same  channel  in  which  their  pro- 
ductions are  transported  to  market.  It  would,  in  a  word,  shorten 
the  dangerous  navigation  of  four  weeks,  avoid  the  Scylla  and 
Chary bdis  of  the  United  States,  and  succour  our  exposed  fron- 
tier in  time  of  foreign  invasion;  give  an  outlet  to  our  local  com- 
merce, and  an  inlet  to  our  foreign,  safe  from  the  dangers  of  the 
sea  and  the  perils  of  warfare;  opening  by  a  cheap  route,  a  ship, 
sloop,  or  steam-boat  navigation  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Missis- 
sippi, that  would  bid  defiance  to  the  British  navy,  lessen  our  de- 
pendence on,  and  solicitude  about  Cuba.  These  are  some  of  the 
advantages  of  a  work,  I  have  ventured  to  pronounce,  in  national 
importance,  paramount  to  all  others.  To  suppose  that  it  will  not, 
at  a  period  not  far  distant,  be  accomplished,  would  be  to  suppose 
the  nation  hoodwinked,  or  destitute  of  that  energy  and  enterprise 
that  has  produced  its  present  glory,  and  the  prospects  of  its  per- 
petuity. 


170  APPENDIX. 

The  improvements  which  are  now  proposed  are  subsidiary  to 
the  great  object,  and  derive  an  importance  in  connexion  with  it; 
but  as  local  measures  alone  are  deemed  of  sufficient  consequence 
to  justify  the  appropriation,  and  are  of  infinitely  more  conse- 
quence, in  a  national  point  of  view,  than  many  improvements 
provided  for  in  a  bill  which  passed  last  year,  ''for  improving 
certain  harbours,  and  the  navigation  of  certain  rivers  and  creeks," 
&c. 

If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  committee,  preparatory  surveys  should 
be  necessary,  the  engineers  are  now  at  the  place,  and  could  make 
them  in  a  few  days;  and  I  trust  that  the  bill  now  in  the  house  of 
representatives  will  be  so  modified  and  supported  at  this  session, 
that  provision  shall  be  made  by  law,  for  the  survey  between 
Pensacola  and  Mobile  bay,  which  is  a  most  important  link  in  the 
chain  of  communication  I  have  attempted  hastily  to  describe,  and 
for  a  more  accurate  knowledge  of  which  I  must  refer  to  the  re- 
port of  the  committee  of  the  senate  at  the  last  session. 

The  people  of  Alabama  have  too  much  intelligence  and  libe- 
rality, to  make  any  objections  to  the  communication  between 
Mobile  and  Pensacola  bays.  They  must  be  sensible,  that  the 
flourishing  city  of  Mobile  will  command  a  considerable  portion 
of  the  trade  of  the  Mississippi,  in  its  transit  to  the  eastward,  and 
will  enjoy  the  benefits  of  a  new  traffic,  in  which  heretofore  they 
have  never  participated, — the  returning  commerce  from  the  At- 
lantic intended  for  the  markets  of  the  western  country,  and  par- 
ticularly that  which  is  destined  for  the  upper  parts  of  that  rapidly 
increasing,  enterprising,  and  respectable  state. 

In  the  distribution  of  the  favours  of  the  government,  I  am 
sensible  of  the  force  and  justice  of  the  sentiment,  that  a  wise  and 
expanded  policy  should  be  pursued,  and  that  appropriations 
should  not  have  the  appearance  of  greater  local  benefits  in  one 
quarter  of  the  country  than  another;  but  when  works  of  an  ex- 
clusive national  character  are  proposed,  in  which  the  whole 
Union  are  interested,  where  not  only  the  facilities  of  commerce, 
the  augmentation  of  the  value  of  the  public  domain,  the  improve- 
ment of  an  infant  territory,  belonging  almost  entirely  to  the  go- 
vernment of  the  United  States,  but  where,  also,  the  treasury 
itself  will  be  increased,  rather  than  diminished,  by  the  inconsi- 


APPENDIX.  171 

derable  expenditure,  it  is  confidently  hoped  that  considerations 
of  a  local  nature  will  not  be  permitted  to  have  any  influence  on 
the  present  application.  The  small  sums  which  have  already 
been  appropriated  in  Florida  for  roads,  have,  at  the  only  public 
sale  that  has  taken  place  in  the  territory,  been  returned  to  the 
public  treasury  in  the  increased  price  of  the  lands  contiguous  to 
them;  and  the  twenty  thousand  dollars  generously  given  at  the 
last  session  of  congress,  for  a  survey  of  the  canal,  will  be  return- 
ed three-fold  at  the  next  sale,  by  competition  of  enterprising 
citizens,  who  have  been  attracted  to  the  country  from  a  belief 
that  such  improvements  were  practicable,  and  would  be  under- 
taken. 

The  improvement  of  the  territory  is  nothing  more  than  an  im- 
provement of  the  property  of  the  nation;  and  to  neglect  any 
means  of  promoting  their  prosperity,  would  be  as  unwise  as  for 
a  parent  to  neglect  the  patrimony  of  his  children  during  their 
minority. 

It  has  been  a  part  of  the  policy  of  every  liberal  and  enlight- 
ened government,  to  promote  its  provinces  and  colonies;  and  we 
may  hope,  that  works  combining  such  singular  and  pre-eminent 
advantages,  will  be  executed  by  the  United  States. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  with  high  considerations  of  respect, 
Your  obedient  servant, 

JOS.  M.  WHITE. 
Hon.  Charles  F.  Mercer, 

Chairman  of  the  com.  of  roads  and  canals. 

Allow  me  to  add  the  following  extract  of  a  letter  to  me,  from 
Z.  Kingsley,  a  respectable  gentleman  in  East  Florida. 

JOS.  M.  WHITE. 
Hon.  C.  F.  Mercer. 

Extract  of  a  letter  from  Z.  Kingsley,  Esq. 

*'  To  obtain  this  great  national,  as  well  as  individual  advan- 
tage, and  lay  all  this  part  of  Florida  open  to  convenient  inland 
navigation,  would  require  only  a  trifling  labour,  in  straightening 
the  present  crooked  channel  between  St.  Mary's  and  St.  John's, 
and  deepening  the  middle,  (which  is  dry  at  low  v/ater,)  about 


172  APPENDIX. 

four  feet — this  would  give  eight  feet  at  high  water,  in  commoisi 
tides;  or  by  cutting  new  channels  of  connexion  through  the 
marsh,  between  the  creeks,  amounting  in  all  to  about  one  and  a 
half  miles  of  excavation  in  length,  which  would  have  the  same 
effect. 

This  work,  if  economically  performed,  would  not,  in  my  esti- 
mation, exceed  ten  thousand  dollars,  and  would  complete  an 
entire  inland  tide  navigation  from  lat.  28°  30',  the  head  of  the 
navigation  of  the  river  St.  John's  in  Florida,  to  Cape  Roman  in 
South  Carolina,  lat.  33°  8'." 


Mr.  Everett's  Letter  to  Col.  White,  on  the  subject  of  Canals. 

Wasliing^on,  Januaiy  14,  1826. 
IIox.  Joseph  M.  White, 

Dear  Sir — When  you  yesterday  expressed  the  wish  that  I 
would  furnish  you  with  any  facts  in  my  possession,  on  the  sub- 
ject of  canals,  of  a  nature  to  throw  any  light  on  the  projected 
junction  of  the  waters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  with  those  of  the 
Atlantic,  I  did  not  omit  to  caution  you  against  expecting  from 
me  any  thing  but  a  few  facts  of  a  very  general  nature.  On  look- 
ing for  a  few  notes  which  I  had  formerly  made  on  the  subject,  I 
am  sorry  to  find  that  I  have  left  them  at  home ;  and  that  what  I 
have  to  offer  you,  is  still  less  likely,  than  I  was  sensible  it  un- 
der any  circumstances  would  prove,  to  be  of  sufficient  importance 
to  be  communicated  to  the  committee  of  the  senate.  The  ob- 
ject, however,  is  one  of  such  deep  and  general  concern,  that  I 
think  it  a  duty  to  contribute  in  any  way,  however  imperfectly, 
to  its  accomplishment. 

The  construction  of  ship  canals,  has,  from  the  earliest  period 
of  antiquity,  been  one  of  the  most  favourite  means,  to  which  pow- 
erful states  have  resorted,  of  improving  the  condition  of  their 
subjects,  by  an  extension  of  the  facilities  of  commerce.  Several 
noble  projects  of  this  kind  have  succeeded ;  some  have  failed  ; 
particularly  those  where  a  too  sanguine  expectation  has  been 
raised  of  uniting  seas  that  lie  near  each  other,  by  the  agenc}^  of 
rivers  respectively  flowing  into  them,  while  their  head  waters 
spring  perhaps  from  the  same  mountains,  without  reflecting  on  the 


APPENDIX.  173 

insuperable  obstacles  which  the  peculiar  character  of  the  moun- 
tains or  the  rivers,  may  throw  in  the  way.  This  remark  is  par- 
ticularly applicable  to  the  plans  attempted  and  pursued,  at  such 
vast  expense,  in  Sweden,  for  uniting  the  Wener  lake  with  the  sea. 
This  case,  and  numerous  others,  are  sufficient  to  convince  us, 
that  it  is  of  vastly  less  importance  that  the  seas  to  be  united  should 
be  very  near  each  other,  than  that  the  intervening  space  should 
be  favourable  to  the  object. 

The  first  undertaking  of  this  kind,  of  which  we  have  any  par- 
ticular account,  is  the  canal,  by  which  a  communication  was 
opened  between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Nile.  The  character  of 
the  intervening  country,  is  admirably  adapted  for  the  opening  of 
such  a  communication ;  and  it  may  be  doubted  whether  the  sur- 
face of  the  globe  presents  more  than  one  other  region,  over  which 
an  artificial  navigation  could  be  efiected,  with  such  general  ad- 
vantage to  the  commerce  of  the  world.  I  allude  of  course  to 
that  which  separates,  by  a  narrow  isthmus,  the  Atlantic  and  Pa- 
cific Oceans.  This  ancient  canal,  if  the  accounts  are  not  errone- 
ous, was  unnecessarily  wide  ;  and,  from  ignorance  of  the  princi- 
ples of  hydraulics,  was  attempted  for  ages,  before  it  was  accom- 
plished. Under  the  Ptolemies,  however,  it  afforded  the  means 
of  carrying  on  a  most  valuable  commerce  with  Arabia  and  India; 
and  was  unquestionably  a  great  source  of  the  prosperity  of 
Egypt,  under  the  princes  of  that  house.  It  went  to  ruins,  with 
every  thing  else  in  Egypt,  on  the  decline  of  the  Roman  empire; 
but  its  route  is  said,  in  some  parts,  to  be  still  visible. 

The  abortive  attempts  so  often  made  to  divide  the  isthmus  of 
Corinth,  by  a  navigable  canal,  is  another  illustration  of  the  falla- 
cy of  all  hopes  founded  on  extreme  vicinity  of  the  seas  to  be 
united.  From  the  height  of  ground  of  the  isthmus,  and  the  want 
of  water,  it  would  probably  be  impossible  to  effect  the  communi- 
cation through  this  very  narrow  strip  of  land. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  consequence  of  a  favourable  configura- 
tion of  the  soil,  and  abundance  of  water,  we  behold,  in  China, 
the  astonishing  spectacle  of  a  canal  extending  from  Canton  to  Pe- 
kin,  a  distance  of  more  than  eight  hundred  miles,  with  a  breadth 
of  fifty,  and  a  depth  of  nine  feet;  and,  vast  as  it  is,  forming  but 
a  small  part  of  the  inland  navigation  of  that  empire.  So,  too, 
Z 


174  APPENDIX. 

we  behold  the  Caspian  and  the  Neva  united,  in  the  Russian  em- 
pire, by  the  grand  chain  of  their  lakes  and  canals;  where, 
however,  the  resort  which  has  been  had  to  the  channels  of  the 
rivers  and  lakes,  in  some  parts  of  the  route,  to  the  exclusion  of 
artificial  works,  has  rendered  portions  of  the  line  almost  useless 
in  dry  seasons. 

I  have  already  alluded  to  the  canal  uniting  Gottenburg  with 
the  lake  Wener,  and  forming  part  of  an  inland  communication 
between  the  Sound  and  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia.  What  the  actual 
state  of  this  enterprise — for  so  many  ages  pursued  in  Sweden — 
may  be,  I  am  uninformed.  Parts  of  the  line  have  long  been,  at 
vast  expense,  but  with  corresponding  utility  to  the  country,  com- 
pleted, traversed,  and  navigated  by  a  very  busy  inland  trade. 
Portions  of  the  works  between  the  Wener  lake  and  Gottenburg, 
are  the  admiration  of  every  traveller. 

A  canal  has  been  for  some  time  completed,  in  the  neighbouring 
region,  to  unite  the  German  ocean  with  the  Baltic,  by  means 
of  the  river  Eyder ;  and  thus  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  doubling 
the  point  of  Jutland,  and  winding  through  the  Sound.  This  canal 
was  projected  to  be  of  a  depth  of  ten  feet,  but  I  believe  it  has 
been  executed  on  a  smaller  scale,  so  as  to  afford  accommodation 
only  to  the  lighter  coasting  craft.  The  want  of  such  a  canal  was 
a  chief  cause  of  the  growth  of  Lubeck,  which  became  a  depot  be- 
tween the  Sound  and  the  Baltic  on  the  one  side,  and  the  Elbe 
on  the  other. 

To  restore  to  Lubeck  the  trade  diverted  from  it  by  the  open- 
ing of  the  Holstein  canal,  it  has  been  proposed  to  cut  another 
canal  directly  from  Lubeck  to  Hamburg.  The  distance  is  short, 
and  the  intervening  space  favourable;  but  an  enterprise  of  mag- 
nitude and  expense  is  hardly  to  be  expected  from  the  petty 
princes,  through  whose  domains  a  portion  of  this  canal  must 
pass. 

The  two  canals  most  important  in  the  present  connexion,  are 
certainly  the  Caledonian  canal  in  Scotland,  and  that  which  ex- 
tends from  the  Helder  to  Amsterdam,  in  Holland. 

The  entire  history  of  the  Caledonian  canal — its  rise  and  pro- 
gress, and  every  article  relative  to  its  construction — may  be 
found  in  a  series  of  twenty-one  reports,  made  by  the  commis- 


APPENDIX.  175 

sioners  to  the  house  of  commons,  and  comprised  in  two  folio  vo- 
lumes of  the  parliamentary  reports.  A  sketch  of  the  work  as 
projected,  may  be  found  at  the  close  of  Phillips's  History  of  In- 
land Navigation;  and  a  condensed  account  of  it,  as  comj)leted,  is 
contained  in  Dupin  on  the  Commercial  Power  of  Great  Britain, 
vol.  ii.  p.  201.  A  great  deal,  however,  may  of  course  be  learn- 
ed from  the  commissioners'  reports  alluded  to,  which  is  not  to 
be  found  in  Dupin. 

The  first  suggestion  of  this  grand  work  was  made  by  the  illus- 
trious Watt,  in  1773.  Its  object  was  to  combine  the  several 
lakes  known  under  the  names  of  Loch  Ness,  Lock  Oich,  Loch 
Lochi,  Loch  Eil,  and  Loch  Lymche,  into  one  unbroken  commu- 
nication between  Fort  William  and  Inverness.  These  lakes  lie 
in  the  middle  of  Scotland;  and,  by  opening  this  canal,  vessels 
would  be  enabled  to  pass  from  the  North  Sea  into  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  or  the  Irish  Channel,  without  making  the  dangerous  cir- 
cuit of  the  Orkneys  and  the  Hebrides.  The  work  was  effected 
by  excavating,  in  the  whole,  about  twenty-one  miles  of  canal, 
and  thus  obtaining  a  navigable  line  of  seventy  miles.  The  breadth 
of  the  canal  is  fifty  feet,  its  depth  twenty,  and  it  is  navigable  for 
frigates  of  thirty -two  guns.  There  are  twenty -three  locks  on  the 
line,  eight  of  which  form  one  continuous  series,  at  the  south- 
western extremity  of  the  canal,  and  are  known  by  the  name  of 
Neptune's  Stairs. 

In  the  construction  of  this  canal,  numerous  and  formidable  ob- 
stacles were  encountered,  owing  to  the  necessity  of  deepening 
the  lakes,  which  formed  a  part  of  the  line,  and  in  consequence, 
also,  of  the  impetuous  character  of  some  of  the  streams,  partly 
depended  on  as  feeders.  The  whole  was  accomplished  in  nine- 
teen years  from  the  first  survey,  by  parliamentary  grants,  at  an 
expense  of  about  four  millions  of  dollars.  It  was  opened  on  the 
23d  of  October,  1822,  when  a  steam-boat  and  two  sloops  of  war 
passed  from  the  locks  at  Muirton,  near  Inverness,  to  Fort  Wil- 
liam. The  passage  from  sea  to  sea,  a  distance  of  sixty-nine  miles, 
was  effected  in  thirteen  hours,  including  the  time  requisite  for 
clearing  twenty-two  locks.   Dupin,  vol.  ii.  217. 

The  canal  from  the  Helder  to  Amsterdam,  is  a  work  of  which 
the  possibility  would  hardly  have  been  conceived  by  any  other 


176  APPENDIX. 

people  than  that  by  whom  it  has  been  achieved,  and  who  unite, 
in  equal  degrees,  the  qualities  of  patience  and  enterprise.  No  in- 
considerable portion  of  the  route  of  this  canal,  lies  over  a  tract  as 
low  or  lower  than  the  level  of  the  neighbouring  seas;  and  it  is 
through  a  region  like  this,  that  patience  and  enterprise  have 
carried  a  canal,  near  fifty  miles  in  length,  navigable  for  vessels 
of  war. 

The  object  of  this  canal  was  to  enable  vessels  of  burthen  to 
come  up  to  Amsterdam,  and  thereby  to  avoid  the  delaj^  and  ex- 
pense of  carrying  on  the  foreign  commerce  of  that  city  by  means 
of  trans-shipment  and  lighters.  Very  interesting  and  scientific 
statements  were  published  about  a  year  since,  I  believe,  by 
Loammi  Baldwin,  esq.,  in  one  of  the  newspapers  of  Boston.  I 
had  supposed  that  the  remarks  of  this  accomplished  civil  engi- 
neer were  in  my  possession  at  the  time  I  undertook  to  communi- 
cate to  you  some  data  on  this  subject;  and  it  is  with  real  concern 
that  I  find  them  not  to  be  among  my  papers.  I  have,  however, 
sent  for  them  to  Boston.  Meantime,  the  following  letter  from 
Mr.  Parker,  consul  of  the  United  States  at  Amsterdam,  which  I 
find  in  another  Boston  paper,  will  serve  to  give  some  general 
ideas  on  the  subject. 

^^^msterdain,  3d  January,  \S25. 

"  Sir:  I  presume  it  is  not  generally  known  to  the  merchants 
and  ship  owners  of  the  United  States,  that  a  canal  has  been  cut 
from  the  Helder  to  this  city,  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  large 
vessels  to  come  up  and  discharge  their  cargoes  here,  thereby 
avoiding  the  expense  and  inconvenience  of  employing  lighters. 
After  a  labour  of  several  years,  attended  with  great  expense  and 
many  difficulties,  the  work  is  now  nearly  completed,  and  the  ca- 
nals have  been  opened.  A  frigate  and  several  merchantmen  have 
passed  through,  proving,  beyond  a  doubt,  notwithstanding  all 
that  prejudice  and  ill-nature  have  said  to  the  contrary,  the  ac- 
complishment of  the  great  object  in  contemplation. 

"  The  whole  length  of  the  canal  from  this  city  (Amsterdam)  to 
tlie  Helder,  is  forty-eight  English  miles.  The  depth  is  now  six- 
teen feet;  but  it  will  be  increased  to  twenty  in  the  course  of  the 
ensuing  summer.    Steain-l)()als  arc  now  building,  for  the  purpose 


APPENDIX.  177 

of  towing  large  ships;  smaller  ones  may  be  drawn  by  horses;  and 
when  the  wind  is  favourable,  the  canal  regulations  permit  the  use 
of  fore  and  aft  sails.  It  is  calculated,  that  six  horses  will  tow  a 
ship  of  three  hundred  tons,  with  her  full  cargo  on  board ;  and 
that  when  the  path  for  horses  is  completed,  such  a  vessel  may  be 
brouo-ht  from  the  Holder  to  our  harbour  in  two  davs,  at  an  ex- 
pense  not  exceeding  one  hundred  florins  (about  forty-two  dollars.) 
The  frigate  Bellona,  was  four  days  on  her  passage  to  the  Helder, 
owing  to  circumstances  which  it  may  be  proper  to  explain.  The 
canal  having  been  opened,  it  was  the  wish  of  government,  that 
a  national  ship  of  war  should  be  the  first  to  pass  through  it ;  and 
this  was  accomplished  under  every  disadvantage.  The  weather 
was  extremely  boisterous,  and  the  days  very  short;  there  being 
only  nine  hours  daylight.  The  ship  drew  as  much  water  as  the 
depth  of  the  canal;  and  the  want  of  posts  (dolphins,)  at  the  differ- 
ent turnings,  made  it  extremely  difficult  to  steer  a  ship  of  such 
great  length.  But  the  most  serious  difficulty  was  the  want  of  a 
path  for  horses;  and  the  road  at  the  side  of  the  canal  being  cover- 
ed by  ground  newly  thrown  up,  could  not  support  the  weight  of 
the  horses,  so  that  they  sunk  in  the  mire. 

*'I  am  authorized  to  state,  that  in  the  course  of  a  few  months, 
every  obstacle  will  be  removed.  Posts  will  be  placed  at  short  dis- 
tances, along  the  whole  canal,  to  assist  in  steering,  and  for  making 
vessels  fast  when  necessary ;  and  the  horse  path  will  be  put  in 
proper  order,  so  as  to  give  every  facility  for  the  thorough  ac- 
complishment of  the  object  in  view. 

"  Since  the  above  was  written,  several  large  vessels  have  come 
through  the  canal :  some  without  the  assistance  of  horses.  An 
English  frigate  made  the  passage  from  the  Helder,  in  thirty-four 
hours." 

It  would  be  a  waste  of  time  for  me  to  enlarge  on  those  circum- 
stances, which  point  out  the  proposed  route  of  the  canal  across 
the  Floridian  peninsula,  as  peculiarly  adapted  for  such  an  enter- 
prise. The  whole  Atlantic  coast,  and  the  whole  western  country, 
seem  equally  interested  in  it.  Its  feasibility  must,  of  course,  be  as- 
certained by  accurate  survey.  As  far  as  the  maps  can  be  relied 
on,  the  country  interposed  between  the  St.  John's  and  Vaccassar 
bay,  is  highly  favourable  to  the  work.   Of  this,  however,  no  one 


17S  APPENDIX. 

is  better  able  to  speak  than  yourself.  Permit  me,  dear  sir,  to  ex- 
press the  hope,  that  we  may,  before  many  years  have  elapsed, 
behold  in  the  Florida  canal  the  most  important  link  in  that  grand 
chain  of  communication  which  was  projected  by  Mr.  Madison  in 
1796,  in  a  national  road  extending  from  Viscasset  to  Savannah; 
and  matured  by  Mr.  Gallatin,  during  the  administration  of  Mr. 
Jefferson,  in  a  series  of  canals  co-extensive  with  the  Atlantic 
coast  of  the  United  States.  The  subsequent  accession  of  Florida 
has  not  only  presented  a  point  where  an  artificial  communication 
will  be  of  more  general  utility  to  the  country,  than  any  one  of 
the  Atlantic  canals  proposed  in  that  admirable  report  of  Mr.  Gal- 
latin, (which  will  ever  stand  as  the  t^xt  book  of  the  American 
system  of  internal  improvements ;)  while  the  territorial  relation 
of  Florida  to  the  Union,  as  you  have  justly  observed  in  your  let- 
ter on  this  subject  to  the  secretary  of  war,  removes  all  scruple  as 
to  the  constitutional  power  of  congress  to  engage  in  the  work. 
I  am,  dear  sir,  with  the  highest  respect. 

Your  friend  and  servant, 

EDWARD  EVERETT. 


THE  END. 


Deacidified  using  the  Bookkeeper  process. 
Neutralizing  agent:  Magnesium  Oxide 
Treatment  Date:  Dec.  2003 

PreservationTechnologies 

A  WORLD  LEADER  IN  PAPER  PRESERVATION 

1 1 1  Thomson  Park  Dnve 
Cranbeny  Township,  PA  1 6056 
(724)779-2111